The history of the vvorld: or, An account of time. Compiled by the learned Dionisius Petavius. And continued by others, to the year of our Lord, 1659. Together with a geographicall description of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America.

AN APPENDIX TO The foregoing Account. OR, A Summary RELATION of what Memorable things happened from the year 1632, unto 1656. (Book 10)

The Tenth Book. (Book 10)

CHAP. I. Of what things fell out in Germany, England, and other places worthy to be known.

From the year 1632, unto 1638.

AFter the death of Gustave King of Swethland, who (by the chance of War) was on the 6th of September 1632, slain in a set-battle, the Bavarian Duke being Comman∣der in chief of the Emperour's Party: although he was constrained to quit the field in the same fight; Oxenstern Chan∣cellor of Sweden undertook the government of the Warr; and in the year 1633, committed sixteen thousand Souldiers into the hands of Lanaeburgick and Kniphuse, to go into Westphalia; sends away Vinarien into Francony, and he himself goeth unto the Duke

of Saxony to consult together with him. And, in the mean time, Altringe subdueth some Cities of Swethland: and Horn goeth thither, where 1600 Countrey-men were killed at Sundgove, and 130 at Brisgove hanged upon a gibbet. In the mean time, as a slen∣der reward of the cruelty, Hagene is destroyed, by laying in wait; and the Count of Rhene strives against the Lorrain Duke possessing the Cottages of Alsatia and Dachsteyn; and being increased in his Forces by Vinarien, he drives away the Bavarian, by punish∣ing them of the Emperour's party, into Bavaria, when he had re∣turned from Rayne unto his Lord the Emperour. But the City of Augusta is by a changeable condition, kent sometimes by the Swedes, sometimes by the Conquerours. And Craze being more than ordinarily displeased with Fridland, unto whom, the Em∣perour in the year before, 1632, had committed the chief com∣mand of warfare, one Farenstsbek assisting him, was to deliver up Ingolstade on the 4th of May.

And indeed the good successe of War was at this time almost every where contrary unto the Emperour's forces. So that Vina∣rien, having vanquished Ratisbone, turns away the warlike wea∣pons from Pomerania, and takes Chame and Straubinge into his possession. So, by Enhuse, in a hasty and disorderly Combat, in Alsatia, there are 400 of the Emperour's slain, and as many taken: And Fridland himself fights with the like losse at Olave in Silesia; but at Oppele he lost no more than three hundred: And which is more than ordinary remarkable, Dellone in Swethland brings forth but an hundred and fifty, which was on the 4th of June 1633, and puts 600 of the Emperour's Souldiers to flight.

In the same year the Protestants of Germany hold an Assembly at Hailbrunne, where they renew their League and Covenant with the Swedes, & they appoint a giver of instructions, and frame a Councel. All religious persons so called, that refused to take an oath from the Swedes, were commanded to depart. And af∣terwards they meet together at Frankford; where the sayling into both the Indies that had been begun six years before, was enlarged with the priviledges of Gustaveburg. Yet the Emperians take this year Frankford into possession; And the Duke of Saxony en∣deavoured to recover it, but all in vain.

But in the year 1634, both parties seem to bestirr themselves, although not with a like successe; for the Swedes overcome Al∣satia, and likewise the Bavarians that were about to help Wiltzburg. Also the conspiracy of Selestade was discovered to the Swedes. And besieging Rheinsfield, they take it, putting the Emperians to the sword. Philippiburg is yielded to Smidberger on Janu. the 10th; which place, the French did much desire for himself. In the mean time, Horn is busied in Silesia, where the Emperour's for∣ces take Wartenberg by surrender, but Namslave by force. But Dranderf is beaten. Altenburgick moveth into Alsatia, and van∣quisheth Budissine, Gorlete, and having the upper hand of Arn∣heim, he slew 4000, and took 1400; also Clogove, and other

places, whose religious rites the Emperians do change. Frank∣ford at Viader cometh into the power of the Swedes. Crossa, to Bannier being furnished with twenty thousand Souldiers. There∣upon there is peace insisted upon at Licomerice, but in vain. Hirs∣berg is forsaken and burned by the Emperians in the moneth of July of this year. But the Swedes having the upper hand through∣out Swethland and the upper Palatinate, Dubabell maketh the Ba∣varians flee out of Chame. In the same year also, Vinarien be∣siegeth Forcheym; and the Duke of Saxony, Sittave. Horn also taketh Aicha; also Bannier breaketh into Bohemia, though to no purpose, while both Vinarien and Horn hasten to secure Ratisbone. And about this time, the highest power of managing the War, was committed unto the Elector of Saxony throughout both his Cir∣cles. Steinford being subdued, Boninghause is put to flight, while as in the mean time, Gustave, kinsman of King Gustavus is made a powerful Lord of Osnabrugense, and there brings in the religious rites of the Protestants. Then also the lower Saxony held an As∣sembly at Halberstade, and decreeth to take up arms in their own defence. Then the Swedes crave ayd of the Hollander, and so get the Masterdome. And among other tossings, Luna, (a Town in Hetruria, so called from its marble Mines, shining like the Moon) was four times taken.

Moreover, the 14th of February, this year proved fatall unto Fridland the Emperour's Embassadour, and Captain of all his Souldiery, who (either undergoing envy, or through the malignity of a tongue at will, or too bitter and sharp a command, or through ambition of others, or through suspition of the Protestant Religion, not sincerely renounced) is, as it were, smelled out, and Galasse put into his place, being about to passe over to the Protestant parties, is thrust thorow at Eger; in which day also Schafgotsch is laid hold of in Silesia, and in the year following beheaded, and Lawenburgick on the 16 day, who was ignorant of matters. But hereupon it came to passe, that the Emperour's warfare, untill that his son the King of Hungary, the Captains requiring it, toge∣ther with pay for the Souldiers, was put upon the Army, was but in an unsettled and floating condition.

So that the Count of Rhene in the beginning of March following kills 1500 of the Emperour's Souldiers in Alsatia: taketh Tanna Bellaford, and other places; and some surrender of their own accord: In the same Alsatia, the Argentines discovered Treason. And they burn the poysonsome person (if he were so) who did accuse the Je∣suites as the beginners of it in the year 1633. While the Swedes vanquish the Fort of Hunning, Horn as a Conquerour, subdueth Bibrack, Campodune, and other places.

The King of Hungary, General of the Emperians, not idle, be∣siegeth Ratisbone, having stopped up the passages, whom Vina∣rien that was no body being turned from his Arms, vainly endea∣youreth to break thorow: So that the City was yielded on the 16th of July following, unto him, and Kaufber a little after, whereby the Saxon is inclined unto a peace-making.

Vinarien was the author, that Philippiburg, which but lately was stoutly denyed, is delivered up to the French, whither he him∣self (having gathered together a scattered Souldiery at the lower Maenus, his other affairs being lost) came for help. The Spanish Oratour complaining to the Bishop of Rome concerning that sur∣render, having, it seemeth, an evil eye, as thinking it too good for him; received this answer, We must not envy a Brother, because a Stranger held it. Which words implyed a toleration of en∣vy, even to a brother, in some cases. How far then was he from loving his enemies? Heidelberg is now yielded to the Em∣perour.

The Infanta of Spain at that time brought 6500 foot, and 1500 horse, at the intreaty of the King of Hungary; and, besides many Towns taken through the Lower-Francony, got a victory at Nord∣lingon the 26 and 27 of August.

Oxienstern now seeing the fortunous hazard of the Swedes to be too largely spread, hath a meeting of the Protestants at Frank∣ford in the moneth of March, and another at Worms, about the middle of November, where the Duke of Neoburg desireth to be excused as not to meddle with either party; and it is decreed amongst them, that Furstenberger and Geleene go unto Philip, (who in the Juliacan Mountain, and Berganian Field, mustred an Army) to desire ayds from the Hollanders: The while Herbipolis is made subject unto the Emperians, the City of Argentine refuseth the protection of the French, whether it were through fear of the one, or mistrust of the other's fidelity; The Landgrave of Hassia is put to flight at Hirsfield; The Ligistians go into Wetterave, where they obtain Braunefelse, who yielded themselves willing∣ly; but two Towns, Fridberg and Buding, they take by force.

But in Belgium also, or the Low-Countreys, there were no small preparations of War made, in the year 1632. For the Hol∣landers on the 21 of May take Venloe, and afterwards nearer pla∣ces into their possession. They also confirm the continuance of the siege of Trajectum, at Mose, and stop 140 Waggons of pro∣vision of victual of the enemies. They give Papenheim the Em∣perian Commander, (who was slain, not long after Gustave) a va∣liant repulse, and after the surrender of the said Trajectum, they subdue also Limburg and other places. Also the 15th of October following, Orfoy; when as in order to the work, William of Nassaw had from the beginning seised upon some Munitions between Antwerp and Bergubzome.

Moreover, the year after, which is 1633, while they contend with the Spaniard, Auriack or Orange besiegeth Rheinberck, and taketh it, the Spaniards fortifying the Island of St. Stephen so call∣ed; but in the mean time, William of Nassaw in lieu of it snatch∣eth away quickly Stellate and Philippine.

This year also the Hollanders make large progresses into the West-Indies, and suffer a most grievous overflowing of waters; but then again to make up their losses, they snatch two ships out

of the East, (were they not our Merchant-men coming home? who, it's more than probable, were thrown over-board by them for the pelss sake) with sixty Tuns of gold.

Also in the year 1644, these Hollanders they vanquished the Fortresse of great Rivum in the other Western World: They receive three ships from Guiny, bringing 1044 pound weight of gold, they possesse the head of Augustine; they chastize the Py∣rates of Memphis: They bring the Island called Paccuvia, Vol∣becce being their Leader, under the yoak. Then they receive seven ships out of the East-Indies, they possesse the Island where there is the best Indian salt, they quickly take Paraibas, a most famous place. And all this, to adde to a worldly treasure.

In Turky, the Sultan (Amurath, or Emperour of the Turks), Uz∣ref the Bashaw being removed from his voyage, joyns in a Truce with the Persian, although young, he comming to reign after his Grandfather, and then brings back his torn Armies, in the year 1632, in which year also his American Navy is cast away, to the number of ten ships, with the High Admirall and Ammirall be∣sides, he lost 1500 Sea-men of War. Also the unlimited power of this Tyrannicall Monarch, hanged with a Halter a Merchant of the Venetians, in the year 1634. who had (as it were) defiled his Concubines Pallace with a Prospective-Glasse; as also the Muphti, that is, the High-Priest, which was a very rare thing, he being accounted even his corrivall, giving no more honour to him then he to him: but his greatest brother slipt into Italy, and is made a young beginner in the Bishop of Romes devotions, al∣though perhaps little the better for it, and scarle worth the pains of his travell; for what difference is there (as to com∣mend to God) between a Titular Christian, and a professed Ma∣hometan?

In Poland at assemblies held for divers matters in 1632, as bea∣ting back the Muscovite, restraining the Tartars, making a lasting peace with the Swede, for chusing a new king in the room of Sigis∣mun•• (who dying April the 9th, 1632, was buried the 14th of Jan. 1643. Uladislaus who was chosen the year before, being crowned the 27 day of the same January 1643) the Emperour, desiring ayd from them, was denyed it, the States not consenting thereto. So good is a curb to unlimited power, that by the will and pleasure of one, a multitude may not suffer. And the Em∣perour the year following (being it seemeth put to his shifts) be∣headeth eleven Captains, and hangs as many, because of a battle that they had lately deserted.

While these ruines were working abroad, some Great ones in England, who were then in peace, not foreseeing trouble, attempt∣ed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 matters as emblems of prosperity, amongst which, was the repair of Paul's Cathedral in London, which began in 1632, the chief author being William Laud then Bishop of London: wherein not onely vaste sums of money were exhausted; but also, through the toylsomnesse of the work, many poor men exhausted

their strength in drawing up huge stones from the water side like horses: But before this magnificent Temple could be finished, the saying of Ecclesiastes overtook it, There is a time to build, and a time to pluck down.

In this year also on the eleventh of February, happened that lamentable and grievous fire on London-Bridge, which (by the judgment of many) had not the hand of God been seen in the sud∣den turning of the wind, (which before drave it toward the City) when it came to the bottome of Fish-Street-hill, would have pro∣ved the desolation of London, there being so much fit fuell in the adjacent street for the fire to feed upon. As London then escaped agreat, and since, nosmall dangers; so let her take heed of abusing too too much her breathing time, and day of Visitation: For though either Places, Person, or Persons, have been once and again delivered, yet they cannot sing a perpetuall safety unto themselves. For we see that Charls the late King, (who when he went, in his Princedome, with Buck∣ingham in to Spain, being in no small danger, is said to have kis∣sed English ground as a token of his safe arrivall); and afterwards in the ninth year of his reign 1633. (in which year he went into Scotland and was Crowned) hardly escaped the hands of one Ar∣thur a Dominican Frier of Spain, from being murthered by him) after many tossings and tumblings, hopes, and fears) went headlesse to his Grave, not dying a natural death.

Also in the year 1632, Lord Wentworth, afterwards Earl of Straf∣ford, was made Deputy of Ireland, and the year following, 1633, September the nineteenth, William Laud carried up from the London-See, to the Arch-bishoprick of Canterbury. But if the one had been then made but Justice of the Peace, (as he afterwards said, when too late, he should desire to be no higher) and the other but Parson of some private Parish; whatever weight the lesse might have layen on their Souls, yet in regard of their bodies, an untimely death might have been prevented; for that of the Histo∣rian is many times verified. Ubi maxima fortuna, ibi minima licen∣cia; That is, Where there is the greatest Worldly fortune, there is the least liberty.

The year following 1634. (besides divers Pattents and Mono∣polies of Commodities in the Land, that had been granted to di∣vers particular men under the Kings broad Seal) Noy Atturney Generall to the said King of England, set on foot the Tax of Ship∣money, thinking thereby to do his master good service; but the event proved quite contrary, for it being an unpresidented thing; Esquire Hambden, esteemed by many a good Common-Wealths∣man, refused to pay, and maintained a suit against the King, bringing the Case to Triall in Westminster Hall, whereby the people of the Nation were the more incited, as opportunity ser∣ved, to vindicate what they believed to be their liberties. This Atturny Noy died the very same year, the ninth day of August, after.

The King of France, in the year 1632, in his progresse from the Mountain Pessula, was afflicted with a stormy Tempest of three dayes, and on the fourth of October, being almost under the open Ayre without covert, the waters of two Rivers meeting toge∣ther, he was hardly pluckt out of them, but 116 persons of his company were lost, with the Kings houshold-stuffe: God is (we see) no respecter of persons.

Also the Duke of Lorrain this year, who was alwaies of the Austrian party, is beaten by the Argentines; he also (on sundry occasions) falls into the displeasure of the French King, and is of∣tentimes reconciled again. Things of light substance are soon hot, soon cold.

This year also in Gothe, 600 houses, with the Temple of the Lady Margaret, are destroyed by fire; And the Isle of Malta in 1634. is defaced by the flame: and the houses of the Venetians, with some Warehouses, or Cottages do burn.

But on the Tower of Stockholm, in Swethland, at the very same space of time that they fought the pitched battell at Lutsa, and night now comming on, was seen two maids, the one bearing a burning Torch, the other a handkerchief, or neckerchief cast abroad. Likewise every one of the doors of the Tower, opened thrice of their own accord. A River of an indifferent eminency, for the space of a whole day was dry, that men might passe over dry-shod. And lastly, in Smaland, the bells of their own accord sounded. All which things, the issue proved to be fore-tokens of their Kings death.

That we may look a little back on the affairs of Germany, Vina∣rien in the year 1635. on the very beginning of January, passeth over the River Menus with 12000. Souldiers into Wetterave; then the Lievtenant of the Tower being besieged, delivereth up Herbipolis unto Gotze. But not long after, Bamberger of the Em∣perian party recovereth it again, and Philippiburg (which the French had but the year before taken by a stratagem). Where∣upon Oxenstern, and Vinarien, with Granse the French Ambassa∣dour, do enter into new consultations about matters, at Winsheyme; and in the mean time, by the law of requitall, they had news brought them, that Braunfelse was come likewise under their pow∣er by a stratagem. The King of Hungary having gathered roge∣ther no lesse then 23000, indeed suffered some losse at Altorp: but yet Spira being surrendred, he makes a bridge over Rhene, and troubleth Heydelburg. Where the Swedes did recover (Oh the un∣certainty of humane affairs!) Spira for the French; then the Emperi∣ans come in a hostile manner out of Wetterave, and Hasse, into Rhingave. And in the mean time the Count of Embden, by the help of Metternich, takes Trevire into possession. And Galasse subdueth Augusta of the Vinbdolians by starving it, but Lamboy, Coburge by force, and the French take for his part, the Telline Val∣ley, (the place, whence Joane called the maid of Orleance, came

to the relief of Orleance, when besieged by Henry of England, as was specified above in the Account) at unawares.

The Duke of Neoburg, whether through fear, or love of peace, earnestly desires, in the midst of these shakings, to stand as a Neuter, but it seems that would not be suffered; for Lunaeburgick the Swedish Commander, at the Mountain of the Rape-roots, sets down with his besiegers on July the twentieth, before Neoburg; and on the 30th day of the same Moneth, it made surrender unto him.

But (neverthelesse) the affairs of the Swedes were to be bewail∣ed, and sad; So that Oxenstern goeth away unto the French, and the Swedes had almost solemuized the Sicilian Vespers of Mentz, unto the French King. Banner (at this time) had perished or suf∣fered losse by the laying in wait of Stalman: notwithstanding the Legion of Deckenfield (which is a number of Souldiers consisting of 6200 foot, and 730. horse, is overthrown. Weide is taken, and Mansfield passeth out of the Colonian field into Wetterave, yet not without Diminishment. So that by this means the Duke of Neo∣burg, as well by forces and strength, as words, recovereth his own again.

The Emperour also at or about the same time, in the year 1635: calls an assembly at Semprone. Where he requires a great sum of Money, under more then one pretence, for the carrying on his de∣signs and atchievements, and (either out of simple zeal and love to them, or mixed with Policy, the more easily to accomplish his desire) decreeth the Temples to be restored unto the Catholiques (so called) that were built by their Ancestors; and there recei∣veth Elsy, Fridlands Chancellour, (who it appears had been estranged before upon his masters account) into favour. He also strikes a peace (being first well weighed) of the Empire with the Duke of Saxony at Pirnedresde, he garnisheth and strengthneth the same peace, the seditious rude ones of Styre being first appeased, and tamed by his Commander Swartzburg, on the twenty ninth and thirtieth of May, at Prague, (for all this fair weather of Imperi∣all correspondency in the forementioned particulars) he being in∣terceded with by the Saxon in the behalf of the Silesians, as touch∣ing a favourable toleration in their Religious Rites, (such is the obstinacy of blind devotion) remains unmoveable. Of which al∣so the Pope was joyful, and had a desire to pacify the French.

This peace made, and confirmed at Prague, many or most of the States of Prague like of, and accept; Notwithstanding (old friends being loath to part) the Swedes cannot be sent away from the Saxon, even after a long disputation, and the endeavour of the Megapolitane, yea, although the Emperour had written an Order for the withdrawing of the Warfare. But as the Saxons were up∣on going, so other supplies came in the room: for Vinarien goes against Galasse, beyond Sare, and being increased in number through fresh supplies of the French, had beat back Galasse, but

that Landstall had afforded succour to this, and terrour to the other. However he freeth Mentz from besieging, and frames a bridge, attempting some other matter. But in his return through VVester unto Metis, Galasse following after him, although below him in forces, he gives him an overthrow, yet at Sare he passeth not over without slaughter, and in a French field, refresh∣eth his tattered Army. To speak of all particular passages, would be too tedious, and not agreeable to the former Account. But then, above eighty thousand of the Emperians, under the com∣mand of three Captains, Galasse and Grane, with the Duke of Lorrain, were seen ready to invade France, and encamping at Ma∣ser and Rambervill of Lorrain, they, with the French, and also Vi∣narien, are tormented with hunger. And at that time the Lor∣rainer destroyeth no less than 400 Villages on the borders of France, with Fire.

Craze also (who in the year 1633. was offended and offensive to Fridland) in this year 1635. in the Moneth of May followes him even in the same kind of death, with the Sword, (Thus death ends these Earthly Controversies). And one Scaffgith eight daies after, followed him, both at Vienne: where also in the same Moneth, a horrible Tempest with Lightning burnt the Scotch Tower unto the Stones, and with the fervency of the flame, melted the Bells. The Saxon (being of a friend become an enemy) about the same time, joyneth together with the Emperours forces at Sandave in Silesia.

So that in the year following 1636. in divers places there was cruell and raging war on both sides. For Kniphuse his weapons, the Swede, and the weapons of Ludersheyme the Emperian, glitter∣ed, and made Westphalia to shine; and on the very first day of Ja∣nuary, do afflict one another with mutuall slaughter and destru∣ction. Then Cratesteyn of Kniphuse, and Geleen of Ludersheyme, un∣dergo the same changes, and take their warlike turn. Also one Klitsing was not wanting in his endeavours for the Emperours party, who notwithstanding being unprosperous in battel, leads away into Silesia, and was forced to deliver up the Province un∣to Gaece.

Bannier, aloft, carrieth about the chief of the Swedish Arms, and suddenly passeth over the River Albis, and making four assaults on Barbye, at the fifth onset takes it; He subdueth Misne. Yet (that he might not boast too much) he yieldeth two Legions (no lesse) unto Baudissine the Saxon (with whom Hatsfield, together with Ulefield, had joyned the Emperian Auxiliaries) to be beaten. So also Magdeburg is lost to him, with Bernburg, whilst that he over∣throweth Isawlisk at Sandersleve, and takes the Fort of Winsenne; But departing in a more calm manner through Marchia, at Witti∣stock, he obtains a plentifull Victory of the Saxons and Emperians, or Saxons turned Emperians, where about the middle of Septem∣ber, he scattered them, took away all their Guns, Carriages, Bag, and Baggage, and quitted them of the field. From hence he go∣eth

away to scourge Thuringe, and at the length, in the heighth of December threatning Erford with fire and Sword, he obtains it. When as he besiegeth Mansfield, the which made not sur∣render untill the year 1639. in the Moneth of Aprill, he cha∣sed the Saxons running thither to help it; and moreover he ad∣ded Naumberg, and Torgave, with other places unto a heap of Vi∣ctories.

The Duke of Saxony (to make yet hotter work) calls forth his Countreymen that stayed behind (by a publique Letter) out of the Swedish Camps, and together with the Emperians, he reco∣vereth Havelberge, and Ratherave, and after the strengthening of the Garrisons of Pomerania, he calls away Marazine, and so gran∣teth his Army and their enterprises unto the Emperour, to be pas∣sed over into the hand of Hatsfield. And then the Emperour thought a little after, in requitall of the French) as we may sup∣pose) to invade France, and to extend the seat of war beyond the bounds of Germany, to which end he had proclaimed assemblies for Election of Officers. Wherefore the Lorrainer makes assault on Burgundy, where the Prince of Condy being at the siege of Dole (at his approach) betakes himself unto a voluntary flight: and al∣so four of the Emperours Commanders, Galasse, Lamboy, Merce, and Isolane, trouble French-Burgundy, untill Vinarien, being joyned with Valettane, the French Commander, taking Rambervill, and some other places first, scattered the Emperians, whereby they were called back again, without doing any thing that might be said worth their labour, and so sit down at Drusenheyme, at the low∣er Alsatia, which is on the left bank of Rhene, onely besieging Ha∣genoe by the way.

This year also the Emperour gave a Tartarian Embassadour a hearing, who promiseth him aids, though undetermined what; but he kept him from his Countrey, either as a sawcy Guest, or an enemy.

He alloweth also the Garrison of Uratslave for defence unto our Earl of Arundell, going over this year, in the name of the Brittain King, to require a restoring of the Palsgrave: he had a cour∣teous hearing at Lince, but more courteously sent away; words and complements are but Wind. Was he ere the sooner resto∣red?

Geleen runs in the year 1637, with evil successe upon Wrangle, and Funce bends into Silesia, that he might oppose Wrangle, who endeavoured to compasse Custrine; and in the mean while Ban∣nier was necessitated to forsake Lipsia, that was ready to yield, be∣cause Hatsfield, Galasse, and Gaece being sent for, ran thither, out of the Jenian ground that had been laid waste. He takes a Fort that lay against Wittemberg-bridge, (although (the ball being so tossed on both sides) he held it scarce two moneths space) that he might draw back the Emperians from Erford; the which the Saxon supposed was wholly besieged. But at Torgave he is en∣compassed

with no lesse than ninety five thousand Warriours; And yet, (see how discord weakeneth!) through the contention of the besiegers, he slips forth, even to Landsberg and Custrine. The Saxon bestirring himself, makes (what by force and policy) a Fort and two other places his own, while the Emperians vanquish three more, Wolgast, Damnine Town, and Luneburg, a Field-Commander; but Bannier stronger than he, retakes Werbene Fort from the Saxons, afterward being partaker of a supply from Wolline, he had escaped, drawing after him 30000, and at last goeth in an afflicted condition into Silesia. Thus the Proverb is fulfilled, Yours to day, and Ours to morrow.

Before I go any farther, let me take notice of a Comet that in 1633 hung over Barcelona's head, in shape like a Launce. If any thing of that kind signifie, surely a sad token; especially being of such an unusual and warlike form: So that we may adde to that Philosophical Observation, (which is

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. There's Comet none, which brings not evils dread)

this,

How much more, like a Launce when he doth spread?

Also of three Marriages solemnized, the one in 1634, by Chri∣stian the 5th of Denmark, King, with Magdalene Sybill daughter to the Duke Electour of Saxony, at Coppenhague, on the 5th of October; the other the year following 1635, at Vienna, where Maxi∣milian Duke, Elector of Bavaria took to wife, Marian of Austria, the Emperour's sister. Also Uladislaus King of Poland in 1637, couples to himself Cicill Renate the Arch-Dutchess, at Vienna, his brother representing him. In which year also a Plague passed through all Germany, with the United Provinces of the Low-Countreys. Hot Anger.

Which Polander had, on the third of January this year 1635, entred into Thuronia, and Garde the Swede hath under his ban∣ners sixty thousand footmen, and four thousand horsemen, in Bo∣russia, and was attentively heedful on his opportunity; but a peace comes in between them, in the height of July, for a league of twenty four years. But how I pray was this league kept? have they not fought since? What then was this great shew for? Nay, is not the Swede at this day preparing for fear of him, and the 24 years are not yet up? All this then was little better than

The King of France with fourty thousand men Went up a hill, and so came down agen.

Yet this it appears, Polands peace, afforded a very ravenous mer∣cenary homebred Souldier both to the Swede and Emperour, some taking one side, some another, according to their loose affections, or where was best pay; and hereupon the King of Hungary be∣siegeth,

Heidelberg, Hannove, and other places, his father the Emperour takes Lutrea by force and slaughter, Landstull by craft.

But the French King (great danger accompanying great world∣ly honour) was laid in wait for, in 1635, at three several places, Paris, Nance, and Abbevil, but the adversaries attempts were frustrated; whereupon three were committed to a slavish impri∣sonment Pylaurence, Fargyse, and Monpenser: Having proclaimed war against the Spaniard, amongst other atchievements, he over∣cometh him at Hoy (Castilion being General there) with an ex∣traordinary advantage, there being 3000 of the Spaniards, and but 100 of the French slain: there were also taken then by the French, three of great note, Ferian, Charls of Austria, and Ladro, besides twelve Captains, who afterwards, two of their keepers being by reward corrupted, made an escape. And in the year 1637, they make great preparations against the triumphing scorn of their enemies; and the French King maintains the two Islands of Margaret and Honoratus (being it seems of great concernment to his affairs) with great might and main. The Emperour's for∣ces also invading Burgundy, he drives them out of that Province, where he vanquisheth the Temple of [Love] so called. Love in∣deed is alway conquered, but doth not conquer, where the sword bears sway. But from the Rhetians he heard no good news, for two reasons, because the Souldiery was not paid off; and (no won∣der) because the Roman devotions were brought back again, with a suppression of those of a contrary opinion, the Duke of Rhoan much labouring therein.

The English King frames a huge Fleet in 1637, as it was then said, for restraining, or subduing the Sea. But whether there might not be some other end in it; for he intercedes that year with the Emperour, in the behalf of the Palatinate; And (it seems the Spaniards were then in the English books) makes a stop of the Hollanders at Plymouth, for spoyling the Spaniards. Again he trimms and prepares a Navy in 1637, and 'twas que∣stioned by some, whether to restore the Palsgrave by foul means, seeing fair would not do? or to subdue his own subjects upon oc∣casion at hand? We may think the latter; for after that Burton, Pryn, and Bastwick had received their last Censure from Arch∣bishop Laud in the Star-Chamber, (for the two last of these had been censured before in 1634, Febr. 12th.) on Jan. the 14th of this year 1637; (for writing against the pride and corruption of Prelates; scourging with a sharp Pen Stage-Players and their abettors; speaking against men given to change from better to worse, according to that expression in the Proverbs, by turning in∣ward sincerity into outward Ceremonies: which word Ceremony, takes its derivation either from the Latine word Carendo, because they are least wanted; or from the Greek, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, that is, to endure but for a time, and so was to give place unto, and not be brought in place of the true worship;) and on the 30th day of the

same January had stood in the Pillory and lost their cars, and af∣terward were sent away remote from London, and from each other, as was thought, unto perpetual imprisonment. And not onely in England, but about six moneths after sending a book of Liturgy, so called, into Scotland, to be imposed on them, that were generally lesse able to bear it: and thereupon the Scots first Petitioning the King against it in the October following, and the same moneth entring into a Covenant against that and such other things; the King (in whose name and authority all things were carried on) might well see a storm arising, and so make prepara∣tion; which, although, at first, it was but as Eliah's cloud, like a man's hand, yet it grew to such an over-flowing scourge, as both Nations have since most sadly experienced.

The Spaniard, amongst the rest, keeps doing; he besiegeth Phi∣lippine (that he had lost in 1633) in 1635, yet to no purpose; yet as he gets not that: So he renders the siege of Leody by Orange and Castilion, void. He loseth of his Neapolitan Navy, by a tem∣pest, nine Oar Galleys, fifteen bigger ships, with six thousand men of war, this year: and at Lisbone ten Gallies with Oars, and 30 sayling Vessels, with 6000 men of war.

The Dutch warr but slowly this year 1636; but in 1637, al∣though they lost Greffling Fort by subtilty, it being, as it were, wrung out of their hands, yet they, after they had attempted Hulst, besiege Bredah with labour and difficulty, and constrain the Spaniards to yield, being nothing discouraged at the losse of Venlo. To cheer their hearts, they hear about this time good news from Nassave, that they had sent before into America, and receive great ships laden with Gold, Ivory, Copper, Pepper, Sugar, and Scarlet wood.

But the Turks and Persians also contend (in 1635) in battel; the Turks took the Town called Rava, from the Persians, not by storm, but surrender; and in the battel were slain 90000 Turks, 20000 Persians; and yet the Turk was the Conquerour, because the more numerous. Then he burns four Villages belonging to Buda, and kills fifty poor mortals, and carryeth away seventy in∣to slavery; when as the moneth of August before he had almost burn'd down Buda it self with fire. Behold the desolations of the Earth, for want of the King of Peace to rule!

Before I conclude this Chapter, I cannot but take notice of some remarkable Prodigies and Accidents that fell out in divers places in 1634, and 1635: An Eagle at Frankford of Menus, cast down in a leaden bowl. England shook and trembled, about London, a Marsh there boyling with black waters, &c. At Tor∣rune, water turn'd into bloud. At Witteberg it rained brimstone; with divers other like. There fell Hail of three pound weight in a field of Darmstade, in 1636. At Paris in their religious Pil∣grimages, a bridge brake as they passed over, thirty were choak∣ed, eighty hurt. At Dusseldorp three hundred barrels of Gun∣powder took fire in a house, and laid fifty adjacent houses level;

all the people thereof had almost some hurt: and a brasse Gun is cast abroad, off from a bull wark that was on the other side the River Rhene; in 1635, an Earthquake in Messina, the Vesuvian Mountain is again in a flame; and at the latter end of this year the Swedes lost 30 ships by a storm. There was also great com∣panies of forreign birds, and madnesse of dogs at Straubinge. And lastly, (which is almost incredible, yet all things are possible unto God) one Daniel Becker telleth of a man whose name was Andrew Grunheyd, living in a place called Grunevald, seven miles from the City Regimont, who on the 29th day of May, 1635, going about to cast out his nauseousnesse, or that which he had a desire to vo∣mit up, before noon, lets a knife into his throat, to that end, above the breadth of ten fingers in length, and suffering it to slip out of the tops of his fingers, it sticking there fast, nor sliding back again, although he were lifted upright on his head; moved it forward by drinking Beer or Ale. The Physitians of Regimont come to this man on the 9th of July following, which was above five weeks after, and they open his skin, flesh, and stomach it self, they draw out the knife, and restore the mangled, wounded man to health, who also afterwards married, and begat Chil∣dren.

There is a time to live, and a time to dye; Death [aequo pede pulsat pauperum tabernas, Regum{que} turres,] knocks alike at Princes Pallaces, as Poor mens Cottages. There dyed in the year 1632, Maurice Lantgrave of Hesse, Sigismund the third, King of Poland, as abovesaid. Leopold Arch-Duke of Austria. Tilly, the Empe∣rour's General at Ingolstade of a wound; also Papenheim, ano∣ther of his Captains, in the battel at Lutzen, where the King of Sweden, Gustavus, was slain: As also Nicolas Horn one of his Captains dyed; the Dutchess of Lorrain, Couzen-german to the Empresse; Charls Prince of Spain. Also Frederick Electour Palatine on the 19th of November, with others. John Casimir, Duke of Saxony, the 16th of July, 1633, departed from the li∣ving, whose brother John Ernest succeded him. Famous Isabel, called Governesse of Belgium, Novemb. 21. Ulrick son of the Danish King, by lyings in wait in Silesia. Lunaeburgick, at Cella, &c. James Dubald, who was a faithfull General of the Swedes, at Silesia. The Archbishop of Bremes. Otto Ludowick Count of Rhene, who fell sick through crossing a River, and fear of an ap∣proaching enemy; these three in 1634, with others. Moreover, two brothers of the King of Poland fulfilled their dayes in 1635. Casimir of Padua; and Alexander of Misse; Frederick Nisse Coun∣sellour to the Emperour's Court, in 1636. But in the year 1637, on the Nones of Febr. Ferdinand the second, Emperour of Ger∣many, being in the 59th year of his age, after all firings, dyed of a Dropsie, that is, a waterish disease, in the the 19th year of the Empire; in which year also danger of death, as he was going to Prague, is threatned to him by an Italian privy murtherer. Al∣so Boleslaw Duke of Pomerania, the 14th of that name. Cardinal

Basmanne. Alcalan, Lievtenant of Mediolum in a journey. In England, Atturney General Noy, Aug. the 9th. 1634, as above∣said.

These came to untimely deaths by punishments. Duke Mont∣morence Lievtenant of French Narbony, who for falling off to the Kings brother, was beheaded at Tolouse, either on the third Kal. November, as above in the Account; or on the 17th of October, as others, in 1632. Five Tribunes or Maiors, with other Gover∣nours, and eight Senatours were beheaded at Pilsene by the Em∣perour, in 1634, about the businesse of Fridland; but four Maiors separated or pardoned by favour. Likewise this year the Gover∣nour of Fridberg was beheaded, for yielding up a Castle. Also Schaffgo••sch (as abovesaid) and Schaffenberg were beheaded by the Emperour in 1635. Finally, at Rome, the Marquess of Bolognien was beheaded for Libels or little books spread abroad, and his houshold-servants hanged, in 1636.

CHAP. II. Of Warlique Passages and other memorable things that fell out in Ger∣many, Britain, and other parts; Ferdinand the third being Em∣perour, and Charls the first, King of England.

From the year of Christ 1638, to 1642.

FErdinand the second being deceased; the year following, 1638, The Swedish party (whether through the force of warlique valour, or partly occasioned by the Emperour's death) proceeded against their Adversaries with great successe. For both the Duke of Vinarien returning suddenly and unthought of, out of Burgundy, unto Rhene; and also a little after, the Swedish forces being brought back unto the Baltick Sea, performed divers noble Ex∣ploits.

The occasion of his sudden return thither, was the news that he heard, of about 14 Brigandines, or Coats of crust of clay made to cast off the water, that were placed in Rhenes banks, to have yielded through the power of Werth. After his coming, he besie∣ged Rheinfield, and fighting his enemies in two battels, being over∣come, at length he overcometh, and took prisoners of war, Werth, Enkford, Spereutea, Frustenberger, with other Captains, and Savell, who deceived his keepers, by slipping away in an old womans ha∣bit: unto this place, by incredible enforcement of endeavour, and conquest, he subdueth Fridburg, a Town or City of Brisgove, and he laid traps for Brisack Lord of the Rhene, to hinder it from provision, in as much as he knew the old store of victual was be∣stowed on the Army, and that himself might be able to stop the new. Whereupon two great Emperian Commanders, Gaece, and the Duke of Lorrain run to help; but both with ill luck and

slaughter: of which also Lamboy putting in for an opposer, made himself a partaker. And both parties (what about bringing in victual, destroying a bridge, and spoyling and overthrowing each others Camps) fought most sharply, for the space of 4 moneths, with a doubtful event of War and losse; but the Vinurne Duke kept them so long in play, untill that most fortified place, through most cruel famine, of which one thing alone, (and that enough) it knew the force, came to yield. But this place cost hot water, consuming on both sides, above 80000 men: and spent the Con∣querour of the Imperialists 1100000 pounds; which charge or principal summe, neverthelesse, being taken, my author tells me, it restored with a most large usury. Then at the aforesaid Bal∣tick Sea; these Swedes were altogether dreadful to their enemies, both defensively and offensively: For they couragiously defend Rugye against the Emperour's forces: and having increased their own forces, wring (as it were) Gartise out of the hand of the Duke of Brandenburg; and from the Saxon Warbnian, Wolgast, be∣sides a Castle: and being suddenly overcharged in their most wa∣ry legions, they, in a military fury, rifle or cast to the ground, or both, Malchine and Bernave.

While, or a little after, that the Emperour courted the King of Poland with sumptuous entertainment at Vienna, and most cour∣teously receiveth the Duke of Saxony, with his sons at Leutmerice, sends an Embassage by Eggenberg unto the Bishop of Rome; and on the day before the Ides of December, undergoeth perill in hunting, the vehement force of a wind throwing down Trees; the Duke of Lorrain fights stoutly, throughout Burgundy, Alsatia, and Lorrain; but partly (as may be well supposed) through his bearing ill-will to Gaece, by reason of emulous strife, the mother of confusion, he is often beaten; whereby also the said Gaece being disarmed, was by Mansfield brought before the Duke of Bavaria to render an account of his ordering the warfare; and in which he gave him satisfaction. But the said Duke of Lorrain, (who although he held Espinal and other places, that were judged to be of great concernment, either to withdraw from or overcome Vinurn at Brisack, yet he prevailed nothing, as above men∣tioned; Being himself dispersed at Thanne, was constrained to betake himself into a Wood, out of which (by a witty device, to wit, small ropes being made of shrubs, and hung upon every side, by the light of fire-balls when they are cast) he by night brought forth all, one by one. There being also some Ecclesiasticall tu∣mult (as I may so speak) about this time at Bremes, about a Cathe∣dral, which their new Archbishop had given unto the lovers of his sect.

But the Swedish forces, the year following also 1639, lustily act Mars his part, when as the Emperour's forces did but little execution; for after the Duke of Viburn had Brisack surtendred unto him, he takes Landiscrone, and mustering 11000, goes away into Burgundy to winter: neither was he there idle, but by great

endeavour subdueth Pontarly, and almost all Burgundy, he takes into possession the narrow passages, even unto Mortave, and ob∣taineth the Castle of Jaux, the losse of which the Lievtenant or Governour purged away with the losse of his head; the Spaniard also a long time after besieging it, but in vain. And at length Thane, (with two Temples of Hippolytus and Claudius) where the Lorrainer had been scattered, being subdued, recruiting his Ar∣my, he sets foreward for upper Germany, but soon breathed his last, as is thought, by poyson. Whereupon the top of affairs was committed to the guidance of four persons, Erlach, Otto Earl of Nassaw, Rose, and Oeheme; whom, that the French King (who it seemeth stood in as much, or more need of the Swedes friendship and assistance, than the other did of his) might make his own, (whether they loved him not, or suspected him) he encounters them with a great summe of Money, and reneweth his League with the States of High-Germany, also a Generall of the Army be∣ing added in Vinurne's room. But in the mean time these four Directours draw down unto the lower parts, where they pos∣sesse Bungye, Oppenheyme, with other places, and passing over the River Rhene, meeting with Geleen the Emperian, are beaten by him in Rhingave: from whence going unto the land of the Arch∣bishop of Triers, or Trevira, by reason of the enmities of Capitu∣lum, which being a City in Italy, I cannot learn what the ground of that enmity should be, they use it in a hostile man∣ner.

That I may not exceed the nature of this Account, let me in∣clude Bannier's, with other Swedish exploits of this year 1639, in few words. The one, not preferring Lipsia, takes Zwiccave Chem∣nice, and Altenburg into his possession, also attempting Freyburg again and again, to no purpose; but he subdueth Pirnave, Ausige, and Leutimerice, with Tettschine Castle. Then being increased by Tortenson, gets a victory at Chemnice, where he takes thirty foot, and twenty Horse Ensigns, besides Prisoners of War, and (pursuing his Victory) followes Frustenberger into Bohemia, he quickly snatcheth Melnice, and Brandise, he fights again, and takes two great Emperians, Hoffkirch, and Montcucule. But withall he receiveth no small check, in seeing four legions (in snatching after all warlike necessaries) to be dispersed by the Hungarians; not∣withstanding he conquers again at Johnsbrode; where, through lust or inordinate defire, his men had almost tumulted. While the other Swedish parties are bringing under Wolflag, and Halle, Wrangell a Major, comes to them with 300 men, having before fallen off unto the Duke of Brandenburg. Also Axel Lilly, subdu∣eth Damnum, Hornburg, and Maurice his Castle. Likewise other Captains take Burgsdorffe, the Duke of Brandenburg his chief Cap∣tain, and Bernave a Town, the second time. Then Koningsmart, conquering at Duderstade, makes that Town, together with Gley∣chensteyne, and Glettenburg, his own, yet being busied elsewhere, was thrown out of Bilefield. Lily Holk, and Lily Spart, coworking,

make five Towns acknowledg Swethland, whereof Frankford was one; two Towns, Dreisia, and Beuzen, are taken with the slaughter of the Saxons, with some other things, quae nunc perscribere longum est.

The Emperour performed little, therefore I will briefly recite his deeds. He calls Hatsfield into Bobemia, and conferreth the highest command on the Arch-Duke, he also encourageth the Saxon to subdue Pirnave, that Bannier had taken a little before, and he attempteth it often, but in vain, as also Al••ville, yet, not unstoutly bestirring himself at Marburg, he brings his Grisons un∣to certain laws or conditions. The Emperour also sends away the Duke of Brandenburg into Livonia, where his Men under the com∣mand of his Captain Hermanne Bottye are scattered, and Bottye himself taken. He commands George Duke of Lunaeburg, to re∣store him Hildesse; that Koningsmart had taken from him a little before. Being willing to be rid of Banniers company in Bohemia, he bids Ohre a Major to set upon Oldendorp, that so the other might be necessi••ated to depart thence, for its relief. And lastly makes Leopold Willelme the Arch-Duke, chief Commander of his Horse.

'Tis high time to cast an eye upon the affairs of other Nations, and especially on Brittain, Brittain I say, which (being environed with the Sea, of so considerable a bignesse, it being reputed, if not the greatest of all, yet save one, the greatest of Islands in the whole World, so fertile for all kind of necessary sustenance, (with contentment) especially England, that its inhabitants may live of themselves, without the help of other Countries) is of a tempe∣rate climate, and to be accounted amongst the happiest of Regi∣ons; and which for a considerable number of years, I do not find had been, so much as in any eminent perill of sorreign enemies, unlesse't were in 1588. by the Spanish Armado, nor but once in the jaws of death, by an undermining conspiracy of a Powder-Plot, in its own bowels, from both which it received a delive∣rance by a high hand of providence; Now about the year 1638, begins as was said of Rome [suis viribus ruere] to fall and undo it self by its own strength: for (after the imposing of many Cere∣monies by the English Bishops, the Book for sports, and the Pillor∣ing and banishment of those three men, mentioned in the former Chapter, the Liturgy enjoyned to the Scottish Nation, and af∣terwards, on Aprill the eighth, 1638. John Lilburn a young man sadly whipped at a Carts tail in London, and then pillored, chief∣ly for spreading books in Holland, or elsewhere in behalf of Wil∣liam Prin, and Doctor Bastwick, the Scots having first engaged them∣selves by a Covenant, first are disturbed among themselves, (though with relation to what came from England) insomuch that the Marquesse Hamilton their own countreyman and very emi∣nent amongst them, went into Scotland, on May the sixth, that by his personall presence, behaviour, threatning, or perswasion, he might appease tumults that were there raised, and so prevent a

War, but however that hindered not their proceedings and some say he raised more dissentions, as having an aim at the Scottish Crown, but about seven-Moneths after, the Earl of A••gile a High∣lander, declared for those that were called Covenanters, and then they took up Arms, and that they might not be first invaded, and prevented of what they had engaged for in their Covenant, do March into England with a considerable Army of twenty or thirty thousand, David Lesley being General, holding up, as is reported, the Bible, as a token of what they endeavoured to maintain: and comming some miles into the North of England, took New-Castle, (a noted Town for Sea-Coal) and fortified it as a principle Gar∣rison, and place of retiring. Hereupon without delay, the En∣glish King, who was King of all Britain and Ireland, resolving (with his nearest Counsellors, to assert and vindicate, what his Authority had before injoyned) raiseth an Army nearly propor∣tionable unto the other, fortifying as well by Sea as land, and on the 27th of March, he Marched into the North against them. The Scots went forward to meet the King, though not with displayed banners, and comming in sight, as an humble token, that stubborn rebellion was not the cause of Arming, but rather a constrained necessity for defence and Vindication of their free∣dome, laid down their Arms on the ground before him. And when both sides were ready to joyn bartell (Whether as not wil∣ling to strive with their fellow-subjects, or through a fear, at that time, possessing them) the English denied to fight; so that there was a necessity of a treaty with them, which began on the tenth of July following, and in eight dayes time was concluded, and the next day after, which was the 18th of July, the Armies began to be disbanded, the Scots had good conditions from the King, as with relation to their Covenant and charges, for such was the bent of their spirits in that businesse, that without those, they were re∣solved not to retreat. When the cloud was over the King, soon retur∣ned to his house at Theobalds, for on the first of August following he came thither, and was at his Court at White-Hall, on the third day of the same Moneth. This year there were two Parliaments in Scotland, the one began on May the fifteenth, and dissolved by the King within a Moneths time: the other on August the one and thirtieth, which sate till Decemb. the 18th, and then was adjour∣ned untill June the second following: I hear not of any great matter done by the first, the time was short; Nor by the second, unlesse it were to invade England the second time. There was al∣so a Parliament summoned in Ireland this year, in the latter part of the year by the Earl of Strafford, upon his return into Ireland, who some few Moneths before, in August, had come into England, where he received that Title from the King. This Irish Parlia∣ment, granted Strafford four subsidies indeed, but could do little good to that Common-W••alth, not being so happy, (through the cunning close concealment of the bloudily intended Irish) as to foresee and prevent that cruell and bloudy Tragedy, which in a

Rebellion with in two years after broke forth. The said Earl of Strafford returned into England near the beginning of the next year.

The French (Janus-like) in the year 1638, turn their faces with their weapons, two wayes; against the Spaniard, and also against the Lorrainer with the Emperour's forces. For the king of France sends the Prince of Conde with a great Army into Spain, who set∣ting upon a place called Fontarabe, is by the Spaniard beaten off from the siege; yet fighting a hurtfull Sea-battel to both sides, he gets the victory, at Genua in Italy; and then vanquisheth a small Castle of Piccardy. And in 1639, warring by land against the Spaniard, forceth Hesdin, a Town of theirs, to yield: but then Feckier besieging Theonsville, he is repaid with advantage, being overthrown and taken by Piccolomine and Beckye. When he had besieged a fortified Temple of Audomare to no purpose 1638, he notwithstanding beat the Duke of Lorrain in Burgundy, the Duke of Longueville being chief Commander: Whereupon he van∣quisheth two places, Polignye, and Arboese; And afterwards Danviller in the Tertitories of Lucemburg. Then there being a Conspiracy for the betraying, or at unawares taking the City of Metis or Metz in Gallo-Belgia, or French Germany (so called, from Metius a Roman, who (this City being vanquished by Julius Caesar) enlarged and encompassed it with Walls; as the City Au∣gusta, was named from Augustus that built it;) This French King sent Ayds so sufficiently seasonable (which is the chiefest of pru∣dential time) unto the Duke of Vinurn, that (before 'twas too late) he hindred that from taking effect. And this year also France began to be too hot to hold the King's or Queen-Mother; King Lewis her son not being pleased with her, the enmity against Ricelieu the Cardinal, it seems remaining; and the stir of her younger son the Duke of Orleance, she not disaffecting: So that she must return thorow Flanders, to the Hollanders, with much French suspition, and there not making much stay, came in the same year at the very latter end of October into England; which coming being even at the very time that the Scots began to arm, was judged by very many of the English, not a little to heighten, if not harden, Kingly opposition; which as it was in∣creased, so the animosity of many subjects there, having an anti∣pathy against many things, was raised also: Contraries neven yielding willingly to contraries; but rather (as fire in the coldest weather which scorcheth most) take strength against each other. She staying about 9 or 10 moneths time here, returned (not into France) out of England, rather unto most more welcome, than when she came in; and not very long after departed life.

The young Palatinate this year 1638, obtaining some help from the English King his Uncle, musters a Souldiery, and gets to him∣self Meppene, a Town in Westphalia; but Hatsfield the great Impe∣rial Commander, scatters and put him to flight; and withall, takes his brother Robert, who was in the engagement: but he ob∣taining

his liberty from the Emperour in the year 1641, the King of England himself had employment for him and his younger bro∣ther Maurice, in carrying on his War (as chief Commanders) against the Parliament. And then (as an addition to the Actions of the Emperour's Forces this year) the said Hatsfield subdueth Vecta, a strong place, with labour and toyl.

But the Spanish King also amongst the rest, strikes, this year, on both sides of him: for he on the one hand contends in Italy, and overcometh three places, Breme, Vercella, and Pomara; and in the Juliacan field, Kerper. On the other hand, he fights with the Dutch, with the like overthrow; for he punisheth them most grievously at Antwerp, whither he defends the Calloane Fort, and Geldre most valiantly to their losse. And being some-body at Sea, as well as at Land, calls his Duke of Modena High-Admiral of three Seas. But (as a curb to a high spirit) the same year, in the very Haven of Texel, fourty of his ships perished by a tempest. But in the year following, 1639, Bellona or warlique affairs smiled upon him throughout Piedmont, a Province of the French: for the Spaniards make first of all the Camp of Gregui and Crescence their own; then after that, the French, to withstand them, joyn∣ing themselves together in the Suburbs of Taurine, fought the Spaniard; but although the battle was doubtfull enough, yet the Spaniard added to the other two, the place called Villa Nova, or New Village, with three other Towns. And made Trine, a Town rich both in provision and plunder, yea and Taurine it self, with its Castle, besides two other places, to obey him as a Conque∣rour. The French King on the contrary, lest he should seem to do nothing against his enemy, by two Leaders possesseth four pla∣ces, Chivase, and Salsa in the County of Rossilion, by the Prince of Conde; Lared and Anthonie's Temple, at the Cantabrian Ocean in Biscay, by the Bishop of Burdegale, (whether through valour or policy) he overcometh; and also quickly snatcheth away two ships of Spain laden with great spoyls. At length both of them tasted the seat or state of warlique weapons in Italy, the which was so wearyed with tossings and tumblings to and fro, that at the latter end of the year Salsa was again yielded to the Spaniard. Who doing displeasure to the Trajectines of the River Mose by Sea, felt the force of the Dutch Fleet in a Sea-fight at Dunkirk to his dam∣mage, Martin Trump being Conquerour; and toward the end of this year 1639, in a far more fierce one, a far greater losse; the Spaniard of 50 ships saving but 15: The two Navies pitching on the English Coast, the English interrupted them.

While these things were acting in Europe, the Turks in Asia vanquished Babylon in 1639, which was defended by the Persi∣ans untill the Besieger slew 40000 of the besieged, but who cer∣tainly knoweth what he himself lost? This grand Sultan Amu∣rath appoints a Navy to go, as far as the red Sea, against the Cos∣sacks, and runs toward Breger in Hungary, devouring the prey; notwithstanding the Plague being in the City Aleppo, makes

his Imperiall Majesty to depart the place for fear; all this in 1639.

That I may insert a grain of Hony amongst so much Gall, we may take notice, that in the year 1638, in a piece of ground be∣longing to Hungary, at the greater Waradine, amongst the rub∣bish of a burying Chappell destroyed by Bethlem Prince of Tran∣silvania, there was a treasure found, with a port-mantle or some such thing, with a diamond in bignesse of a hens egg. I find also three eminent marriages solemnized in these two years: one whereof was between Francis Charls Duke of Lawenburg, and the widow of Bethlem Gabor the foresaid Transylvanian Prince, who dying in the year 1636, (I must recede a little) new troubles arose in Transylvania; after that, one Ragotzy enjoyed the affairs. Salymye of Bethlem's family gathering 2000 Souldiers and more, in opposition of him, &c. Thus much in the general. And it is cre∣dibly reported, that in the same Transylvania, there is a visible Church, who maintain their orderly succession of Ordinances from the Apostles times, by an administrator of baptism, without intermission. Be it so: yet what is a succession of the form, with∣out the life and power they lived in?

Also of two male children born into the world; for which there is joy to the travailing mothers; the one to the Duke of Bavaria, Jerome by name, on the day before the Kal. of Octob. 1638; the other to the Duke of Lorrain's brother, named Ferdinand born at Vienne in 1639. But then again, the Duke of Brandenburg p••ssing by, if I mistake not, in Pareuthe, is smitten with a leaden bullet out of a window, in 1638; the committer of which treacherons fact being thither to unknown.

By that time I have mentioned two or three things of note, it will be time to proceed unto the actions of the two other years, to be contained in this Chapter. At Vienna, the biggest Bell in the City sounded of his own accord, none enforcing it, which to me seemeth not the least of wonders. In the Prince's Court also of the same place, an Eagle of fifteen years old fell down dead: which seems not the least of tokens. And (which is among the greatest of wonderful things) a Chariot with 6 horses, and five that were carried therein, was by the force of the wind cast off from a long bridge into the River Danubius of the same Vienna. These three in one year, to wit, in 1639.

Money (which is accounted the sinews of War) being wanting to the Emperour; himself, with the Electors, Embassadours, and the Deputies of other States came together at Norimberg, in 1640; but there being nothing done at that meeting, there were the same year Assemblies of all ranks summoned at Ratisbone, where they treated both concerning raising money for carrying on the Warr, and also, of restoring the administration of Civil Justice in places where they could; which by reason of the wars, must needs have been either abolished, or neglected. For,

Inter arma silent leges.

Where warlique weapons bear command, Lawes do hold their tongue in hand.

This Emperour, in a special manner, endeavours a peace with the Danish King this year; but lustily encounters the Swedish For∣ces: for (George Duke of Luneburg recovering Steynbruck, a Town before lost) the Imperialists having Spork for their Leader, per∣form two considerable Services, by beating Ekard and Rose, two Swedish Commanders; and which is more, by driving Bannier out of Bohemia: but being somewhat dispersed hereby, they ga∣ther their Army together, and sit down at Salfield, and with this second Army they recover Telchine Castle: Moreover, forcing Bannier to retire himself in the Lower-Hassia; but, following him thither, as it seemeth, too hotly, although they were joyned with Geleen, Haese, Gonzage, and Hatsfield, they are there scattered. These also vanquish three Towns more, and under the command of Golze, force Hirschberg in Silesia unto a demolishment; the Saxon Duke, the Duke of Brandenburg, and Truckmuller, at three several places with like Martial force, in the mean time earnestly labouring, although in vain, and with slaughter of their men. The Pope amongst all this, being urgently busied to make peace be∣tween the Kings.

Those that had been under the command of the Duke of Vinurn, on the contrary, are not idle, but do divide their company into three parts, possessing Wetterave, and spreading themselves in three chief places thereof. The Emperians assault Bingium, the which being a place fit for passage or conveyance; the other sharply defend against them; yet at last they lose it: and setting their warfare in order, a heap of battels imploying them, they joyn with Bannier; and at the latter end of the year, do scatter and beat the Baron of Bredah at Zigenhayne: where also Rose, a Major, takes a French Earl (full of gold and Brigandines) unthought of.

But Bannier himself this year 1640, playes Rêx; he robbed and killed in Bohemia in the wayes as he went, and beheadeth the Confuls or chief Magistrates of two Towns, Satze and Cade, together with a Judge: after that, when the Emperour's forces had recovered two garrisons, he sleighting another place, takes speedily, although with some losse, Plane-Castle, very full of all sort of victual: thence, while the Emperians overcome Chemnice, he departed to Erford, and being increased by other Armies, he opposed himself against them, who going forward to Salfield, had there rested with 70 thousand men. His wife now dying, being grieved (when he had first taken Fulda, and had heard a voyce in the ayr, Be gone, Bannier, be gone, for now the time is,) he went away to Eschwege, and then joyns the forces of Durlace to himself,

whereby he wrested that honorable Victory at Homburg in Hassia aforementioned, from the Imperialists; which Conquest, the surrender of Amaenoburg followed; then returning back to Erford, be besieged one place, and took another, now ready to strive, if he could, to break into Bavaria: Into which to come, he bends him∣self in the beginning of 1641, and therefore calling to him Gue∣brian, who was the French General of Vinurn's Army, breaks thorow by fighting, and takes Chamice, as also cloaths appointed for the Emperour's Souldiers. But then letting go Guebrian to another place, while he was more secure than ordinary at a place ordained for hunting, that he had taken away from the Duke of Brandenburg, he is invaded by the Emperians; and unless Schlange of Neoburg had before a Wood, valiantly resisted them, he had been quite overthrown. However, he was forced to redeem his escape into Bohemia with the losse of 26 Ensigns, and 1800 horse∣men; yet perceiving the Conquerour to follow after him, he calls back Guebrian, and, at Zwiccave, is joyned with him.

Then again, at the River Sale, the chief of warlike matters (and the conclusion to Bannier) is joyned, where each party maintain a Bank; Bannier toughly, and (as I may say) with his teeth de∣fending his; yet at length being forced to yield, he goeth to Hal∣berstade, where voyding much blood and matter, through an Im∣posthume, or breaking of a vein, he put an end to his life, and so to all his toyl and labours; the Voyce, as may be well supposed, that he heard in the Ayr the year before, having reference rather unto this time of his death, than unto the Victory that he got a lit∣tle after, at Homburg. But the Swedish forces (what through this Arch-warriour's death, what through this last repulse at Sale) were broken both in strength, and courage: yet not being wholly dismayed, they stand waiting upon the Senate of Stockholm for new orders, who commanded Torstensohn to undergo, as General, Bannier's charge and burden, who having received his Commis∣sion, passeth over the River Albis with a supply of his own, and joyns with the Bannerians; whereby they allayed the spirits of the Emperians that then were hot against them. Notwithstand∣ing they having renewed their League with the Lantgrave of Hesse, and the Duke of Luneburg, break thorow Wolsebyte, and (being resolvedly bent) they beat and are beaten, untill the Duke of Luneburg could passe over unto the Emperour's party; which gave an occasion to the Bannerians of moving else-where.

Many places were yielded to the Emperour's Souldiers this year; first the Town Crucinack with its Castle; then seven other considerable Cities and Town, with other places of less note. Dor∣stene (somewhat remote) was after two moneths siege taken. Ein∣beck and also Clive were forced to yield, and that with a slaughter of the Hassians who had come for relief; and in the mean time the Duke of Saxony, through very much labour and industry brings Gorlice under his power. In which year also (being 1641) by the Emperour (at Assemblies held at Ratisbone concerning a

right managing the War, and supplying the said War with ayds) Edward Duke of Bregance, the natural brother of the valiant and diligent King in Portugal, is committed to custody.

But in England, after Charls King of Britain was again estran∣ged from the Scots a little after the pacification between them, and had disavowed that Paper which the Scots, avouched to con∣tein the true conditions of the same, and in testimony of his indig∣nation against it, had commanded it to be burnt by the common Executioner, in the year 1639. he told his Privy-Councell about the beginning of December, the same year, that he intended to summon a Parliament, or Kingdom's Representative in England, (which began on Aprill the thirteenth, in the year 1640) with which the subjects were even filled with hopes of redresses of ma∣ny things amisse, and almost with wonder, at the having of that, the name of which seemed to be strange amongst them; But their hopes were not answered herein; for the King being very urgent at the said Parliament for money to War a second time with the Scots, and to pay the Army that he had already raised in order thereto, which was to be done by that which they call [Subsidy], some Members preferring a redresse of grievances before the other, made speeches to the same purpose: but yet they ta∣king the said Subsidies into consideration, while they were deba∣ting the businesse, the King thinking (it seems) they were not Cor∣diall therein, and did it with delay, brake them up, on the fifth of May following, which was in the space of three weeks. But af∣ter that, he continved the sitting of the Convocation of their Cler∣gy untill May the twenty ninth, (a thing never known so before) who, by his Authority, made Canons, and put Oaths upon some. And on the eighth of July following, the said King had a third son born unto him, named Henry, and intituled Duke of Gloucester. But the Scots upon new discontents enter England the second time, on August the seventeenth, (their second Parliament now sitting again, June the second, that had been adjourned from December the eighteenth, 1639.) against whom the King (having had con∣tributions from the Clergy and others) and issuing out Writs for Ship-money, and other waies undertaken for defraying the char∣ges of the war) set forward toward the North of England with an Army, on the twentieth day of the same August, under the com∣mand of the Deputy, Earl of Strafford (the Earl of Northumber∣land, who was appoynted as Generall, not being in health) where having a fight, or rather a skirmish, at Newburn, on the twenty eighth day, and at another place far North, the English souldiers, not willing to engage in that cause, and many mutinying against their Officers; the King (who had on September the twentieth, set up his Standard of War at the City of York, and his Councill meeting there on the twenty fourth day) by a choice of some Lords of both Kingdomes, to compose the matter, at length came to a cessation of Arms with the Scots upon seven Articles on Oct. the twenty sixth of the same year, untill Decemb. the sixteenth

following, which Armies were not disbanded until the beginning of August following, in the year 1641. In the mean time some English Peers and Barons, being somewhat sensible of the conditi∣on of their Nation, and what the consequence of this war with their fellow-subjects, might be; do Petition their King to call another Parliament with speed; who seeing a necessity thereof, as well as the Petitioners, acquainted his Councell at York of his intentions for a Parliament, which should begin on Novemb. the third following, which Parliament (having the same year, Jan. the Eleventh, exhibited a Bill for one to be had every three years, and also May the tenth, in 1641, another bill for their own con∣tinuance, untill they were willing to dissolve, unto both which the King signed) sate from November the third, 1640. unto Aprill the 20th, 1653. almost thirteen years, and therefore was by the English called the [Long-winded] Parliament. One of the first things this great Councel set upon, was to impeach those whom they judged offenders against the Common-Wealth: the first of whom was the afore-said Deputy of Ireland, the Earl of Strafford, a deep Politician, who being committed to custody, on the Eleventh day of November 1640. and to the Tower of Lon∣don, the two and twentieth of the same, and began to be tryed in a Pompous and remarkable manner on March the two and twen∣tieth following, upon nine Grand Articles, in the Hall of Westmin∣ster, whose triall ending April the fifteenth, 1641. was (being by his Judges, adjudged Guilty of High Treason) beheaded (the King having first signed to his Execution) on the 12th of May of the same year.

Another was, to censure and remove divers Ministers of the Church that were scandalous, or superstitious, and to relieve and recompence those who had been diligent, and Conscientious suf∣ferers.

The Parliament and people of England (at this time) loving the Scots, because they looked on them as instruments, (by opposing the King) of procuring this means of their redresse, Commissioners from Scotland, had acceptable residence in London on the 19th of November 1640. the Parliament on the twelfth day of the same Moneth, before their comming thither, having by Vote ordered the Scots, in part of 300000 lb. no lesse then 10000 lb. to be payed them, for supplying their losses and necessities. At the lat∣ter end of which Moneth, Pryn, and Burton, and within a Fort∣nights time, Bastwick, who had three years before, suffered as abovesaid, were brought with triumph into the City from exile, about which time also there was Petitioning by the Londoners, against, not onely the misdemeanors, but the very standing of the Bishops of their Church; and william Laud, Arch-Bishop of Can∣terbury, was on the eighteenth day of December 1640. by the Great Councell of the Kingdome, sequestred from all his digni∣ties, and (to the Kings grief) committed, first into the hands of the Usher of the upperhouse, which they call the black Rod, and on

the eight and twentieth day of January following, unto a closer confinement in the Tower of London: and afterwards in the Moneth of November, 1641. there being tumults of the Citizens of London, in the midst of which, they declared against, and threatned the Bishops; twelve of whom (having protested against the validity of the Parliaments votes in their absence, the which, they said, the danger of the tumultuous occasioned) were accu∣sed thereupon of High Treason; ten whereof were sent Prisoners to the Tower, the other two to the black Rod. Amongst these things the Brittish King espoused his eldest daughter Mary, unto William of Nassaw, son of Henry Prince of Orange in the year 1640 and the said young Prince comming to London on Aprill the twen∣tieth 1641. (the Parliament being pleased with the marriage, the States of Holland's Ambassadours, make fair proposals to the King) was with great solemnity married unto her on the second of May, the same year, she being then not above ten years of age, and the Prince about sixteen.

The king also took a journey this year, on August the tenth, in∣to Scotland (the Parliament intreating his longer stay, by reason of the kingdomes occasions). Which proved a hinderance unto Englands affairs. And although the kings end of going at that time, was not by the English understood, yet a Scottish Writer saith, (for it was about the time of the two Armies disbanding) It was secretly to engage them against the English Parliament by large and fair promises, and also to take some Noble men of Scot∣land out of the way, whose willingnesse therein he suspected. But in the mean time, on October the three and twentieth, 1641. the conspiracy of the Irish in Ireland (so long kept close) broke forth in a most bloudy manner against the English, and Protestants there, so that in two Moneths space, (besides many great and grievous torments, and spoylings of worldly goods and estates) were murder∣ed no lesse, (as is credibly reported) then 200000 Souls. Amongst other places of strength, the Castle of Dublin, Irelands Mother-Ci∣ty, and that kingdomes chief Magazine, was to be seized on this very day; but by a Countreyman of their own, servant to an En∣glish knight, through a providential relation over-night, by Mac∣Mohone, of some passages unto him, it was discovered; whereby this Macmohone, and Maguire an Irish Lord, were suddenly ap∣prehended, who afterwards suffered death in England for the same, the Irish being on the first of January following, openly proclaim∣ed Rebells; and the English Parliament, taking what care they could (in so sudden a case) for supplies against them.

But on January the third (next after the said king returns from Scotland, which was on November the twenty fifth, on which day he was with pompous solemnity, and costly equipage received in∣to London by the Citizens) he exhibited seven Articles of High Treason against six Members of that representative, (chiefly mo∣ved hereto as some say, by his Queens being begun to be accused about the troubles of Ireland) and the day following came perso∣nally

into the Lower-house, (two or three hundred armed men attending him) and sitting down in their Speaker's Chair, de∣manded five of their Members; but they having absented them∣selves upon information, and that house judging the King to have broken their priviledge thereby, he being urged as for other things, so for that he could not have his will on those men; the people also flocking to Westminster in great throngs, from discontent, took (as he thought) a just occasion to depart from the City unto an house of his about 12 miles from London, called Hampton-Court, on the very 10th day of the same Jan. 1641; Who (being petitioned for the Militia on the 27 day, to be put into the Par∣liaments hands, which he refused,) after divers movings from place to place, came, at length, on March 19th, unto York, where we found him, when he first divulged his intent of summoning this Parliament, with whom now he was discontented. Who also had this year published a Law for the restoring the Palati∣nate his Couzen, (in whose place, his father being dead, the Da∣nish King is set) but to little or no purpose, beginning to have enough to do at home. ••n Wales also, a dominion belonging unto England, being in the year 1640, what with Sea and rain wa∣ters, almost drowned, which may be accounted a presage of the misery, that for some few years overspread, and almost over∣whelmed that Nation.

The French King, in the mean time, minds his own affairs, ta∣king care to have two places (concerning Germany) fortified, Bri∣sack and Rheinfield; and gives increases unto Vinurn's Army un∣der the command of Guebrian; yet looseth Salse; these in 1641. But against the Spaniard the same year he prevails not a little; for they besieging Casale, he beats them off, and stripping them of their Camps, obtains a prey to the value of 60 thousand Duckets, which was for the Souldiers pay; the other almost inestimable, for there was a lofty Chariot that cost (it self) 8000 Duckets. They fight again at Pade, where the French had the masterdome, and gets Taurine by surrender. Moreover, he performed a no∣table piece of service in the Netherlands against him; for coming upon Atrebate unthought of, he surrounds it, and within three moneths time subdueth it; which Town, had for the space of 148 years renounced the Rule of France, and therefore by the French King's Ancestors had been seven times besieged; yet all in vain. And whereas the Catalonians (who by reason of nearnesse of situation, are subject to Spanish Incursions) were dealt unwor∣thily withall by them, they humbly craving ayd, the French be∣gins this year by great Armies to set them at liberty; and in the year 1641, goes about the businesse with the Spaniard, and gives him often overthrowes at Barcellona; and then besiegeth Tarragon of Catalonia; which the Spaniard (loath to lose) often attempts to beat them off, and as often frustrated by the French, untill at length being overpowred in number, he is forced to leave it. The Prince of Conde likewise robbing and killing in the Spaniard's

County of Russilio. The King of Spain also having somewhat to say unto John the 4th, King of Lusitania or Portugal this year, by disswasory letters, he is not at all moved thereat, but sends his Embassadours every way even to the Dutch and Swedes, endea∣vouring to get their favour. Discovering also, and quenching a most destructive Conspiracy against him at Lisbone.

Moreover, the Pope being a partaker against the French, occa∣sions him to fight at Bulloign, and he seeth all the Dukes of Italy to take in hand that which they had made a common cause against him. But when as the Governour of Suesso, being supported by other helps, had made an inroad into France nigh the Wood or Forrest of Arduen, he turned thither all his power, overthrew the other, the Suessonian himself falling in battel, and who was the last of that stock and ambition. The French after this, subdued three Towns of their enemies, but were forced to restore Arre af∣ter four moneths, by reason of other distractions.

The Dutch seems to be more enriched with Tunns of gold out of both the Indies this year 1640, than impoverished by battels; for they receive from thence 150 of them: yet they feel the force and damage of some great storms in their havens: and fight bloo∣dily against the Spaniard at Hulst, attempting two places, Sluse, and Bruge in vain. But stoutly besieging the small Fortress of Gennepe in 1641, they constrain it to yield. Arming the year before by reason of the dashings begun in England; and being then also for∣bidden to ride on the Danish Sea.

Amurath, Emperour of the Turks (who had the report of a good Souldier, but a great Tyrant) dying in the year 1640, the 33d year, the flowr of his age, his brother Ibraim, in the 27th year of his age, succeeded him; who continued his busie endeavour of peace with the Persian: but calling the Tartarians into his fellowship, threatneth a most cruel War on Poland; whose Pyrats also of Argier take a Spanish ship, valued to be worth 300000 Flo∣rens.

Three or four strange and unusual things happened in divers places within two years space: The one was a Whale, which be∣ing (in a Province of France) left without water, on a place where the Tide ebbeth and floweth, was found to be 320 foot long, and 162 foot broad: This monstrous King of Fishes, was nine dayes in destroying with Guns, as if 'twere shooting against a Castle; afterwards being drawn to shoar by 500 strong armed men, open∣ing his chaps, they saw them easily to receive a horse with his ri∣der. Another was, a seven-fold off-spring brought forth at one birth in the Swedish Camps, in the year 1640, four whereof were male-children, three female; the last of which received a baptism, and then gave up the ghost. Also at Stockholm in Sweden, on the 4th of the Ides of January, 1641, the whole Princes Court seemed to be very bright and shining with lights; and, which is the greatest thing, three great Guns were heard to be discharged, without the moving of any mans hand, or fire unto them. But

throughout Bavaria, in 1640, was there a spatious hunting made, as they say, by the Prince of darknesse, with howling cries, dogs, flesh, and a company of servants, and divers wild beasts; now ready after a while to go (as he said) a fishing. This being true, as it is related, surely a lively sign both of violence, by the hunt∣ing; and of deceit, by the fishing, in the earth,

Besides those mentioned in our discourse by the way, these may be taken notice of in their deaths both naturall and violent. Chri∣stian, Prince of Portugal; and Marodas Duke of Prague; Francis Jacinth, Prince of Subaudia, a child; which three departed life in the year 1638. And the same year, one Cyril a Patriarch, that is, a chief father of the Greek Church, through the instigations or movings of his adversaries at Constantinople, was strangled with a rope. Columna, Master of the Stable, dyed at Rome in the year 1639; in which year the Emperour of Germany lost Philip and Augustine, his second and third sons, by death. And Lewis, son to the Prince of Orange, was almost born, and dead in a moment. Kirchbaw an Emperian Major, being taken among the Swedes, was beheaded at Vienna in this year 1639; and within the compasse of the same year the Earl of Buchaim being mortally wounded in a sporting-exercise, in a short time after exchanged life for death. In 1640, besides Amurath the Turk, dyed George Con, (one of the Pope's three Ambassadours, that (by the Queens prevalency with the English king her husband) had been lately sent unto him, and with great honour received by him, in his return out of England to Rome. Also George Wilhelm, Duke Elector of Brandenburg; whom Frederick Wilhelm succeeded. Which Frederick the year following began to diminish the Emperour, by little and little, making his Garrisons his own, and therefore is honourably and bountifully received in the Assemblies at Warsove. But Christian Ulrick, a Prince of Denmark, departing from Colone, a City on this side the River Rhene, by the hands of the provoked Hollanders (for this very year 1640, they were fordidden the Danish Sea) perish∣ed. Besides John Bannier the Swedish Champion, this year 1641, dyed Arnheym, Chief Commander of the Duke of Saxony's Soul∣diery. John George, Duke of Brunswick, and Luneburg this year de∣parted at Hildese, who would have obtained his Wolsebyte; but died without what he sought after. Likewise Otto, a single man, Earl of Schaumburg, and the last of that Earldome. Amongst the rest Anthony Caraffa in the Province of Barryen, in the kingdome of Neapolis, is to be minded, who in 1641, for new burthens (a fair warning) imposed on the people, was by the common people slain. And to conclude this Chapter with a most sad accident that hap∣pened in the year 1640. At Forcheym of Francony, a Countreyman killing a Hog, went away about other occasions; in whose ab∣sence two little Boyes, one of six, another of three years old, in imitation of their father, kill a little brother of theirs under three Moneths old; and as though they had well done, tell the horrid act to their father, being in the Garden. He beholding the busi∣nesse,

chides them with harsh words. Whereupon the children for fear of rods, hide the child in the oven. Their Mother, being about her work and knowing nothing, running from the cattle, sets fire on dry wood to bake, and departs: when she came to draw out the coals, she seeth (as I may say) her own bowels in her childs, burned: which caused her to rush head-long into a Well and drown her self; and her Husband (through this double grief) to hang himself.

CHAP. III. An account of what noted Passages happened in Germany, England, and other places.

From the year of Christ 1642, to 1646.

ALthough England might now begin to be the chief Subject of our surveying Account, her billowes of trouble and civil dissentions rising high; yet since Germanie's calamity was before her in order and continuance of time; it shall be also in order of declaring.

Torsthenson therefore having taken on him Bannier's trust in be∣half of the Swedes, playes Bannier's part; for, having condemned one Seckendorf (a Commander) to be beheaded, for treachery to the Army at the siege of Wolfebyte; and by Koningsmark raised the siege of Mansfield; hearing that Stalhanse was overcharged by the Duke of Lawenburg throughout Silesia, he runs to him, and ha∣ving reduced four places of strength; in the moneth of June 1642, scatters the said Lawenburg his forces, and at Swenice, takes him, with 38 Waggons. Thence (having fortified another place as a refuge in doubtfull cases) he goeth to Sittave, and undertaking to besiege Lipsie, the Emperians coming to oppose him, he goes to meet them, and gave them a great overthrow; there were slain to the number of 5000, he took 83 great and choyse Officers pri∣soners, and above 4000 and 400 common Souldiers, 122 Ensigns, 46 great guns, together with 69 Waggons: and when this was done, returns to Lipsie, and on the 24 of October the same year, receives it by surrender. And (that he might the better deal with the Emperour) perswades the Duke of Brandenburg to stand as a neuter; but the Duke of Saxony not so.

Guebrian, likewise the French General, and Eberstein the Com∣mander of the Hassians, by the sufferance of the Dutch, passe over the River Rhene unto Vesalia, where they fall upon and beat Lam∣boy, (who had assisted the Duke of Suesso the year before in his in-breach into France) about to depart into his Winter-quarters; there are 3000 slain, and 4000 taken; amongst whom their chief Captain himself, with two others, 14 Colonels, nine Embassa∣dours, eight chief men of the guard, 28 Masters of horse, 38 Cen∣turions

or Captains of foot; Rose also the Tribune, scattering the residue that gathered themselves together; four strong holds be∣ing afterwards vanquished and possessed, and 500 wagons taken, that were carrying things of great value unto more secure pla∣ces.

But the Emperour (about to set his Souldiery in order) exchan∣ges Horn for werth, two grand Commanders that had been mu∣tually taken: yet he is rather affected this year 1642, with grief and anger for the two overthrowes received (as abovesaid) at Si∣lesia, (whereby Moravia, the very Center of the Land is possessed by the Conquerour) and at Lipsia, which by reason of nearnesse made Prague to tremble; (This overthrow was by flight, where∣upon he branded that Legion that chiefly fled, with disgrace, and cut off the head of Mandesloh the Major) than with any great joy for warlique successe; yet this supplyed the place of all comfort, that he recovereth Oelsa of Silesia, as also Marcodure in the Juliacan field, affording succour (by joyning with the Duke of Bavaria) un∣to the Province of Colone. About the beginning of this year, he confirms a peace with the Turk at Buda the chief City in Hunga∣ry, for 20 years. And, being now worsted, (through the labour and endeavour of the King of Denmark) toward the end of the year, he admits of a Treaty of peace with the Swedes; and to this end, are Assemblies gathered together at Frankford upon the River Mentz. Neverthelesse, the war going on, and being every where strove against; not forgetting the slaughter and overthrow at Lipsia, he beheadeth in 1643 more of the chief, and authors of that flight, publishing his Brigades to be infamous. And for his assistance, would have drawn forth the Hungarians without their Kingdom's bounds, but could not obtain them. This year also he grants Piccolominie to the King of Spain for a General: yet the said Piccolominie in 1643, before that concession, hastening against Torsthenson, makes him to quit Freyberg of Misnia; but he scat∣ters Bruoy, and setting Olmuce at liberty, finding there a considera∣ble treasure, he sends it away into Swethland. Now also he re∣ceives bands of Souldiers from the Dacians, having taken Neo∣stade and other places into possession. And having first redeemed some Captains of three Legions (that were through sloath sur∣prized by the enemy) with money, he afterward hangs some, and cashiereth others. But besieging Brunne, a strong place, to his great dammage, he over-recruited the said losse, by dispersing Bucheym an Emperian Commander, and vanquishing Eulenburg, a Town (in the borders of Moravia and Silesia) containing in it a million of gold. Yet while he most hastily leads away into Hol∣satia, and disperseth some Troops of horsemen that first came against him, he loseth Sittavia of Silesia, Lemberg, and other pla∣ces.

Horn leads an Army out of Swethland thorow the main Land, consisting of 20000 men, and a double Navy was trimmed up at Stockholm; for they fell out with the Dane this year, for three cau∣ses;

for hindering their passage by Sea, cleaving to the Musco∣vite and Polander, and for supplying Cracove in Pomerania (their enemies garrison) with money and Souldiers, against which Koningsmark the same year 1643, opposed himself, who depart∣ing out of Hassia, imposeth tribute on the people, as he wandred up and down, intercepting two Towns, Halberstade, and Osterwick. But the French under the command of Guebrian, who in 1642 af∣ter the victory against Lamboy, had returned on this side Rhene again, and in 1643 had taken up their Winter-quarters in Fran∣cony, do send the Forces of Werth to crop them, and at Milteburg to beat them. Whereupon they flee to Brisack; but making no stay there, straightway return into the Badian field: And joyn∣ing battel at Ravensburg, they are Conquerours, two chief Com∣manders, Merce and Witgenstein, falling by their hands. They also receive supplyes from France, under the conduct of the Duke of Enguienne. Then they take the Town of Rothweile, but it cost them the losse of four Legions, and at Durling they are quite overwhelmed, three thousand being slain, and above four thou∣sand common Souldiers (besides chief Captains) taken. Eberstein the head of the Hassian Souldiery, having before left them, re∣turning out of the Badian field unto Heydelberg, where he took the Duke of Lorrain's housholdstuff at unawares, and had al∣most taken the Duke himself. Who also robbed and killed in the Colonian Land; and whereas there had been cruelty exercised in Gronsfeld, a place under the power of the Emperour, he from Novese, that was a Town yielded to him the year before, renders them like for like. Thus the Proverb is verified,

Homo homini Lupus.

Man that should be a fellow brother, Prey's like the Wolf upon each other.

The King of England, being at the City of York, whither he came toward the latter end of the year 1641, sent to the Parlia∣ment, Apr. 8. 1642, to acquaint them, that he would personally go over into Ireland to engage (as he said) against those bloudy Rebels there; and therefore would arm a Life-guard (which he intended to raise about Westchester, a near and conveni∣ent place of passage into that Kingdom) for himself, of about 2000 and 200 horse and foot, out of the Magazine of Hull, a very strong Sea-Port Town in the North. But, there having been a letter not long before, of George Digbie's, a Lord, unto the Queen, out of Zealand intercepted, in which he spake of the King's declaring himself, and retiring to some safe place, &c. besides other grounds, this Court suspected his intentions, and appointed John Hotham, a Knight of that Countrey to prevent the King of taking that strong hold with its ammunition, into his possession. At which the King being greatly moved, and coming in person with some Soul∣diers

in arms, besides some of the Nobility and Gentry, on the 23 day of the same moneth, to demand entrance into that Town; the said Hotham denying him on his knees, upon the Town-wall, was proclaimed Traytor by the King: whose act neverthelesse the Parliament justified on the 25 day, and endeavoured to ap∣pease the King, but in vain. For the King daily summoning by Proclamations both the chief and common sort of those parts, to attend him as a Guard for his Person, who (said he) was in dan∣ger of the Parliament; (about which time also Thomas Roe Knight, was by him sent over as an Embassadour to Vienna in Germany, to presse on the cause of the Palatinate,) the Parliament likewise declared, that such arming of men in an extraordinary way, was against the Lawes and Kingdom's Liberties. And when about the latter end of this moneth of April, 1642, 36 Lords, as also ma∣ny of the Commons house, within a moneths time, went from the Parliament unto the King at York; then the Kingdom in gene∣rall feared a Civill War, which before was by many suspected; so that on the second of July following, propositions being by that high Court, sent unto the King for his consent, and no conclu∣sion made concerning them; It was ordered on June the 10th, by Parliament, That Money and Plate should be brought in, either by gift or loan, which they professed was to levy Forces for the maintaining the Protestant Religion, the King's Person, authority and dignity, the peace of the Kingdom, together with the Laws of the Land, and priviledges of the People's Representative, the Parliament. The King also did the like, inviting people to the same thing in the same words. And (toward the latter end of June) his Great Seal being conveyed unto him from the Lord Keeper of it, Littleton, he issued forth Proclamations, one whereof was, That the Parliaments Warrants about settling the Militia in their hands should not be obeyed. And they (on the contrary) forbade raising arms by the King's Warrant, without their authority. The King also having pawned the Jewels of his Crown for 200000 l. sterling, (which his Queen had carried over into Holland, in the moneth of Febr. 1641, to that purpose, when she went over with her daughter the Princess of Orange) at this time, received money, with Arms and Ammunition, so that now he sent out Commissions of Array, for the arming men in all Coun∣ties; which Commission was proclaimed in London, for which the Lord Mayor of that City was turned out, and disabled of any Office, and committed prisoner to the Tower, July the 11th; and on the next day, the Earl of Essex was by the Parliament voted General of their Army. The Earl of Warwick also, skillfull in Sea-Affairs, was by their Ordinance chosen Admiral of the Navy, who a little after took a considerable ship coming out of the Ne∣therlands, laden with Gun-powder for the King's service; which was not a small addition to his Sea-strength. The said Earl of Essex raising an Army upon the Parliaments Vote, on the first of August following, began to divide his men into Regiments, which

in a short time amounted to nigh 14000 horse and foot; when in the mean time, the King with 3000 foot, and 1000 horsemen on the 15th of July began to besiege Hull; which siege (what by opening a sluce, and drowning the Countrey thereabout, what by two sallies made out of the Town, by one John Meldrum Knight; in the first of which, the besiegers were made to retreat with some small losse; and in the second, after the strengthening of the Town with more men, making them disorderly to retire, with the slaughter of 21 persons, and some taken prisoners, taking also the King's Ammunition, and firing the barn in which it was kept) was broken up. And now [furor arma ministrat] both sides beginning to assault one another with fury, divers places began to be taken and retaken. Amongst which, the strong Sea-garri∣son of Portsmouth was on Septemb. 7. 1642, surrendred to the Parliaments forces under the command of Sir William Waller Knight.

The King on the 22 of August the same year sets up his Standard (which I may call an actual Marriage of that War, which was but before espoused) and the third day after sent to the Parlia∣ment to compose the difference between him and them by a Trea∣ty. Of which that Court said they were not in a condition to do, unlesse the Standard were taken down and Proclamations (where∣in they were called Rebels and Traytors) were revoked. So that on the 9th of Septemb. General Essex departed from London to∣wards his Army, who expected his coming unto them to their Rendezvouz at North-hampton; Unto whom also the Parliament sent a Petition, which he should present unto the King, to with∣draw himself from those persons about him, &c. But he was too far prejudiced to grant the same; the Bishops, (to make the sore the wider, whom he loved, and without whom, he thought he could be no King,) being on Septemb. 1. 1642, voted powerlesse in Church-Government, who not long before had power both in Church and State. So, Essex attending the King's motion (after some skirmishes of parties) Octob. 23, on a Plain called, The Vale of Red-Horse, situate at the foot of a steep Hill, called Edge-Hill, near to a Village called Keynton, in the County of Warwick, joyned the first pitched battle with the King's Army, (the Earl of Lindsey being the king's General) his Army consisting of about 11000 horse and foot. Essex (having, for haste of following them, left no small part of his forces and Artillery behind him) had scarce so many. This fight was bloudy and dubious; Robert the king's Couzen charging furiously on the Parliaments left wing, put both horse and foot to flight, seizing on his enemies Carria∣ges and baggage. A valiant Knight on the other side, brake the foot of the King's left wing, and seized on his Artillery; the King's Standard was taken, but soon retaken: both sides had Trophies of victory, Ensigns, prisoners, and great guns; so that neither party could much upbraid each other. Notwithstanding, of the 5000 and upwards that were slain in all, more of the King's side

were slain; and besides, Lindsey his General was taken prifoner, and soon after dyed of wounds received.

The King, after the fight, marched to the City and University of Oxford; which place he took up, as it were, the Metropolis of his residence in the time of the War; and Essex unto Coventry for refreshment, who came Novemb. 7. to Westminster, his Army quartering in Villages adjacent, by reason of the King's wide ex∣cursions out of Oxford, which put London in fear. At which time, (while the Parliament was petitioning him for an accom∣modation of peace, being but 15 miles from the City, and he had manifested a grief for the peoples sufferings, with a desire to treat with them near London upon Propositions) his forces fell un∣expectedly upon a Parliament broken Regiment at Brainford, se∣ven miles distance, killing many, on the 12th day of November; and the next day there was a bloody fight maintained by two other Regiments coming for assistance. Esex, soon hearing of it at London, came speedily with strength for relief, with a great number of armed men out of London; So that, had there not been an oversight committed, in withdrawing 3000 men from King∣stone upon Thames, a Town 10 miles off, the King (being by a far greater number enclosed) would scarce have escaped; the which now he did, safely returning to Oxford: But this action did not a little engage London against him.

Amongst divers besiegings, stormings, taking of places this year, that of Cyrencester, a Town of Gloucestershire, is remarkable, which being entred by the King's Forces, the resisters were very rigidly and too too cruelly dealt withall, many of them being brought (in the winter season) from that place to Oxford thorow mire and dirt barefoot; this was in the beginning of February; On the 22d day of which moneth, the Queen of England landed at Burlington, a Sea-Town in Yorkshire, with arms against the Par∣liament, whence she went to York on March the 7th; and was by the Parliament voted a Traytor to the Common-wealth, May the 23d, 1643. A little after whose landing, March the second, 1642, the Lord Brook, a Parliament Commander, who was ac∣counted both valorous, learned, and virtuous, is by a Musket shot from the Minster of Lichfield in Leicestershire, stricken dead, as he looked out of a window toward the enclosed enemy, to the sorrow and enragement of his Souldiery. About the middle of which moneth also, divers Capuchin-Fryers, that had before be∣longed unto the Queen, were by order of the said Parliament sent away into France, from whence they came. And whereas now the Prince of Orange had begun to help the King, he is by the States of the United Provinces, either through good will, or Po∣licy restrained.

But the year following 1643, (raging hatred and resolution now striving, as it were, to exceed) the kindled fire was broken forth into devouring flames in many or most Counties of the Land; so that I shall not undertake here particularly to view the

variety and multiplicity of actions, some following years in Brittain, especially in England; but shall confine my self unto some few most remarkable things. Yet this I say, There were very few Wars in the World ever carried on with more vigour, enmity, and desire of conquest, than this, for the time: but, the greatest storms being usually soonest over, makes that naturall Axiome true in a moral sense,

Nullum violentum est perpetuum, No violent thing (but comes with blasting) Yet it is not alway lasting.

This Summer, the chief time for action, the Parliament went down the wind; for Ferdinand Lord Fairfax, with his son, was routed by the Earl of New-castle on Barmtham Moor, March 29, 1643, and then by him besieged in Hull. The Earl of Essex indeed besieging Reading, April 16, had it surrendred unto him within 12 dayes after. But his Army, after that, what by reason of sick∣nesse, what through want of necessaries, for which many forsook their Colours, himself was forced to retreat to London, waiting for a recruit. About which time also, Sir William Waller Knight (besieging the Town of Devizes Westward, where the besieged were put to hard shifts) was by a party of the King's from Oxford, through vicissitude of fortune in July, totally defeated; and losing his Army, came to London also; whereupon the City of Bristol was on the 24th day of the same moneth besieged by the King, and within four dayes time yielded up unto him, (which sudden surrender, many imputed unto the softnesse of the Governour's spirit) strong holds now falling into the hands of his forces, as it were untimely fruit, or leafs shaken with the wind. Exeter, a strong City in the West, was begirt by Prince Maurice, which was taken Sept. 3. following: Onely Gloucester (in which the Gover∣nour Massey's courage and resolution was famous) stood out nigh a moneths space, straightly besieged, and furiously assaulted, yet unconquered: the successefull King, through his over much emu∣lousnesse of subduing that place, neglected (like Hannibal of old) to improve his victories to the best advantage, who (in all like∣lihood) if he had then come for London, might have been master of it; untill, Essex being well recruited, came, at the last pinch, for that Citie's relief, which was on September the 8th, fighting the King's Army on the 20th day in a set-battel at Newberry in Barkshire, where they were vanquished; and so the Parliaments strength revived, and came even to an equal weight, who before were very much over-ballanced.

The Parliament wanting money to maintain their Armies, an Excise on Victual, and divers Commodities, was thought of, at the very beginning of the year, March 28, the first mover being Mr. William Pryn, one of the three Sufferers; which Excise, some

in detestation, called the Dutch-Devil, because it was an imitation of that people, and lay heavy upon the poorer sort. It was settled by Ordinance, July 18 following.

This was the time also wherein a joynt Covenant was entred into by the English with the Scots, called a solemn vow and Co∣venant, one main head (as to maintain the King's Person and just dignity, whereof was, to endeavour the bringing of the three Nations into one-nesse of conformity in Religion and wor∣ship according to the Word of God: which clause, Word of God, being afterwards thought of by many, gave them (in their appre∣hensions) a liberty of dissenting from any conformity, that they judged not agreeable thereto. Which Covenant, the Parliament (as an example to the rest) took, June 6. 1643.

About the same time there was a sad design against the Parlia∣ment and City of London discovered, which was for armed men to arise, killing and slaying, while the City was in divers places burning; for the which, two chiefly suffered death before their own doors, Thompkins, who had some relation to the Queen; and Challenour, a Citizen, on July the 5th. The books of the Arch∣bishop of Canterbury being given unto another Doctor who was their friend, by the Parliament, Octob. 3. who also in the moneth November, had a new Great Seal made; against which, the King (the same November 21,) openly declared.

The Bishop of Rome (who had excommunicated the Duke of Parma, whereupon he renounced the Protection of France in 1641) having fallen out with him, treats of a peace with the said Duke in 1642; in which year also Rome is fortified, because they there feared the weapons of their Spanish Catholique King, who was offended with the Pope, for entertaining a Portugal Embassa∣dour. But the year following, the Bishop and the Duke (not agreeing) wage a hot war; he demanding ayds (as his due) from the Viceroy of Naples, arming also the Princes of Italy against the Duke. And would have had Piccolominie for his General, but could not obtain him. But the Florentines this year, give him an overthrow, killing one thousand of his Souldiers, and taking an∣other, with all his warlike provision: notwithstanding, within a little time, he revengeth himself upon him. So he that kills with the sword, shall be killed with the sword; Yet this did not Peter.

The French and Spaniard in 1642, affect one onother with mu∣tuall overthrows, although the French exceed. The one in Cata∣lonia, overcommeth the son of the Duke of Lordon a Spanish Com∣mander, slaying 3000, taking many, and but few escaping; fin∣ding also among some of the prey, 60000 double Crowns. The Spaniard also conquers the French at Castellatum, killing 3000 and six hundred, 3000 and 400 being taken. He recovered the Town Bassaea. But the French take from him Colibria and Argiller in Catalonia, besieging Perpinian, and by the extreamest hunger tames it, avoiding the treachery, and layings in wait of their ene∣mies, in which siege, 300 persons yielded to the hungry for the

support of life; dispersing also the Spaniards, who by night set upon Exclusana. He obtains likewise this year, some Victory both by Sea and land at Barcellona; by land, snatching withall the ene∣mies victual; by Sea, in a Sea-fight, though not without losse to himself, subduing two strong holds in Italy this year, and in 1643, as many; lengthening his league with the Swede for three years longer. The Spaniard indeed makes Tortone yield to him this year 1643. As also vanquisheth Monsone in Catalonia, recei∣ving most rich ships out of the Indies. But the French-man van∣quisheth the Spaniards at Rocroy, where there was much bloud spilt, 12000 being slain on both sides; so that, although the French had the day, taking many of the Conquered (which Captives they redeemed with 22000, 288 Florenes, as before 800 priso∣ners of war at Antwerp for 50000 Florenes) and 180 Ensigns, all their Guns, bag and baggage; yet they might say with Livy the Historian concerning a Roman Victory.

Multo sanguine ac vulneribus ea victoria stetit.

That Victory (although the enemy lost) To get, yet us, much bloud and wound it cost.

He also besiegeth the Spanish in Theonsvile, and vanquisheth it, and joyning with the Portugall King, is prosperous at Sea. But the Dutch and he, do not many great matters; the Spaniard vanqui∣shing them at the River Mose in 1642. The Dutch the next year attempting the Garrison of Hulst in vain; but obtaining out of the Indies a Masse of Treasure, to wit, 200 Tuns of Gold. The King of Spain amidst all, affording help to his bloudy fellow-Ca∣tholiques, the Irish in 1642.

Now also the Queen of France being conscious of her vow made to the Lady of Lauretta for health restored to the Dolphine, sent a Messenger thither with 1200 l. of Silver, and in his arm the Image of the child Jesus, of 250 pounds of Gold. This would stop a hole in the Pope's Coffers.

The Danish King, being at ods with the Swede, is the same year 1643, reconciled with them of Hamburg; whose naturall son Vol∣damar yet illegitimate, goes now into Moscovia, to take in mar∣riage their Great Duke's Daughter. In which year, the Gover∣nour of Sueinice, a Garrison of the Swedes, escapes the subtile De∣vices of the Deputy, Senatours, and Jesuites against him. And Cardinall Mazerine in France, whose power is so large, as to be the orderer of the French affairs, is conspired against, and the con∣spiratours frustrated. And in the Moneth of Febr, a Councel (which the Germans call a Diet) is begun at Frankford at the River Mae∣nus.

The Emperour in 1644, (by reason of Torstensons absence, who was gone to fight with the Dane) recovereth (at length) the strong Garrison of Wohlave; vanquishing also Sueinice, (where the year

before, were designes against the Governour, as was but now said) And who not long before, bruised (though but lightly) his shoul∣der and leg, being shaken off his Horse, by a wild Boar overtur∣ning him. He likewise commands Galasse, a chieftain of his, to bring aid to the King of Denmark; the same Galasse takes quickly the Castle of Zeize, sending away the Souldiery by virtue of the Emperours Oath or promise made unto them; and fighting with the Swedes at Odesloe, there was little noise of that conflict. But laying siege unto Pinneburg, he is by them beaten off thence, whom Torstenson suffers to return to Bernburg, and follows him thither, where he beateth 3000 Purveyors. And comming for relief to Eislebe that was besieged, Galasse slips away, but other 2000 of his purveyors are beaten by him, with the Garrison Souldiers, he pursueth the Victory, following after Galasse's last troop, the which he chaseth with Enkefort that was their leader, and takes the said Enkefort in the narrow passages lying between Magdeburg and Witteberg. Then by a fearfull assault, he winneth Pegave; and prevailing over the Castle of Zeize, that Galasse had but even now taken, he demolisheth it, and then like a carefull Comman∣der, refresheth his souldiers, who were almost tired with these toils. Koningsmart (in the mean time) is busied in gathering con∣tributions on every side; who possesseth and destroyeth the Town of Langwele, that was subdued by the Archbishops Army. But he is beaten by the Emperians at Akerslebe, even as the Swedes that were too secure, were at another place but a little before. But Wrangel taketh three strong holds, under whose conduct, also the siege of Pinneburg (above-mentioned) was quit.

Moreover, although Torstenson fought this year against the Dane, with equall successe of Victory, yet Horn, with the Army that the year before he led out of Swethland, invading Scandia, and the Fle∣ming (who was also engaged against him) entring Norway; could not but much molest him. Whose King (although the Swedes were somewhat overcome at Colding, where, of four Legions, 34. men were slain, 137 taken, & 15 wounded) every where complains of breaking into his Dominions, as well as they of him, for stop∣ping up the passage of his Sea from them, whereby they were hin∣dered of their Northern Trassique. And although the Fleming gave place unto a greater number of the Danish troops this year then he had, yet it was celebrated by him with much bloud. The Swedes and he have a treble Sea-fight also; the first was doubt∣full to either, the second was more acceptable to the Swedes: and the third most acceptable unto them, dispersing therein the Da∣nish Fleet, whose King committing himself in person to his Sea, is this year wounded. Who likewise recovered Breydenburg from the Swedes by land; and turns them out of the Castles of Ripe and Haderslebe, places within his command that they Garrisonned. And further, being offended with one Peter a French-man, his Vice-Admiral, for suffering the enemy to slip out of the Chelonian Ha∣ven, where he had him at an advantage, he cuts off his head. He

dismisseth the Emperours Captain (willingly enough) his aids afforded, being too chargeable and slow in comming; which be∣ing gone, he finds it enough to do, to extirpate the Swedish Re∣mainders that had taken root in his Countrey.

Lastly, his son Voldamar, who is received by the white Russians or Muscovites (this year 1644) in a stately manner, as him that was to be the son in Law, and heir of their Prince; When he refused to take on him their Mungrell-Religion, (there being not envy wanting to spurre it on) he is lesse trimly observed, and be∣ing confined from his liberty in Muscovy (whether that were the sole cause of it, I know not) untill the Great Duke closed his last day, he neither by the craft or force of the Polanders, nor by the earnest intreaty of the King of Denmark his father, in 1644. could obtain the same.

Much was the action both in Germany and Britain, and not a lit∣tle in some other places, in the year 1645. For the Emperour who had to deal with, as also fearing, an unwearied enemy, the Swede; having received unto him his Army (out of Holsatia) that was shattered, and greatly lessened, musters a new Army; and that he might have prosperous successe, appoints publick prayers to be made in his behalf, and withall, goeth to Brandise unto the Image of the Virgin Mary, which was there set in its first state, for he had redeemed it out of the hands of the Swedes for 10000 Florenes. Neverthelesse Torstenson (who thought to be at hand with the Emperour before he should renew his Army) when he had in his march wasted Bruxy with fire, passing thorow Ottove, and Moldavia, stops at Jancoa, which place was between him and the Emperians, and for want of room, possessing a hill, he fights most stifly with Goce (who was chief Commander for the Empe∣rour) for eight hours space (this battell was on the twenty fourth of February, 1645) and he vanquisheth the said Goce his Army, ta∣king from the Emperour 289 Officers of note, even to the Trum∣peters, 4000 common souldiers were taken, besides 45 Wagons, 32 Ensignes, 26 Engines; with the losse of five Captains. These leaders of his thus taken, he redeems out of Torstensons hands with 80000 Royals, and so by force requires tribute from the people for this purpose. The Conquerour after this is not idle, he dis∣persed 2000 of many sorts or companies, that had gatherred them∣selves together after this rout, and besides, freeing Olmuce a Gar∣rison that the enemy had possessed, he forced in eight or nine con∣siderable places, even to Vienna the Emperour's place of residence, so that that City it self was mistrusted: but that he might not too much triumph in successe, he besiegeth Brunne in vain, with the great dammage of his foot souldiery; yet the occasion of desert∣ing that siege, was from one Gersdorf, being intercepted with Let∣ters of great moment in Silesia; so that having fortified the Town of Cornuburg, he visiteth Moravia, and straight way after Bohemia, where he wipes their nose both of Gold and Bread-Corn, which being sent before into Silesia, he followeth; then vanquisheth

other places, he puts the City Prague into a fright; and passing over the River Albis that was frozen up with cold, he hastneth to win Tetchine Castle by assault; but being sick of the Gout, he is brought to Lypsye; committing unto Wrangle the whole charge of his office: who had Bruxia now yielded up unto him, which Torstenson, had hurt by fire before, as abovesaid.

The Emperour also this year, being an enemy unto Ragotzy Prince of Transilvania, sends Bucheym a chieftain to oppose him, which Transilvanian, Torstenson was busied in, infolding a conti∣nual War, as we may judge, to keep (such is the Policy of Warlike enemies) the Emperour the more in action; yet he comes to an agreement this year with the said Ragotzy, sending Bucheyme with six thousand men, and furniture to aid the Duke of Bavaria who was in danger, striving also what he could to drive the Swedes out of Bohemia, whose Camps, (through the ex∣ceeding fiercenesse of the cold) were (at Glactove) in the latter end of the year, pitched one against the other for lodge∣ing.

The King of Denmark is this year beaten by Wrangle before he undertook Torstensons trust; expecting nothing but war with the Dutch: He lost also a great Ship called the Sophia by Shipwrack, that his mother had beautified with the Charge of 120000 Roy∣als, carrying sixty four pieces of Ordinance; and although he re∣covered Bremeroverd by craft, and took prisoner the Governour of Wartisberg, with a company of 800 Collectours of money. Yet at length (fortune having forsaken him) and being bent thereto through the intreaties of his States, after a Negotiation sufficient∣ly long, he enters a peace both with the Swedes and Dutch, through the vehement labour of the French King therein.

Whiles Wrangle was afflicting the Dane throughout Holsatia, Koningsmark subdueth the Archbishoprick of Bremes, vanquishing five strong holds there: then joyning their Forces together, they destroy Buchwald the Emperian, with a great slaughter. And about the middle of this Summer, Wrangle himself overcomes an Island, called the Isle of Bornholm, Koningsmark departing from him into Hassia, that he might repair the French, that had been under Vinurn, who were beaten by Werth, the General of the Ba∣varians, at Mergentheym; Where, the Vinurn-French, Konings∣mark, Geece, and the General of the Hassians, joyning in one, they drive the Bavarians from Kirchain, and crossing the River Rhene, they win three places by assault, overflowing the Valley Tauber: and then Koningsmark being called back into Saxony, the Duke of Enguien adding by a supply of strength, courage unto them, they fight most sharply July 24, at Albersheyme; in which conflict, the right Wing, in which the French were placed, is dispersed; bet the left Wing, in which the valour of the Hassians chiefly ap∣peared, overcame; Geleene was here taken, and Merce slain, to the grief of the conquered. And then gathering themselves to∣gether from the chase, they drive the Bavarians over the River Da∣nubius.

Hereupon two Garrisons, Nordlinge and Dunkelspule, are made the Conquerour's, Hailbrunne being besieged, but left, when as the Emperour had sent the Bavarian large assistance by Bu∣cheyme aforesaid, that they might make them rush, as it were, head∣long, leaving their greater guns behind them, toward Philippi∣burg. Then the Bavarian recovered three places, whereof Dun∣kelspule is one. Koningsmark having (before this battle) taken three strong holds in Saxony, and brought the Electour thereof unto a truce for six moneths. By all which may be gathered, what ground the Emperour lost this year.

Some other things were done, as Bugsdorff, possessing himself of Hornburg, and another place, &c. But I shall stop here with Ger∣many for this year, when I have added these two things, That Wil∣liam of Bade undergoeth the protection of France, Halle admit∣ing a garrison of Swedes into it for defence. And Maurice of Nas∣saw is returned from exile out of Sigeum, a Town and Promon∣tory near Troy, unto his own Countrey.

In Brittain, the English Parliament seeing a need of assistance from their Neighbour-Nation the Scots, in 1643, and sending Commissioners to Edinburg for the drawing of them into England; upon condition of a joynt-taking the Covenant aforesaid, and pay∣ing them 100000 l. towards raising the Army, promised them 21000 horse and foot. Which accordingly, either about the mid∣dle of January, or the beginning of March the same year, passed over the River Tyne, and came in; when as now, as I have said, the Parliament were in an indifferent equality of strength by their own Armies.

The King also, not to be wanting in the like kind of endeavour, grants a Cessation of arms unto the Rebellious in Ireland, (the which was made Septemb. 15. 1643.) whereby he might have Forces out of Ireland for his help: and it being at that time not a discommodity, but a benefit unto them, the King received a pret∣ty sum of money from them for it, to wit, 30000 l. (which Ces∣sation being against the Parliaments Act formerly signed unto by him, was much spoken against by many). The landing of which Irish forces in behalf of the King, being Novemb. 19 following at Moston, was two or three moneths before the Scots coming in behalf of the Parliament, in execution; although the other might be first in resolution.

Neither were these mutuall aids alike prosperous; for they that had victoriously fought against those that Rebelled in Ireland, now fighting against the Parliament, being but a little while at∣rived, were quite broken by forces under the command of Sir Thomas Fairfax, most or all their principall commanders, toge∣ther with 1700 Common souldiers being taken; when as it was not so with the Scottish Army. Who under the Earl of Leven their Generall, marching against the Earl of Newcastle, who had a great Army for the King in the North, took some strong holds, and (though there was some heat of fighting) by enduring the great

cold and hardnesse of weather at that season, weakned and lesse∣ned the said Newcastles Army. And in the year 1644. two other Generalls, Earl of Manchester (where that stout, and I may say, Iron souldier Oliver Cromwell commanded) and Lord Fairfax after their several services, joyning with the Scottish General, they went all together with concord (by the which, as Masinissa King of Numidia said to his sons, dying; Resparvae crescunt, Small mat∣ters gather strength, and increase) and then besieged York, the second chief City in England, in which the Earl of Newcastle himself was inclosed; which place being of great moment, Prince Rupert the Kings Cousin came with great forces to relieve; whereby the three Generalls being engaged to draw off, the Earl of Newcastle, having freedome to bring his forces out of York, joyned with Ru∣pert, and so on a place called Marston Moor adjoyning, July the second 1644. was fought the greatest battell of that Civil war. In which battel, although (through some disadvantage of ground) the Parliaments right wing was put to flight; yet Cromwell brake by a furious force the right wing of the King's, and put them to flight, and with Lesley the Scottish Lievtenant-General, pursued in chase. Cromwell also coming about again with his horsemen, and relieving the other wing, whereby at length a full Victory was gotten, and all Ruperts great Guns, Carriages, Bag and Baggage, with above a hundred Ensigns, were in the Conquerours posses∣sion. Who returned unto the siege of York, and soon had it sur∣rendred unto them upon conditions, Rupert being before gone or rather fled into the South, and the Earl of Newcastle passing into Germany. Leven, (the forces being parted assunder) a while after, taking (by his Scots) the Town of Newcastle, farther North, which by reason of the trade of Sea-col chiefly, is esteemed rich.

But although (by reason of divers, and not small Armies that were raised on both sides at the Spring of this year 1644, under several valiant Commanders, and their almost equal successe,) England seemed to be unhappy, yet about the latter end of the Summer, there was (as it were) a retaliation of this Northern Conquest, by the defeating the Parliaments General, Essex, in the West of the Land, (besides the prevailing of the King's Forces over the Parliaments, in the Southern and Midland parts,) who with Sir William Waller, having begun to besiege or block up Ox∣ford on both sides, the King escaping with a few horse out of the City, that design was left off; and (Waller not being with him, but dividing their forces on May the 29th) the said General Essex marched into the West, even as far as Cornwall, (when at Burford, he had appointed Waller to pursue the King on June the 6th, who had marched with his Army towards Worcester from Oxford, June the third, who could not hinder the King of his design, and re∣turned to encounter other forces;) where being environed, by the King's Army that came upon them (in Cornwall, the latter end of August, the farthest County Westward) he was dispersed, his whole

Infantry or foot submitting to the King, the horse escaping as well as they could, the Earl himself fleeing to Plymouth, Septemb. 1. whose Souldiers also through the enmity of the Inhabitants unto the Parliaments cause, suffered injuries. After this, he being again recruited, on Octob. 27. following, there was a second bat∣tel fought near Newberry in Berkshire, where although there were losses on both sides, yet no great cause of triumph there was to either.

The Queen in the moneth of April 1644, journeying West∣ward, came to Exeter, where June the 16th, she was delivered of a daughter Princess Henrietta, and the 15th of the next moneth July, she arrived at the Sea-Port Town of Brest in Britany, a Duke∣dome of France. Who went over, to use (though fruitlesse) en∣deavours for ayd from the French King and the Catholiques; and some say, that Cardinal Mazarine was a great hinderer of French ayds against the Parliament. Likewise after much earnest∣nesse, the Duke of Lorrain gave King Charls hope of 10000 men, of those that he for some years had taken the Emperour's part with, against the Swede and the French. But although there were a Negotiatour sent into Holland about the business, and their con∣veyance; yet they never set footing in England.

At the same time also the King sought assistance from the Re∣bels of Ireland, giving the Earl of Ormond the Lievtenant, power to make peace with them, as well as a Cessation before made; (assuring them both of the free exercise of their Religion, and, when his War was ended, of an abrogation of all Laws made against Papists there,) which he wished them to hasten, for reasons in a Letter to Ormond. But when their demands were so high, that in many Treaties with them Ormond could effect nothing, He fully impowreth the Lord Herbert, whom he had made Earl of Gla∣morgan, being a strict Papist, to make peace with them, and in∣dulge them, with as much secresie as might be: which was con∣cealed for a time both from Ormond, and Lord Digby the Secretary: which politique and cunning working afterwards between Digby and Glamorgan, for fear of reflecting upon the King, who would not be seen to treat and make peace with them by a Papist; and also of displeasing the Protestants of Ireland: having a doubt, in the mean time, lest they should offend the Irish Rebels, especially seeing all those devices for bringing an Army of those Irish into England, were frustrated, I shall forbear any further to mention.

Amongst all which miseries and doubtfull events of War this year 1644, Propositions being sent to Oxford in the moneth of November, the King and the Parliament came to a Treaty con∣cerning three particulars; Of their Church-Government and Re∣ligion; of the Militia or standing Holds and Magazine of England; and about prosecuting the war of Ireland, where there had been nigh a year and half Cessation of arms. It began on Januar. 30 this year, by Commissioners from both, besides Commissioners from Scotland, and continued a little above three weeks, until Fe∣bruary

22. None of the three being consented unto by the King, but the issue of war was left to decide all.

The Parliament therefore, who, after debate between the Lords and Commons, wherein the Lords at first dissented, on Decem. 31 foregoing, had voted Sir Thomas Fairfax, son of the Lord Fairfax, sole General of their Armies, who was highly esteemed both for Valour and Modesty. Which change, the emulation of great Commanders partly occasioned, whereby some good designs had not prospered; and the Earl of Essex, with two other Earls by Land, and the Earl of Warwick by Sea, giving up their Commis∣sions; modelled a new Army, consisting of 21000 horse and foot. In which were many Colonels and Officers of full bent and active resolution to go thorow the businesse of War, that they had under∣taken. The King also not wanting divers Commanders, and great forces under them which possessed their several Coasts, with ma∣ny strong Garrisons that were in his hands. But before I speak of the atchievements of that Fairfaxian Army, which were great and manifold in the year 1645, I shall take notice of some ob∣servable things in 1644. Which were, (besides divers Embassa∣dours that came from France, from the Dutch, from Spain, to Lon∣don, and so to Oxford, in 1643, and 1644, to mediate between the King and Parliament; which all took no effect; and Com∣missioners from the Irish Protestants to Oxford, Novem. 23. 1644; as also Commissioners from the Romanists in Ireland, Decemb. 3. following,) of a great fire that happened in the moneth October this year in Oxford, burning down a great deal of building from Carphux toward the Castle Yard. Of three Suns or Par-helii that were seen in London, Novemb. 19. two being made by the image or likenesse of the One Sun, in a thick and even, quiet and watery cloud, lively set forth through the breaking in of the Sun beams. In which year also the two Hothams, father and son, who had Ju∣ly the 15th, 1643, been brought prisoners out of the North to London, for conspiracy to betray Hull to the King, breaking their trust, &c. were on the very Kalends of January, 1644, beheaded. (A sad disaster, shewing, 'tis better never to engage in any thing, than not to be constant to what is undertaken.) On the third day of which January, the Common-Prayer-book (which before (to∣gether with Crosses and Images, in which number Cheap-side Crosse was demolished) Cathedral Service and Organs, &c. had been in most places taken away by Army-force, and Parliamen∣tary-permission) yieldeth unto a Directory, made by an Assembly or Synod at Westminster, which was established in its room, by Par∣liament-ordination. Within eight dayes after which, as though it had been on purpose, The Archbishop, William Laud, after al∣most four years imprisonment in the Tower of London, was smit∣ten with the Ax for Crimes of a various kind; who seemed to be∣have himself with confidence at the place of his execution, taking that place of Scripture, as a subject to speak on to the people, Let us run with patience the race that is set before us. The which matter he

did read unto them; the which was printed. Mr. Burton also the suffering-Minister under him, soon after, setting forth something as to shew the false application of the same Scripture unto him∣self. Likewise the Anti-Parliament, which were the Members that went from Westminster, who had assembled as a Parliament at Oxford, Jan. 22. 1643, were adjourned for seven moneths, from March the 10th 1644, till Octob. 10th, 1645; whom also the King himself in a Letter to his Queen in France, called a Mungrel Parliament.

Charls also, Prince of Wales, in the same moneth of March, de∣parting into France. And (as though they would now make their King a Delinquent, the Commons house, on the 24th day of this moneth, as a conclusion of the year, voted, That that clause [For preservation of his Majesties Person] which was before in Essex's, should be left out in their new General's Commission.

Who now being in a fit and strong posture, (although not seem∣ing so, either in the honourable worthinesse of Commanders, or in the experienced antiquity of the Souldiers,) one of the first enter∣prizes that was undertaken by this new-modelled Army, was to besiege Oxford, which began on May 22, 1645; (the King about 15 dayes before marching out of the same, who being joyned with his two Cousins, Rupert and Maurice, amongst other intended de∣signs, in the mean time besieged Leicester, May 30, and the day following took it by storming; which place was considerable in regard of strength and situation,) Cromwell, Fairfax his Lievtenant General, above a month before doing some execution on a party of the Kings, at a place called Islip-bridge, besieging also Blechington house, a Garrison, whither some of them had fled, and had it sur∣rendred unto him April 24; for which the Governor Colonel Win∣debank was the next day shot to death. While Oxford was besieged, there was an eminent salley made by the enclosed, which gave some affront to the besiegers, June the 2d; and within a few dayes after, General Fairfax raised his siege, time having been lost by that unseasonable undertaking.

Time now drew nigh for a pitch'd battle, the which in North∣hamptonshire, in the fields of Naseby, was on the 14th day of the same June, joyned; many (as well they might) calling it, The Fa∣tall battle of Naseby; because (like the Vertical point in the Zo∣diack) it made the King's successes, which were now raised high, to go, from that day, retrograde, and decay. In this fight, al∣though at the first, through the routing of the left Wing of the Fairfaxians, and Prince Rupert's pursuit thereof, the day of victory seemed to shine upon the King's Army; (For they were some∣what stronger in horse) yet Cromwell's force doing the like to the Royalists, together with Major General Skippon's magnanimous∣nesse amongst his foot, though much wounded, brought a night upon the former likelihoods; and gave both an absolute and hap∣py victory to the Parliament: The horse fleeing to the late taken Garrison of Leicester, by Cromwell's pursuit, no small number were

taken prisoners; the Footmen (in general) desiring quarter for their lives, having first thrown down their Arms, were to the num∣ber of four or five thousand brought prisoners to London. Trophies also of this Conquest were the King's Standard of War, with 100 Colours, besides the King's Coach, with his Letters of Secresie; all their great Guns, bag and baggage, rich pillage, with much gold and silver; and (which made it more acceptable) it was, though not [sine sudore] without pains; yet [sine multo sanguine] it cost not much bloud, hardly 500 being slain in all; whereof almost 400 were of the conquered. Leicester hereupon (as York before, upon the like dysaster) quickly yielding to this conquering Army. The which by diligence and courage, without delay de∣feated remaining Forces, relieved Taunton, took strong holds and Garrisons, faster than ever the other party had taken them before; amongst which, that tough and strong garrison of Basing-house, belonging to the Marquess of Winchester, and by him defended, (that had been more than once attempted, but in vain, and with the losse of many lives, was on Septemb. 14 this year 1645, taken (under the Command of Lievtenant General Cromwell) by storm, in which the Marquesse himself was a Prisoner, and one Benja∣min Johnson, a notable Stage-Player formerly at London, amongst the after-heat of the stormers, was by some Souldier slain.

The surprizal also of Hereford by Colonel Birch his stratagem, is remarkable, who under shew of bringing in Pioneers out of the Country in the night; the which the defendants for the King, had sent for, to strengthen their works, had the Draw-bridge pulled up unto a bold Souldier (with his company) that pretended the Con∣stables Office, who stoutly kept up the bridge from being put down, untill the watchful approaching Souldiers came in, and with no small hurly-burly possessed that strong City. It happen∣ed on Decemb. 17th following, and amongst divers Sea trans∣actions, five ships this year were taken by the Parliament at Sea, one whereof carried an Apostolique Messenger, so called, with 180000 Pistolets.

The King now seeing unto what passe things were brought, and bringing against him, desired to treat in person with the Parlia∣ment, Jan. 13, which was denyed by them, chiefly (I understand) for fear lest his Personal presence in London, (where were a mul∣titude affecting both his Cause and Person) should either cause disturbance, or incurr danger. They having also perceived from his letters that were taken in the aforesaid fight at Naseby, which had been publiquely read in London, as divers things, so, that he treated not with them at Uxbridge out of a candid mind, neither would he willingly have given the name of a Parliament unto them; saying, It was one thing to call them so, and another thing so to acknowledg them. After which refusal of the Parliament to treat, amongst the rest, West-Chester (which the King was very loath to part with, it being so convenient a landing place from Ireland, and would fain have had Irish to relieve it,) was in February surren∣dred.

And at the closure of this year 1645, the Lord Hopton, on conditions granted him by General Fairfax, who had marched in∣to the West parts, (which Hopton, had about the beginning of the War divers encounters with Sir William Waller, and was worsted by him, who was still on his legs, and did great and long ser∣vice for the King) suffered all his forces to be disbanded, March the 14th.

Scotland also (who were helping their fellow-covenanters in England, and after a long siege of 42 weeks, had the City and strong Garrison of Carlile delivered unto them June 28, 1645. who garrisonning the same with their own men, caused the Parliament to write unto the Scottish Generall, to give it into English hands; Ordaining also thence-forward English Commissioners to reside in Scotland, as Scotch Commissioners did in England at this time felt the plaguing force of the Earl of Montrosse, who, from the time that his Countrey-men came into England in 1643, attemp∣ted to molest Scotland in the Kings behalf. Who receiving about 1200 of the Rebellious in Ireland, with others added to them in Scotland, for almost a year and an halfs space, untill the battle of Kilsieth, by excursions, and retreats into craggy and difficult pla∣ces, getting one Victory, and losing two, lay like a gawling sore, or pestilentious disease in his Countrey. On whose successe the King having no small reliance, earnestly attempted to joyn, but could by no means accomplish it, being hindred by Parliament Commanders. (The Kirk of Scotland, in the mean time, having gi∣ven a serious admonition unto the King, shewing the danger of those courses; which he little or nothing regarded;) Neverthe∣lesse, Montrosse, suddenly appearing, with scarce 4000, out of his rediring places, Aug. 17. 1645, in Kilsieth field, near the Town of Glascow, gave a great defeat and slaughter unto the Army of that State, by reason of ambushes laid in places that were there fit for them, killing above 5000 men; most of the Towns suddenly yielding unto him, and many persons, shewing their concealed good wills, now joyning with him; for which calamity of that Nation, the English sympathizing, kept a publique Fast. The English chief Army-Officers shewing also a freeness to adventure their lives for them, if domestique affairs would suffer. But Da∣vid Lesley marching into Scotland out of England, to relieve his di∣stressed Countrey, with his horsemen, within a moneths time, Septemb. 13. at Selkirk or Philip-haugh, wholly ruined the same Montrosse; and the changeable condition of this kingdom, was restored, as it were, into its former state: the King being at Rou∣ston-Heath (by Major General Pointz) overcome with the losse of 800 men, Sept. 24, designing either to joyn with Montrosse, or to relieve besieged West-Chester. The Lord Digby being as unfortu∣nate, who Octob. 15. following, was defeated at Sherburn in Yorkshire, and put to flight.

The French-man assailing Graveling, a strong Town that was

Garrisonned by the Spaniard 1644, reduceth it under his power, by a short, yet laboursome, siege; but in Catalonia he was lesse pro∣sperous, whereupon (as is usuall in bad successes of war) one Ho∣dencurt a French-Commander there, returning home, is encompas∣sed in with a Prison. He possessed also two places in Italy, being angry with Cardinal Barbarine, (Cardinals being his choosers) about the Election of the new Pope. The Spaniard, who (in his Idolatry) committed both his souldiers, and all his affairs unto the Patronage of the Virgin Mary, had (however) better success then the Emperour of Germany, in the same way, the year after; for he beat at Lerida 6000 French, and 2000 Portugals, forcing Lerida it self unto a surrender: (as also the same year, the Castle of Astia in Italy, that the French had before possessed). But that he might have no cause to dote upon that imaginary protection; they repayed him again the same with usury, the next year 1645. Who (besides taking the Town of Rosate, which it seems was so battered, that there were scarce ten whole houses remaining in it at the yielding; as also a strong hold called Trinity-Fort) beat the Spaniards at Balaquere, chasing them unto a place, called Can∣telme. And by intercepting the provision that was for its relief, forces the Town to yield to him. And hangs some Catalonians, that were convicted of treachery against him. In Italy, he snat∣cheth also (as it were) this year, the Town Vigenane, in which there was a Million of prey, yet lost it again. But in Flanders he over∣came Mardike, two holds more, with a great Bulwark adjoyning to Dunkirk of the Spaniards, and also that notable Garrison of Mot∣te of Lorrain, unto which no lesse then 1800 Country-Towns, and Villages belonging to the French-Title, were constrained to pay Tribute; carrying away unto Atrebate a Town and Garrison of his, a prey with two hundred Wagons, 1200 head of Cattle, lay∣ing 200 Countrey Towns desolate. Yet losing Mardike again in Flanders, as he did Vigenane in Italy. And whereas Anthony Barbarine (whether through fear, jealousy, or discontent) had de∣parted out of Rome by night, he undertakes (this year) the cause of him and his, with the Bishop of Rome.

Which Bishop in 1644 had made peace with the Duke of Par∣ma, and the Florentines, which was received with the great joy of all Italy.

The Emperour and his successour setting the Arch-bishop of Triers at liberty the year following 1645, who being pompously received by Torstenson, enters into his Diocesse.

This year also the Maiden-Queen of Swethland, layes hold of the stern of Government in that Kingdome.

The Portugall also acting prosperously enough thorow the Oce∣an, the Spaniard being this year 1644. inferiour to him in Ship∣ping.

The Tartars also making an inroad into Poland, are now bea∣ten.

But in Turky, the Great Vizier presents himself armed before the Sultan, and reproveth evill affected persons. Who being received by the Emperour or Sultan's mother, an invective Woman, he notwithstanding represseth by laying to her charge, the unruly desire of Women to bear command, of which (it appears) she was guilty; for the which he is assaulted with a dagger, and striving to slip away is slain; this was in 1644. Now also the Offices or charges of the Turkish Court are changed. And Usur Piall the High Admirall at Sea, who was this yea, scattered by the Ships and people of Malta, where was a Ship taken by them, having in it many Concubines, descended of a Noble Pedigree, and like∣wise of a great value, esteemed at four Millions, which is 4000000 lb. is (after some endeavour to escape) choaked by the command of the Great Turk; who in 1645, gave peace unto Ra∣gotzy of Transilvania, through the earnestnesse of Tscherine his Em∣bassadour pressing the same. Which Turk also, now arms himself by Sea and Land, as threatning the European world that own not his Mahomet: but, according to the Proverb, Threatned folks live long. However, he besiegeth and overcometh Canea. And deals injuriously with the French and Venetian Embassadours at Constan∣tinople.

But the Dutch before peace made with the Danish King, passe thorow his Sea in 1645, whether he would or no; receiving also seven Ships of great value out of the Indies. They take counsell likewise with the French, of setting upon Flanders on both sides of it. And themselves, who the year before attempted (as was said) Hulst in vain, do now make it yield by breaking thorow the same, vanquishing also two other fortresses. But then, that they might not be too proud of their wealth; fourteen of their Ships, accoun∣ted to be worth four Millions of money, by reason of a Sea-Tower in the Danish-Sea, which (giving light unto Marriners to see their safe way into the Haven) was removed to another place, being dashed against the Rocks, were drowned.

Memorable accidents in four years space, are these; A mis∣chance happened at Vesalia, where hundreds of pounds of Gun∣powder, being in the open Market-place laid into a Wagon by reason of the gaping chaps of the barrells, through the striking of a horses foot with his iron shooe against a flint stone, took fire; whereby, the adjoyning houses were cast down, and 30 people kil∣led. Likewise at Vienna, out of a boat or Barque that was over∣whelmed in the great River Danubius, one servant was saved from drowning, by vertue of two hunting dogs, that were tied together, by the which he held. At the City of Buda in Hungary, it rained lead and Tin. And at Strigone a Town sciruate on Danubius, the fishes flocking together, covered the River, shewing their heads above water, which thing the aged inhabitants, (it seems) from former observation, foretold to be a token of the change of their Lord and Master: these in 1642. But in the year 1644, in the

Moneth of May, a great Wood (belonging to the Dukedome of Norimberg) of 8000 Acres of Land, burned in a flame, which is extraordinarily notable, if not ominous. The same year also Ko∣ningsmark the Swedish Commander, had a strange and sad acci∣dent befell his children and houshold-servants by lightning, at the solemnities of the Funeral of a Major, at Minda; flashing upon his sons: It defaced the first born's face, it smote the right side and arm of the second, and the right arm of his third born; yet the eldest and youngest of his daughters had no hurt, but the servants, one and th' other were destroyed.

Chances by fire in 1645, amongst which these two were the saddest. At Vilna, 3000 houses burned: But at Constantinople, one thousand dwelling houses, and fifteen thousand Merchants Warehouses, two hundred Temples, four consecrated places, and thirty stately dwellings or Palaces, were spoyled by the flame. The great winds at Basil in Germany, doing above 200000 Florenes damage; the Sea-coasts also of the Low-Countries and France fee∣ling the same thing.

These closed their last day. The Queen Mother of France, dy∣ed at the City Agrippina in Germany 1642, having departed out of England the year before. Also Cardinal Cajetan, this year. Fran∣cis Albert Duke of Lawenburg, of a wound received, fighting against the Swedes; with others. In England, the Lord Brook, slain, as aforesaid.

The year following 1643, in France, dyed Lewis the 13th, King of France, son to the deceased Mother the year before; as also Philip Landgrave of Hesse the Upper, in Germany, who de∣ceased at Butsback. In England, Hambden a Colonel, one of the five accused Members by the English King, who was in June, 1643, at a place called Chalgrove field in a fight, mor∣tally wounded, of which he dyed within six dayes after; and on December the 8th, the same year, John Pym, another of those five Members; who was esteemed a great Statesman, gave up the ghost.

The Queen of Poland the following year, 1644, when she had brought forth a daughter named Claudia, breathed out her life in child-bed. Pope Urban the 8th, being above seventy years of age, and having been chief Bishop 21 years, now also deceased. Whence arose four Factions of Cardinals about the choyce of a new Pope, the Spanish, French, Roman, and Barbarine: but the Roman party prevailed, and chose John Baptista Pamphilius, named Innocent the 10th.

Two this year dyed of an Apoplexy, the Duke of Bavaria his Embassadour, at the Council of Frankford; and Albert Duke of Saxony. One, with suspition of drinking poyson, to wit, the Queen of Spain. But the Archbishop of Burgedale departing the World, left a yearly mustering of 4000 Target-men (as a Le∣gacy to Cardinal Mazarine) in France, that King so commanding

it. And in England, besides the Hothams, and their Archibishop already mentioned by us, John Steward, Lord, of the King's party, and, I suppose, (by his name) his Kinsman, dyed naturally at Abbington five miles from Oxford at the beginning of April, and was interred at Oxford on the 5th day.

And Alexander Carew Knight, was beheaded five dayes before the Hothams, for crimes of the like nature objected against him, by the Parliament. Macquire also the Irish Baron, (who by pleading Peerage, protracted his life a little longer than Mahone, who dyed the same death a while before him) was on Fe∣bruary the 20th, 1644, hanged and quartered at London's Ty∣burn.

Amongst others, dyed Goce, a General of the Emperour's; in Bohemia Wolmar Rose a German, through a box of the ear given him by one Widmare. The great Duke of Muscovy. These three in 1645.

Of the English; Lord Littleton, Keeper of the Broad Seal at Oxford, August the 27th. And to conclude, one Dr. Featley, a man of much reading, and of a sharp Wit, who was chosen a Member of the Parliamentary Synod at WEST MINSTER, upon some secret compliance, or intelligence given to the King's party at Oxford, was committed a prisoner unto Peter-house in London, in 1643, or 1644; and at length writing a book in a tart manner against those called Baptists, or Anabaptists, had shortly after, a liberty granted of going abroad, yet still a prisoner at large, who a very little time enjoyed that freedom, dying on April 17, 1645.

CHAP. IV. Of things which were done in divers parts of the World, Ferdinand the third being Emperour of Germany, and Charls the first, for a while, King of Britain.

From the year 1646, unto 1650, inclusively taken.

THe Emperour in 1646, who by the assent of the Duke of Saxony, that had prolonged his Cessation of arms with the Swedes, quitting the garrison of Magdeburg, (Wrangle having departed unto Cremsie, a place out of the way) recovereth three Towns from the Swedes, and afterwards Cornuburg, a Garrison of great concernment. And then being increased in strength of Forces by the Bavarians, goeth down thorow Francony into Wette∣rave and Hassia, where he labours (though all in vain) to inter∣cept or forestall both the Swedish Camps and provision of victual. For, he triumphing in his Camps for the joy of his son Ferdinand the 4th, so called, who was chosen King of Bohemia, (whom to∣ward the end of this year he so crowned) and also for the late return of Cornuburg into his hands. Wrangle slipping away, environeth the Emperour's Souldiers, and passing over the River Moenus, he bends his march unto Danubius. But Koningsmark the Swedish Commander after one or two services, and estsoon sub∣duing the Town of Breververd this year, doth joyn himself with Wrangle, when he had descended from Ilmene thorow Erford and Eichfield unto Visurg. For he passed over the Mindean Foords, and had taken eight Towns, of which Paderborn was one. He forti∣fying his Camps at Amoenoburg, withstood the Bavarians coming on with great force, and being by French Ayds made stronger, he preffeth upon, and encompaffeth them, that so they being kept apart from the River Moenus, he making haste, might come be∣fore them unto Danubius to hinder their passage over that River, and leaving Schorndorf to win Turain by assault, he himself takes Nordling and two other considerable holds: which being done, he calls him unto him again, and fights against the City Au∣gusta of the Vindelicians, but overcame it not. He also had almost made Lyce or Lycum his own, notwithstanding he intercepted warlique furniture, and large store of victuall of the enemies more than once. But more than this, returning unto Memminge, he with the greatest boldnesse violently takes both the narrow passages that were between the Hills, and the Town of Brigant it self, which is, as it were, the Key, opening unto, or shutting out of many Countreys, wherein was great spoyl and prey: as also Langenarch at the end of this year 1646, by surrender. In the mean time, the Castle of Marpurg being besieged, is yielded to the besiegers. But it cost one Willick the Defender thereof, his head, at Giesse. Two places soon after following that Castle's

example. Butsback (notwithstanding) being taken by Eberstein the Emperian. In the upper parts of the Country this year are sub∣dued Smalcald, with sour other places by the Emperour's Soul∣diers, of which two, Kirichain, and Rauschenburg, are lost, with no prosperous conflict. Geise recovering Kirichain, demolisheth the same, and vanquisheth Alsfeld; getting also a victory over Eberstein, who was increased in number by Melander, carrying back eight Waggons, with 500 prisoners of War, and 700 hor∣ses; but this was after that Rabenhaupt had returned from the siege of Zonse, and Melander had taken Euskirk and Flemburg; the waich example paderborn followed at the end of the year, taken before by Koningsmark. But the Duke of Wittemburg, bringing a supply unto the Swedish forces in Silesia, much troubleth or ty∣reth Montecucule the Emperian, who at the first of the year had the upper-hand, and followes him, going back into Bohemia; he takes also Haselcher, and two Towns more from the Emperians in the said Silesia; but besieging Troppave a strong Garrison in Mo∣ravia, he lost his labour.

The year following 1647, when as Wrangle had fortified the Island of Menave, together with the Castle of Lagenarch, and re∣ceiving Messengers from Helvetia, had dismissed them with a friendly answer, he departs there-hence for lack of grasse or fod∣der; confirming also a cessation of arms at Monastere, and after∣wards at Ulme, between the Swedish, French, the Hassians, and the Bavarian and Colonian. Then after some other passages of War, Koningsmark having besieged Warendorf, there was a stout fight at Sea, when their Ships were brought unto the Podanian Lake, at four places. The Novesians taking Nidek in the Julia∣can field, and Wrangle, receiving supply, by his Captain Lowenhaupt, Nordling, and Sweinfurt. The Duke of Wittenberg also returnes stoutly into Silesia, and Dewage being cast out of two places betook himself to Breslave. Whose forces also taking the Town of Trau∣tenave, take also the Glogavians therein, with 146 Horsemen, 40 Footmen, 270 Horses with bag and baggage. Bucheim and Spork Emperians make hast, who besieging Olave lose their labour. But Mortane is sent away unto Hesse of Cassella, who subdued un∣to his power 9 Garrisons, whereof Fridberg, and a place called the Palatinate Fort, were two; but then besieging Rheinfelse, he dy∣ed with a mortall wound; whereupon there was a Truce made between the Hassians and Emperians. But the Emperour not only disliking, but disdaining the conditions of the former Cessation of Arms, most violently assaults the Town and Garrison of Weissen∣burg, and wins it from his enemies the defenders. Appointing also the Earl of Holtsapfell, (who was of late known throughout Hassia, where he warred, by the name of Melander, General, in the room of Gallasse, who was by little & little in a decaying state of body, and thereupon repairing his Army, he fortifieth also three very conside∣rable places, to wit, Prague in Bohemia, Pilsene, & Vienna, the City of his Palace in Germany on Danubius; and having done this, (as

thinking he had done some great matter toward his protection and successe) he bequeaths a Feast-day or holiday to be kept in remem∣brance of the Virgin Maries Conception, and so commits himself, his affairs, and Souldiers unto her Guardianship. Being impa∣tient of a cessation, he withdrawes Werth and Spork, two chief Commanders of the Bavarian Army, from the said Duke of Ba∣varia, (although they were condemned by him of treachery) and joyns them unto his new General Holtsapfel; but he excused that deed unto the Swedes and French, it having been perfidiousnesse in him, to have voluntarily sent any of his, unto his assistance, against those with whom he had a cessation from arms, within the limited time: He subdueth Falkenave, but going to hinder Egere from besieging, he slackened his pace, being often stopped by over or fool-hardy Wrangle, (for that was his Epethite) in his very Camps, while he would break violently thorow unto a lit∣tle bridge belonging unto a house of the Emperour's, for the en∣tertainment of friends. He fights at Plane, and two other places, with a diverse issue, untill the Bavarian, the cessation of arms be∣ing ended, joyned himself unto him again; as also untill that Wrangle (calling Koningsmark unto him) should snatch away, as it were, his Army thorow Bohemia toward Anneberg, and should passe over unto Misnia, Erford, and Visurge of Hoxtere, that he might refresh Souldiers at divers places, and then shew himself in Hassia: whither the Emperour's and Bavarian forces follow∣ing him; (for a cause moving them thereunto) they were pleased to besiege the City Marpurg, where Holtsapfel, formerly Melan∣der, the Emperour's General, through a Splinter of a beam (which was occasioned by the Castle's or Tower's Guns thundring into the place of his abode) breaking a vein of his neck, had almost breathed out his life, together with his bloud, by that open pas∣sage. But (after one or two places vanquished by the Emperour, one whereof, to wit, Iglave, very hardly; and Nordling (that was taken this year, before, by Lawenhaupt the Swedish Captain; as saith Mercurius Gallobelgicus) wickedly or unhappily retaken by the Bavarian) the Swedish Novesians perform'd notable ex∣ploits, killing Gosse or Goce with 100 common Souldiers, and ta∣king the said Earl of Holtsapfell, some Majors, with 200 common Souldiers prisoners. Neverthelesse Lamboy (on the other side) watching his opportunity, vanquisheth Windeke with three other strong holds in Colonia, and from thence goes into Westphalia, although he was commanded by the Emperour to come with his Brigade unto the chief of his warlique affairs.

Moreover, the same year, being 1647, the Souldiers of Turain are overcharged by Neighbouring garrisons of the Emperours, at Zwingenberg: and do assure the City Mentz, and Worms, against the subtile devices of both Garner and Boninghause. But there was like to be a falling out with their own fellow-Souldiers, about Rose the Tribune, whom some Regiments required from the Army, to be restored their Captain; neither could they be

brought to return to their duty by any means; but yet on some certain conditions they do joyn to Koningsmark. Rose himself being brought to Paris, to declare the cause hereof. And when as the Colonian, now renounceth his cessation of arms made a while before, with the Swede, French, and Hassians, by reason of a Town that was taken of theirs, in the mean time, and some other unworthinesses received from the enemy; then Koningsmark, in∣creasing his number with Rabenhaupt's Souldiers, (that prospered in some atchievements the year before) begirts Paderborn that had been taken and retaken in 1646, and stoutly opposeth him∣self against Lamboy at Steynford, as he pierced into Ostro-Frisia, or East-Friesland, and that, untill both Armies were summoned away unto the highest matters.

And truly, (as though things were now coming to the highest pitch) the Swedish Commanders and Armies do hotly encounter the Imperial Forces (in the year 1648) to their disadvantage. For Wrangle in the first place takes from the Duke of Luneburg 1400 horses, and the cloathing for his Army; and calling a Council of War at Stade, he moveth toward Paderborn, where he drives away the Emperians and Bavarians out of Hassia, where they wanted Victual, into Francony, having been sufficiently worn out at the siege of Marpurg. Then increasing his Army, he pas∣seth over the River Moenus at Asciburg, being 23000 strong, 15000 footmen, 8000 horsemen, 160 great Guns, and 200 wag∣gons, and by force wrested 9 piece of Ordinance that were left by the Emperour's Army at Forcheym. And coming unto Eeuch∣wange, he sets his Army in array; but the Emperour's forces do part asunder, the Emperians departing unto Ratisbone, and the Bavarians unto Eichstade; but Wrangle himself sits down at Guntsburg; Koningsmark in the mean while wandring up and down, unto whom the abovesaid discontented Turanian Souldier then came. Then after three places yielded, possessed, and laid waste, and three others fortified: And the upper Palatinate put to extream villany by the rude and cruel Souldiers, at length there was a conflict about crossing the River Lyce, (the French be∣fore that, coming to the Swedes, and covering Bavaria, upon which Bucheym and Spork are called out of Silesia) toward the City Augusta, and that, an unhappy one to the Emperians, Holt∣sapsell their General being in the very reat slain, also Konigsmark brings away their Secretary, with 200 and 70 Common men, and so opened their passage in Bavaria, whither it appeares they were rending. (Two reasons were given of this misfortune; ei∣ther because Gronsfeld, Leader of the Bavarian Souldiery, had been Commanded (in imitation of the Hassians) to decline the Front of the Battle, and bring his Souldiers to defend rather the more sound or strong parts thereof: or because he envyed Holt∣sapsell, the said Holtsapsell having his Chief Officers the lesse obedi∣ent unto him, both in regard of the Rigour of his Army discipline,

and likewise, for that his Religious Rites were very much estran∣ged from theirs. But Koningsmark breaking into Bohemia, and on July 16, making a free Egresse and Regresse unto the Town and Garison of Eger, that was shut up by the Enemy; on the 26 of the same moneth, he encompassing and taking 300 Scouts, or a party sent forth, by a cunning Stratagem, brought a greater mis∣hap unto the Emperour, than the other: who sending forth by night as many of his own Souldiers unto Colored the Vice-King of Bohemia, under a colour of being his party that was sent out, now returning, their Watch-word being first stollen; took by this disguise before day, that which is called Little Prague, with the Castle of Rets or Retise thereto belonging, with more than 200 men of a great fame, whom he made them to ransom. A prey also of above seven millions value, fell hereby into his hands, the richer part of which he sends away in 60 Waggons unto Lipsia, Colored also the Vice-roy, hardly escaping from being seized on in his bed. Wrangle also crossing Lyce, confirmeth one garrison, and takes two into his possession; the Emperour's sliding away unto Viltshove, the Bavarians spreading themselves into Garrisons to defend those more strong places, who, upon the losing of Lyce, quitted or departed from Isare, the which Wrangle possesseth wholly: who besieging Wasserburg, was frustrated of his at∣tempt, and seeking a passage over the River Oene, could not ob∣tain it, the Bavarian stoutly defending the right bank against him. Then he hath a conflict with the Emperians and Bavarians who revived again, at Dinckelsinge, and sits down at Landshute, being repulsed by Werth, who with great violence assailed them; the said Werth, having been newly received into favour by the Duke of Bavaria, who before had a prejudice against him.

Lest I should be too tedious, let me briefly run over some acti∣ons of two or three more chief Swedish Warriours this year. The Duke of Wittenberg (who was of that party, and was Liev∣tenant of the Ordnance,) that he might make amends for some losse that Dewage had suffered through a mistake, which was 136 horsemen, and 336 horses, runs to him; demolishing Oelsa, and preying upon Silesia, and being increased with a supply of 6000 men from Pomerania and Moravia, breaks thorow into Bo∣hemia, where, at Brandise, (the place where the image of the Virgin Mary trimly stood) he takes 600 of the enemies, and be∣ing put into the room of Koningsmark, who was absent, he shews himself before old Prague: and then possesseth a Town, and a Castle in that Kingdom; after that, passing thorow to Moldavia, about to come suddenly upon Misling of Crumavia, he, at Budovice, lights upon Bucheym, with three other of eminency, that were bring 120 Waggons unto places of more safety; he takes them with their wagons, onely one Garner escaping, and so goes to meet their new General; who came out of Swethland amongst these clashings this year, with 8000 most choyse Souldiers: (This

was Charls Gustave, who being begotten of his father John Casimir, who was of the family of the Palatinates of Bipont, and his mo∣ther being the sister of Gustave Adolphus King of Sweden) was Cou∣zen-german unto the Queen thereof; and unto whom she after∣wards resigned that Kingdom;) leading them from several places, untill he brought them into Bohemia, where he is received by Koningsmark, and the Duke of Wittenberg aforesaid. His design was for the siege of Prague, unto which he breaks thorow: But of this by and by, when I have spoken a few things concerning some others.

Therefore Rabenhaupt the Hassian, together with Duglas the Swede, (while that those chiefest matters by the main Armies were tumbled out of Hassia thorow Francony, unto Lyce, and into Bohemia) recovereth some places that the enemy had possessed, taking Homburg by force, where were 20 Ordnance very well fitted, another place by a slight, but raced or spoyled Gleichenstein, and at length Geise is put in his place, with whom this year 1648, Lamboy contended: who closely besieging Geise at Giseck; through the valour of Ernest the Lantgrave, who with 300 common Soul∣diers brake in upon the besiegers, sets the besieged at liberty, Lamboy losing some hundreds of his men, (yet Ernest himself was taken in the enterprize) who returning unto Bonne, and demolish∣ing another place, he presents himself at Grevenbruge before the Camps of Geise, and joyning battle, he routs the left wing of Geise his Army, taking prisoners the Earl of Weide, with 200 common men, and seven waggons. But while (as oft-times comes to passe) he the more sharply pursues the dispersed left wing, all his great guns were taken from his own right wing, and turned against him, so that he lost what he had gotten, Geise re∣covering the Captives of the left wing, and besides slew above a thousand of Lamboy's Army, took 500, above 13 Wagons, and 15 Ensignes, with the losse of but 160 men. Lamboy being thus worsted, (whom the Emperour indeed had commanded (as in the year before, 1647,) to come to his main Army; but the Colonian prevented it by shewing him, how much it concerned, not to leave Westphalia destitute of strength) the Arch-Duke of Austria af∣fords him money, and the garrisons of Westphalia supply of men, making prayers to make God their friend. The first atchieve∣ment after this recruit and supplication was the surrender of Ca∣storium unto him: after which, he opposeth his Camps to the Hassian Army almost within sight of Agrippine a City of Colo∣nia. Geise notwithstanding (especially when Frederick the Lant∣grave had brought him 1500 horse) valiantly conquered the Town of Marcodure, Lamboy imploying his Auxiliaries in vain to hinder it: notwithstanding he stoutly looseth Paderborn from besieging: and then both parties sitting down over-against each other at Brakell in the said Colonia; news is brought them of a concluded peace between them.

Which peace (without doubt) between such accustomed and stomachful enemies, the prevalency of the Swedish Forces this year, together with this new General's coming into Germany with such fresh supplyes, caused; who sets upon the City of Great Prague in good earnest, making Mines under the ground, whither Bucheym, lest it should be subdued, swiftly came, that he might manfully withstand the Forces of Charls, the said new Swedish Commander. Yet surely it was sorely endangered; for into both Pragues, are carried no lesse than 3286 stroaks of discharged Ordnance; the besieger likewise possessing two places of resi∣dence within the Territories of new Prague, whither also the concluded peace is (not sorrowfully) brought tydings of. It was first concluded of by most noble Embassadours on all sides, in Westphalia, on the 14th and 24th day of October, 1648, whose Masters established it by their assent the two next moneths; the Emperour on the 13, and 23 of November, the French King on the 14, and 24 of the same; by the Swedes on the 12 and 24 of December; in which peace, the Duke of Lorrain (whether through prejudice conceived against him for the notoriousnesse of his Armies villany in Germany and Flanders, besides spoyls done to the French) could not be included therein: and the King of Spain would not, whether out of enmity to the French, or hatred to the Protestants with whom it was concluded; for the Bishop of Rome his most Great father, pursued with a Protestation against it, because hereby his Church should lose both rich Ter∣ritories and dignities. Yet the Spaniard the same year enters a peace with the United Provinces of the Low-Countries at Mun∣ster, laying aside all a uthority and privilegious right over those Provinces, as also the lower Hassians with the Upper, on some hard conditions made betwixt them.

Thus (Reader) I have brought thee to the Walls of Prague, within, which the cause & foundation of nigh twenty eight years, cruell tedious and depopulating war, (to wit) by the choyce and Crowning of Frederick the Electour Palatine there, unto which he was pushed forward by some Germane Princes, was laid and given; and here now ends; expecting for the future that brief say∣ing to be fulfilled, Pax invidiam prosternit, Peace prostrates or burieth envy; the which (questionlesse) was by long broils, slaughters, and cruelties much contracted,

In the mean time in England (after the defeating of Lord Ashly, a Roya list in a field battel, by Morgan a Parliament Colonell, himself with 1600 being taken Prisoners, which was on the very brim of the year 1646, March 21. of 1645, and some other strong holds, delivered into their hands, amongst which was Corf Ca∣stle in Dorset-shire, by storm, and a stratagem (not much unlike to that of Hereford) Aprill the eighth, 1646, Prince Ruperts Troops being also disbanded on the twenty fifth day: and Oxford it self (wherein the King was) after a blocking up, was ready to be close∣ly

besieged by Generall Fairfax, the said King escaped out of the City (under colour of one of his favourites man, with whom he rode) unto the Scottish Army, who were encamped at Southwel stra••g••••ly besieging (with some Parliament English forces) that most strong and infesting Garrison of Newark, who having had a sore plague, together with hunger and straits, upon their Kings comming unto the besiegers, the Scots yielded the Town on conditions. He came thither May the fifth following; which comming, caused (there having newly been some jarring between the English and Scots about want of their pay, and neglect of Church discipline according to the Covenant) no smal dissentions and divers harsh writings between the Scots and the English Par∣liament, about the disposall of his person (which the English, for divers the more just reasons, demanded out of their hands, whom they carried farther North) for some Moneths. Notwithstanding, in the very interim there was such a prudentiall management of things; that both the Nations friendlily conj••yned (amongst other transactions) in sending nineteen propositions, as was said, for a safe and well-grounded peace, strained not very much high∣er than those of Uxbridge, unto the King by English Com∣missioners, at Newcastle, Scotlands Parliament Commissioners be∣ing also there, and assenting; this was Jul. the 15th of this year, Unto which (after perswasions, and pressings, amongst which Lord Lowdens Oration the Scot was eminent) he would not agree. So that the English Parliament voting the Scots 400000 lb for their assistance; of which, 200000 l. they were presently to receive, and accordingly, about the latter end of January they did. Upon which receipt (as they were to do) they delivered up three strong Garrisons that were in the North of England; Newcastle, Barwick, and Carlisle, into the Parliaments hand, and withall the King, (whom many say they sold) for they would not carry him to Edenburgh, though they had free leave of the English so to do, for fear of new disturbances) whom the English Commissioners brought into one of his Southern Pallaces, (Holmby, the 17th of February) according to his desire, with great honour and respect, in all this he not being used as a conquered Captive, but a King. The Scottish Army, on February the Eleventh following, mar∣ched over the River Tweed into their own Countrey, three Com∣missioners also (at the same time) being sent thither to the Scotch Parliament concerning publique matters. For they had begun to consult how to settle the affairs of both Nations without the King.

Oxford the mean while, which on May the second, 1646. was by General Fairfax besieged, and summoned, was in about six weeks time surrendred, (for it was on June the twenty fourth after) the besieged having very fair and large conditions allowed them. (They treated above a Moneths space of the time, and the Parli∣ament debated the businesse.) For they had five thousand choyse souldiers in that strongly fortified City, good store of provisions: the first day of opening, which was May the sixth, between four

and five thousand are reported to have been fed thereby, besides no want of Arms or Ammunition. None except Rupert and Mau∣rice, who were to depart the land, were forbidden to come to London, and the Kings son, the Duke of York, was with honour thither conducted. But the old Broad Seal which they left behind them, was August the eighteenth, (the Parliament having made a new one) broken and defaced ar London.

Five or six other most strong places, soon yielding themselves after Oxford (of which the Island and Castle of Scilly, at the West end of the Land, was one Sept. 16. Which was a great harbourer of Men of War for the King by Sea, that took great spoil of Mer∣chants Ships, and from whence Prince Charls had not long before fled into Jersey) and Colonel Masseys brigade being by Fairfax qui∣etly disbanded in the West, among whom (about the difference of Presbytery and Independency in Church-Government, of which there were great factions then in England) a mutiny was feared, the war was even finished, and Generall Fairfax came Novemb. the 12th with triumph into London, where by both houses of Par∣liament, he was (in order) most amply and heartily congratulated, unto which he replyed with a short modest answer. The Earl of Essex their first Generall, that brake the Ice, dying (as is said) of an Apoplexy, the 13th of Sept. aforegoing, who on the 22th of Octob. following, was most pompously (by the Parliament) inter∣red.

But the next year 1647, was partly spent in the divisions of fellow Conquerours, and many others, divided under the name of Presbyterians and Independants; the former complaining that the solemn Covenant was not kept, the latter, that it was misinterpreted: the Royalists in the mean time ready to joyn with either for their own advantage, very many having out of taken-Garrisons resorted to London. These dissentions increasing, Peti∣tions were both presented to the Parliament against the Army as Independants, and the Parliament themselves debated of disban∣ding them, against which (as wronged) they Petitioned the Ge∣neral, because they neither had their Arrears, nor the Laws and Liberties they had fought for, were obtained. And although the other party much stomached and complained of the said Petition. yet on June the fourth, 1647, the King was by a party (under the command of one Cornet Joyce) taken from Holmby, and carried un∣to severall places, according to the removing of the Armies quar∣ters. Whereupon, the Parliament ordered where he should re∣side, which was at Richmond, but eight miles from London, and also who should attend and Guard him. But in stead of fullfil∣ling the same order, there was sent from the Army an impeach∣ment against eleven members of the Commons, as hinderers of right, doing something against the Army it self, and hindering Irelands relief, the which, had been, as was thought, too long ob∣structed already by reason of the Kings going to the Scots. This caused half a years separation of these members from the house, al∣though

voluntary. Notwithstanding through the associating of many Citizens and Apprentices of London (that were for the re∣storing of the King and the Covenant) with some that had been chief Officers of the Army, (as Sir William Waller, Colonel Massey, Major Generall Pointz, after that the houses, through the violati∣on of their sitting, and free voting, by some of the aforesaid Citi∣zens and Apprentices, had adjourned for four dayes, and in the mean while many went from London to the Army) the matters swelled up to that height, that on July the thirtieth, the City of London openly declared against the Army, (being strengthened on the very same day by three votes of the Members that remained at London, (two new speakers being chosen) choosing Massey Gene∣rall of their forces and Militia, that they then raised to oppose the Army: Which Army hereupon drawing nigh to London, did something allay the Citizens courage; so that they both deserted the Parliament of July the 30th, with the eleven Members, dis∣banded and delivered up all Forces, Forts, and Militia into Fair∣fax his hand, recalling also their late Declaration. And on Aug. the sixth, the departed Members, were (by the Army) restored to their sitting. Who with a full body, the next day, Aug. 7. Mar∣ching thorow the City, slighting its Works and Forts, taking possession of the Tower, and confining its Militia to its own onely bounds, receiving also a Moneths pay from the Parliament in gra∣tification; all this being to the gladding of some, and the grief and vexation of others.

This being done, the Army Aug. the 18th, 1647. remonstra∣ted their desires for the Parliaments closing with the King, and that he might come to London upon that closure; Yet the Scotch Commissioners (who, before satisfaction given unto his people, had denied the justnesse of his accession thither) would have had him now out of the Armies hands, personally to treat at London; however to stay at Hampton Court, whither he came, Aug. 24. Propositions were sent him thither, unto which to consent he de∣nied; More were again framed, and in the mean time, Nov. 11. he privily fled into the Isle of Wight, leaving a Letter behind him, shewing, the end of it was, to preserve his own safety, against whose life some laid wait. About seven dayes after his com∣ming thither from Carisbrook Castle, he sent to the Parliament a Letter, in which he was earnest for a personall treaty at London, that might be accompanied with three appendices, honour, free∣dome, and safety; they voted, Novemb. 26. that upon signing four propositions, in order to security, which seemed not unreaso∣nable, that should be admitted: who neverthelesse, the Scots be∣ing averse unto the said bills presenting, and people divided into parties in London, flatly refused to confirm the same, for which cause, they voted Jan. the third, that no further addresses should be made unto him, or messuage received from him by themselves, or any other without their leave. Which Votes, the Generall, and Army-Councell on the eleventh day seconded with a Decla∣ration,

resolving to cleave to the Parliament in setling the King∣domes affairs, both without, and against the King, or any of his partakers.

These Votes, and Army-Declaration, inflamed rather than ap∣peased the anger and fury of many people, who not onely longed for, but expected the King to be restored unto his former dignity, although the Parliament sought by another Declaration, (shew∣ing how often they had applyed themselves unto the King, yet all in vain) to asswage their disturbed minds: so that tumnlts and in∣surrections (the beginnings of a second war) were not onely fear∣ed, but raised; the first of which was that in the Isle of Wight it self, near the very Castle in which the King was; for which, the principal Leader, Captain Burleigh, was at an Assizes, called at Winchester on purpose, condemned for Treason, and executed Febr. 10. 1647. Notwithstanding in the moneth of April 1648, London's Apprentices, and other young people, gave a notable example of war and sedition unto adjacent places, who saying they were for Charls their King, put the whole City in great fear, the Lord Maior being constrained to betake himself unto the Tower, who the next day by a party sent by General Fairfax, were vanquished and quieted, and a thousand pound given to the Souldiers for the service. The Duke of York escaping (in the same April) from James his house near Westminster, out of the Par∣liaments hands. And the Prince being as a banished man in the peoples eye, by private Commissions from his Father the King, raised war; which war seemed more formidable and dangerous unto the Parliament and Army than the former, both in regard of the Scots, who from assisting friends, were turned threatening enemies, and chiefly those that were called Presbyterians, siding both in London and the Countrey with the Royalists upon the Co∣venant-account.

Now divers strong holds were seized on for the King, as Barwick, April the 30th, by Sir Marmaduke Langdale; and Carlile about the beginning of May following; Pontfract Castle, (where also Colonel Rainsborough was treacherously by the enemy after∣wards, Octob. 29, taken in his bed and slain, as he lay at the siege thereof,) was June the third surprized by a Major and Cap∣tain of the King's, having first killed the Governour. Before which, on May the 12th, there was an Insurrection at St. Edmonds∣bury not far from London, and a seditious Petition by the Surrey-men on the 16th day, the Petitioners besides hurting, killing one of the Parliament's guard; for which, themselves were by some horse scattered, and some killed. A far greater on the 24th day was by the Men of Kent, with whom divers great ones of that Country joyned; Great toyl it cost Fairfax (who was with seven Regiments engaged against these risers) to subdue them: the greatest conflict was at the Town of Maidstone, where with very much difficulty, and no small danger with the losse of 40 men, the place was obtained, against about 2000 defendants, 200 being

slain, most of them taken prisoners, besides horses and arms. Thousands of their Countrey-men of the same party, looking on, in the mean time, and not daring to oppose the General. A rem∣nant of this Kentish-Army under the Lord Goring's conduct, ap∣proached high London, to see the affections of the Citizens, who being pursued by some Horsemen of the Army, Goring with four or five hundred of them crossed the River into Essex, where the Lord Capell, and Sir Charls Lucas with forces joyned with them, who notwithstanding were soon afterwards driven into the City of Colchester (unto whom many from London resorted) by Fairfax, and after a pretty long siege, the besieged having no hopes of re∣lief, and being brought to great straights, horse-flesh being ac∣counted good meat, Aug. 28. yielded themselves into the Conque∣rour's hands, two of whom were shot to death, to wit, Sir Charls Lucas, and Sir George Lisle.

But (to leave other risings in the West and other places, because they were soon quelled) much danger threatened the Parliaments Cause in Wales, by Laughorn, Poyer, and Powell's conjoyning, who before had done the Parliament (especially Laughorn) good ser∣vice. The said Laughorn with Powell having an Army of 8000 men in the field; unto the which one Colonel Horton with but 3000 gave a compleat overthrow, killing many, and taking about 3000 prisoners; this was in May. Those two flying unto Poyer in Pembrook-Castle, a most strong place, (after that Chepstow-Ca∣stle was surrendred unto another Parliament Commander, whose chief Defendant Sir Nicholas Kemish, was after the yielding, May 25, slain,) Cromwell after a while about July had it yielded unto him, with the opposers all prisoners; extremities within constrain∣ing them thereunto.

The Earl of Holland also (who before had played fast and loose) now taking his opportunity, with the Duke of Buckingham, was in arms at Kingston upon Thames with 500 horsemen, who was put to flight by Sir Michael Levesey, and afterwards taken and sent to Warwick Castle; the Lord Francis, the Duke's brother, being in the Combate slain.

The plundring forces also belonging unto Pomfret Castle were quite vanquished by Colonel Rossiter, who, in that action, was sore∣ly, though not mortally wounded.

But the greatest block to leap over, was a Scottish Army under Duke Hamilton's Command, who (though they were judged to be both that Kirks and Kingdoms enemies, and so had not their good wishes for their successe) invaded England about or in the moneth of June, and a little after being added unto by Langdale's forces, were strong in number, having no lesse than 25000, and cruel and terrible unto the Inhabitants where they came. This Army Major General Lambert kept in play, untill Lievtenant Ge∣neral Cromwell (Pembroke-Castle being seasonably delivered unto him) could come to joyn with him, who being in all not full ten thousand strong, Aug. 17. 1648, wholly vanquished and defeated

that Army, took the Lievtenant General, and soon after the Duke himself in flight with 3000 horse, 3000 having been before slain, and 9000 taken prisoners. The Conquerour, Cromwell, after this, entring Scotland with a happy successe, ayded that Nation against some enemies, that there stood up, (reducing also Baruick and Carlile) and was by them both magnificently entertained, and ingenuously acknowledged (under God) Scotland's Preserver, whose Army was before called by many of them, A company of Sectaries.

Divers ships likewise revolted from the Parliament unto the Prince by Sea, at the beginning of June, not suffering Rains∣borough the Vice-Admiral to come aboard: so that the Prince within two moneths after, was with near 20 sayl upon Thames, out-daring the Earl of Warwick, who was too weak for him: But through the prudence of Sir George Ayscough, the Portsmouth Fleet was brought by the Princes ships safe unto the Earl, and then they followed the Prince upon the coast of Holland, whither he was gone to victual.

In the midst of these stirs, (whether in love or fear of the King and his Cause, the Parliament themselves altered their former Votes, nulling on June 30, 1648, those for no further Addresses to the King, Jan. 30. before, (having admitted the 11 impeached Members) And voted, (though not a Personal Treaty at London, yet an honourable one to be had with him, he first accepting thereof, upon Propositions, in the Isle of Wight, which began Septemb. 18 this year, 5 Lords, and 10 Commons being chosen as Commissioners to treat, and 10000 l. to defray the charges of the same. It lasted about 9 weeks, untill Novemb. 27.

But in the mean time, this new war being now over, and the Army at some leisure, its Councel of Officers altogether disliking that Treaty, gave a prevalency (by a Remonstrance of theirs unto the Parliament, Novemb. 20) unto divers County Petitions deli∣vered in the moneths September and October, for the execution of impartial Justice upon some aforementioned, as Hamilton, &c. authors of much bloud and calamity, and especially on King Charls himself, as the raiser of the whole War, and that God's wrath might be feared to attend them, if he were unpunished. Whereupon, when as the King's Concessions in the Isle of Wight, were Decemb. 5. following, voted satisfactory by the Parliament; the next day, divers Members that had so voted, were both se∣cluded from sitting, and confined, by the Army; and a little after, the King was brought out of the Island unto Hurst Castle, by a party of Horse, and so to Windsor, Decemb. 23. And after the Su∣pream authority voted to be in the House of Commons, Jan. 4. there was an Ordnance made for the King's Tryal on the 6th day; in order to which, an unusual Court, called, an High Court of Ju∣stice, was erected, on the 9th day, before whom the King appear∣ed Jan. 20, and when as he would not plead to his Accusation, as being unsatisfied in that Courts power to judge him, (but ra∣ther

forbad the Clerk to stop, and hold his peace, after his earnest desire to speak-with the Houses in the Painted Chamber, which would not by the President Bradshaw and the Court be suffered) he was sentenced to be beheaded by the said President, the which was accordingly executed on Jan. 30, on a Scaffold erected be∣fore White-Hall, who there testified unto the people, That he dy∣ed a Protestant according to the Church of England's Doctrine, (delivering his George unto Dr. Juxon, who was his bosome-at∣tendant, that, as was supposed, he might send it unto the Prince) and speaking not much in the vindication of his innocency. He was afterwards Febr. 9th, by 4 Lords, and Dr. Juxon weeping, inhumed at Windsor in Georges Chappel, where Henry the eighth was formerly buried: after this, Proclamation was made, in Towns, That none should dare to proclaim Charls Stuart his son, or any of that race or other, King of England, upon pain of death for Treason; for the which, one Beaumont a Minister, was on the 16th of February executed at Pontfract; the Scotch Commissio∣ners having before, Jan. 10. disavowed those proceedings of the English, and therefore, young Charls was on Febr. 5th proclaimed King in Scotland, and on the 16 day likewise proclaimed in Ireland. The house of Lords being on the 6 day of the same Feb. voted by the Commons, uselesse and dangerous, (a necessary consequence of the fall of Monarchy) and on the 17 day a Democratical Government of 40 chief ones, called a Committee or Councel of State, was by and under the Parliament Senate appointed. Amongst which actions, Duke Hamilton, Earl of Norwich, who had likewise rai∣sed Forces for the King in this last War, Earl of Holland, Lord Capell, and Sir John Owen, were all brought to a Tryall before a second High Court of Justice, which began Febr. 10, and after sentence of death passed on all five, March the 6th, two, to wit, Earl of Norwich, and Sir John Owen, were on March the 8th re∣prieved, and the next day the other three beheaded in the Palace-Yard of Westminster, Lord Capell behaving himself the most confi∣dently, and undauntedly at the time of execution. And to close up this year in England, after the voting down of the Lords in Parliament, the Earl of Warwick, a Peer, was removed from his Admiralship at Sea, Febr. 21; and the next day, a considerable ship called the Hart-Frigot revolted from this new State. But Pontfract Castle, that tough relique of Carrisons, which all this time held out, was on March the 22, 1648, constrained to sur∣render.

In the mean time, the Frenchman by the Duke of Turain well handleth the League with the Swedes in 1646, and receiveth Anthony Barberine the Cardinal at Paris, endowing him with some yearly profits belonging to Spain: and among other actions of this year, he sets his Army in Array at Genoa in Italy, against whom the Pope opposeth the Duke of Savile. He also fits a Navy, and takes possession of the Haven of Stephen and Telamon, besieging the

Sea-Town of Orbitell, and fighting prosperously enough in a Sea∣battel, though he lost Brese his Sea-Commander, he gains the place: he was indeed by the Pope's forces cast out of Tuscia, yet he subdued Portologona, together with Plumbine, and so makes the agreement of the Barbarines to be easie, with the Pope. But there was a Conspiracy by the Spaniard against his Vice-Roy or King at Barcellona, the Spaniard proclaiming the Duke of Arcose Vice-King of Naples: yet he vanquisheth the Fort of Arragon, and besiegeth Lerida; but he received after eight moneths siege, a most valiant repulse by two Spanish Commanders, 70 of his Ordnance being taken, the Spanish Souldiers being spread abroad for the prey. But it was otherwise in Flanders this year: for by his Captains, the Duke of Orleance and Enguienne, he first obtains the Town and garrison of Cortrack from the Spaniards, although they had a sharp conflict with him at Cuerne about it; and then wins Vinociberg and Mardike by assault, and at length that notable place for Pyrates, Dunkirk, a very great help and safety to his af∣fairs, if he could have kept it.

But the Dutch, who (as was said) had consulted with the French. of assailing the Spaniard on both sides of Flanders, do intercept Tiene by the crossing passage of the River Mose, taking therewith many Captives of no small name and fame; yet they vainly en∣deavour this year, 1646, to take Venloe by siege. Neither indeed is any thing performed by them besides, worth the price of their warfare, unlesse it were, that by busying the Spaniard, they helped the French Expedition. They agree also to restore places that were possessed by them in the Juliacan field, unto the Electour of Brandenburg, who married Ludovica, daughter to the Prince of Orange.

The same year the King of Poland having joyned himself in mar∣riage to Nivernia at Warsove, he gives a hearing unto an Embassa∣dour of the great Duke of Moscovy, concerning a League to be mu∣tually made against the Tartars. And fearing war from both Turks and Tartars, he studies warfare; against which, the States (fearing an oppression of their Country thereby) do strongly en∣deavour. Whose brother Casimir is now counted or enrolled amongst the number of Cardinals: but being disappointed of the title of a Kingly brightnesse conferred on him, (such was his zeal) he quite left that pretended holy order.

Now also the Turk and Venetian do struggle, John Capello be∣ing declared General for these, in the room of Francis Erizzo, who dyed this year 1646, and Francis Molino chief Captain of the Dukes Navy, both aged men, the first above seventy years of age, the second one under. Degenfield commanding his forces through∣out Dalmatia, the which, Turkish weapons made to tremble, for Noviograde is yielded unto him, and Zare is overcome; yet the Venetian recovered them both again, freeing another place from siege, and slaying the Bashaw of Bosnia, the Turk vanquisheth Schis∣sanion Castle, but he is overcome at Dardanelly, and again by Sea,

losing three Oar-Galleys; yet had the upper hand at Canea through the errour or obstinacy of the Commander Valettane. Ca∣pello also, craving excuse for his age, had John Baptista of Grimane for successour in his General-ship, after which, they joyning a doubtfull battel with the Turks at Retime, a Town that yielded it self unto their violence, the Venetians (who think their contention against the Turk a kind of holy War) run to three remedies; Prayers, Alms-Deeds, and Embassages to other Princes to intreat their aid and assistance. The Jews also being taken in the very act in passing over or conveighing Weapons to the Turks.

Moreover the Moscovite the same year, sends an Embassadour into Swethland, being by all neighbourlinesse studious of peace. A Swedish Embassadour de la Garde going likewise to Paris, and another from the Transilvanian, comming unto Lypsia, the Hun∣garians at the same time, treating in their publique Assemblies about confirming peace with the said Transilvanian Prince, and likewise with their Emperour (who before had Crowned his son their King) concerning rooting out the Jesuites from amongst them. This honour also (at Stockholm) the Swedes afford unto Gu∣stave Gustavison the illegitimate son of their late King, to be rec∣koned among their Earls, although not capable of a King∣dome.

But the Bishop of Rome (who it seems is full of money) bestow∣eth 18000 Crowns on a Chain to shut up the Haven of Civita Vec∣chia in 1647. Yet (as not having enough) in 1649, he is at vari∣ance with the Duke of Parma about the Dutchy of Castro, whe∣ther it be the Fee-farm of the Church, They joyn battel about it, but the Duke hath the upper hand, and then the Bishop layes the blame of moving that war, on Godfride a Marquesse; but comes to an agreement with the Duke for a round summe, paying him 300000 Crownes presently down, and 600000 Crowns to be told out to him a while after. Notwithstanding the Castro (which I understand to be the house or Pallace belonging to the land) is laid equall with the ground. And before the year was ended, a Jubilee or Feast of joy and rejoycing is in a solemn (though Jew∣ish) manner opened or prepared at Rome.

The same year there is a new Governour for the Spaniard in the Netherlands, to wit, Leopold, Arch-Duke of Austria; he subdu∣eth three Towns, Armentere that was laden with all kind of Vi∣ctual, also Comene and Lense; and afterwards Landrese, the French (at the same time) quickly taking Bassea and Dixmude, attemp∣ting also Newport, and at Wawer at Bruxells, carrying all the spoil out of the place, turned 80 houses into ashes. Yet now as a fore∣runner of a league, there is a cessation of arms beween the Spani∣ards and Dutch, but Chemleve returns with disgrace unto Dixmude, while Ranzove another French man retakes (with great pains) Lense from the Spaniard, losing six eminent persons in the atchievement. unto this Countrey also are brought out of the Indies ten Millions and a half of Gold.

Somewhat there was to do likewise between the French and Spanish on the other side of France, this taking one place from the French, &c. But this was remarkable, that Lerida was now strong∣ly defended against the Prince of Condee, who was General there in the room of Harcourt.

But the next year, 1648, the King of Spain (setting forth his Souldiers, and laying out his money at Ostend, brings an Army into the field of 27000, subduing Cortrack, and yielding Ypre to the Prince of Condy, and afflicts Ranzove the French Commander, who was now gaping for Ostend it self. Yet he suffers a notable slaugh∣ter and overthrow at Lense, for the French being increased by the Army of Erlack, beats the Spaniard grievously; Beck and his son being both slain, and taking the Prince of Ligne, and the Mar∣quesse of Grana, with twenty Captains, 6000 & 200 Common∣souldiers, fourty Great Gnns, 90 Ensignes. Through Italy the Spaniard takes Furn, but loseth it again, and receiveth losse by the Duke of Modena at Pade, who scattered 700 Spaniards, and again, kills 300 of them, taking 1000 and 300. The French King also sending the Duke of Guise privily amongst the seditious Neopolitans, was disappointed of betraying the Towre or Castle of Carmine; the Duke was taken, and was not let go but with a ran∣some. Moreover homebred troubles arise now in France, (a chief cause being the oppression of the people, which is not small in that Kingdome) the Duke of Orleans, together with the Senate striking at the Court, yet there was a present quietnesse, when as the King had changed the Judges of criminall causes, and some∣what eased the people by Parliament. But (as a sore not healed to the bottome) the distemper grew fresh again, when as the Duke of Brussells, more freely pleading the peoples cause, was cast into bonds, the King going aside unto the Temple of Saint Germanes. But at length, before this year's expiration, which is 1648, when the Captive Duke was restored, there is a second rest, the King returning unto Paris, though with very much intreaty. A home∣bred conspiracy (likewise) there was made at Madrid the chief City in Spain, for the which, two chief actours, Charls of Padigle, and Peter of Sylvapegme, Princes, lost their lives.

While these things were in action, the Tartars, and Cossacks of∣fend Poland: the one wasting the Countrey, being instant for their tribute: and the other, for the restraining their antient Religious rites, and the robberies of the Lievtenants of their Countries. They take two confiderable places of Poland this year 1648 into possession. And Dominick the Polanders General, despising the counsell of Wiesnewick, a chief Officer of that Army, is by these Cos∣sacks put to flight, losing 72 piece of Ordnance, and 20000 Soul∣diers, requiring for the rensome of the Captive General, a great sum: this great losse caused great strife in their publick assem∣blies, so that they fought there about it. But Chmielinsky the lea∣der of the Cossacks, will have it decreed amongst them concerning the Religious matters of his Countrey, and Family, and the next

year the new King of Poland, John Cassimir who was chosen the year before 1648, and now in 1649 Crowned, (who also marri∣ed his brothers Widow bound in her bed) moving against both the Cosacks and Tartars, the Cosacks by force obtain both their an∣tient ceremonies of Religion, and an amendment of the Govern∣ment of their Common-wealth. But the Cosacks slew in Poland in the year 1648 (So cruel were they) 8000 Jews, and above 200000 Natives.

Toward the latter end of this year, Frederick, who was of late Arch-bishop of Bremes, is Crowned King of Denmark, this Church∣man could not say, My Kingdome is not of this World. And Mary Ellenor the Queen Widow of Gustave Adolphus, is brought, (Peace being now concluded in Germany) from Wolgast with honour and solemnity unto Stockholm.

But the Venetians afflict the Turks both by Sea and land, in 1647 and 1648. for the Christian Navy under the Knights of Malta possesse some places in their enemies Land, taking many Oar-galleys, their land Army doing the like throughout Dalmatia, which losses made the Turkish Emperour gnash his teeth for an∣ger, at his Captains. Preys also being taken from him in Hungary, where he keeps a Bashaw. And in 1648, Foscol the Land-Gene∣rall scourgeth them in Dalmatia, vanquishing three Towns, and then dispersing 4000 of these Infidels, two places more yielded themselves unto Foscol, yet he lost Licca, and elswhere the Turk had some Masterdome. But the Venetians get Mirabell in Creet or Candy, with the Victualling ships: and his losse by shipwrack was great; Grimmane the High-Admirall with 1000 and 600 Souldiers, with the value of 14 Millions: the Venetian fights prosperously against him also at the Forts of Dardanell; for which businesse, the Governour and three Bashaws were flain at Constan∣tinople, thirty Galleys come laden to Cannea with Souldiers and Victualls from the Turk this year, where two Forts are lost and recovered by the Venetians, and that with much bloud, the Earl of Solm falls in battel, with seventeen Captains of a hundred men. The Venetians maintaining also the Haven of the pleasant Vale of Suda in that fruitfull Island, against the opposing Turks, whose Emperour or Sultan Ibraim, is reported about the same time, by reason of his Tyranny, to have given place unto his son, which if so, must be, by the Timariots, and however the Janizaries willing it so to be.

The year following, 1649, (which according to the Germane ac∣count, takes its beginning at January, but according to the English, not untill March 25.) the Swedish and Emperian-weapons are changed into consultations for establishing and confirming that peace, which was the year before agreed on. For the which, three Dukes come together at Norimberg, the Duke of Amalse from the Emperour, of Ersken for Sweden, and of Vandort in the name of France; where they treat of four things, restitution of what was possessed, satisfaction for injuries, emptying or quitting of Gar∣risons,

and paying of the Souldiers. Amongst other things, this was done. The Swedish Souldier was spread thorow seven Cir∣cles allotted them by the Emperour, untill the final confirmation of the peace. And five Millions are wrung out for discharging the said Swedish Souldiers. The emptying was begun at three se∣veral distances of time, by equall estimations; so now, when at length he had the Articles of highest concernment confirmed, then Ludovick the Palatinate is suffered to return unto Heidleberg, the cause of whose Countries restoring we see, was not upon submis∣sion unto the Emperour, so much as upon conditions of Peace. This being done, the Emperour was present this year at Posone, among the publick Assemblies of the land, where he would not admit of the burdens of his Clergy, that had been tossed to and agen in debate since the year 1603. against the Protestants, whatever opposition the Arch-bishop made against the Palati∣nate.

Yet the Conditions of peace were not fully agreed on untill the next year, 1650; for they now also stoutly labour thereabout at Norimberg; but when as Hailbrunne, with 3000 Royals a month, out of the publique Treasury, were allowed for three moneths time unto the Palatinate, untill the matter could be otherwise composed, and four times five unto the Garrison of Francodale; there were three terms of time appointed, in which places that were kept of the Emperour's by others, (of whom, the Duke of Lorrain held three, Hammersteyn, Landstule, and Homburg) should be voyded: The French King lets go all Towns in the Coast of Rhene, besides the Cities of the Wood. The Emperour streng∣thens Prague and Eger, with the same frontier that lay against the Turks; he receiveth Olmuce, and other places, as the Duke of Luneburg did Nieburg at Visurge: and then the Souldier was payd off and discharged, who goes down by Companies unto the pay of the Spaniard: from whence some fearful minds in Germany (the Spaniard being hereby strengthened, and the hired being Soul∣diers of fortune) foretold some hurtfull and unhappy thing to ensue.

But to leave German-events, and return unto Brittains transacti∣ons; after that Charls the late King was taken out of the way, and other Capital enemies, amongst whom, Colonel Poyer was shot to death, April 25. 1649, this second (though but short) War being over in England, that Common-wealth speedily set about the transporting a considerable part of their victorious Army into Ireland, that had been too long hindered of relief by domestique interruptions, whereby the united parties there (having pro∣claimed young Charls their King) had very much prevailed, as by and by we shall speak: But there was a present stop made hereto by parties in the Army it self, sirnamed, if not nick-named, Le∣vellers, as that they should professe to lay every man's estate equal by force: Yet this I onely find, that those so called, refused to pass over into Ireland, untill they should see (the King being now gone,

who was by them and his Judges accounted a Tyrant) some foot∣steps of reformation in the Common-wealth touching the Law, Tythes, &c. according to some former vows made both by Offi∣cers and Army; and chiefly according unto something not long before drawn up, which was called, An Agreement of the People, presented to the Parliament, Jan. 19. 1648. This refusal, or ra∣ther resistance of theirs, was at this time esteemed both unseason∣able, and giving an ill example unto others; so that April 27, 1649, one Lockier was shot to death in London (after some resi∣stance made against his apprehenders) as an arch-stickler in this design: whom that party openly carried to his grave, in a kind of stately affront (as was judged) with Sea-green colours, at that time, the badge of such. Then they gathered themselves toge∣ther in arms at Burford in Oxfordshire, whither not a few of the Army were coming to joyn with them. But General Fairfax, and the Lievtenant General Cromwell in heat and speed marched May the 9th against them, and an Officer being the day before sent un∣to them in way of treaty and affability; instead of what they ex∣pected, they were surprized on the 15th day by the General's par∣ties, three of the chief actors being shot to death, and another (a preaching Cornet) upon recantation pardoned. But one Thomp∣son, a stout-fellow, escaping, stood in his own defence, who being pursued, was at length slain in a place called Wellingborough-Wood; their former fellow-Souldiers, now being enemies, behaving themselves fiercely and roughly towards the surprized. And at the same time that this was doing, (which was on the 16th of May) England was voted a free-State. (General Fairfax return∣ing from this reducement three dayes after, May 29, 1649) Whereupon an Act for abolishing Kingly Government was May the 30th, proclaimed in London by the Lord Mayor of that City.

The Impediments of Ireland being now removed, Cromwell, now made Lord Deputy of that Kingdom, thought upon his march thitherward, the which he began July the 30th following: But the City of Dublin being hardly besieged by the Irish Mar∣quesse, Ormond, with an Army of 22000 men, which began June the 21, (and London-Derry by some of the rebellious there, for these two strong holds were onely left unto the Parliament) about 3000 horse and foot were posted away before-hand to Dublin, who joyning themselves with 6000 more at the most, under the Command of Colonel Jones, sallied out, and totally routed and defeated Ormona's besieging Army, killing nigh 2000, taking many, with all their great Guns, Ammunition, &c. as also a wealthy spoyl; This was on August 2. 1649, about 14 dayes be∣fore L. G. Cromwell's arriving there with his considerable Army; who being come, lost no time, but soon after besieged Drogheda, a stubborn place, and, by storming, made it yield indeed, in a short time, but not without sweat and bloud unto the Conquerour, who (for terrour's sake to others) killed with the sword nigh 3000

armed men after entrance therein: and then the confederates mouldred down apace, garrisons being taken and yielded, and field-parties routed, in great number. Nevertheless, the Natives being expert in the Bogs and Woods of that Country, whither they retired and sheltred themselves, made a perfect reduce∣ment thereof, much longer than otherwise it would have been.

In the mean time, the Covenant in England, was turned into an Engagement, for the which there was an Act made Jan. 2. 1649, by the Parliament for its subscription; it ran thus, I do hereby, promise and engage to be true and faithful unto this Common-wealth, as it is now established without King or house of Lords. Upon this, many were tryed and outed of their places and Offices, as in the Universities and elsewhere; neither could any one have any publique imploy∣ment either in that National Church or State, that refused to sub∣scribe; nor indeed could he challenge any protection from the said Common-wealth.

A little before this, news was brought to England of some of their Plantations that fell off from obedience to this State, and either thinking or saying to themselves according to the Roman Proverb, [Antiquum volo,] I will have the old Law still, I will have no Innovations; punished divers with branding, fines, and banishment, for not conforming unto Monarchy, and the old Church-Liturgy: these were Virginia, and those called Carybe-Islands: who were notwithstanding (by a prohibition of all Traf∣fique with them, and the industry of Sir George Ayscue's Fleet,) within not many moneths, themselves Nolens, volens, reduced to Conformity.

This year also 1649, toward the latter end of October, was John Lilburn (who had been an opposer of one and t'other, most part of the Wars, and was committed to the Tower of London in Ju∣ly, 1646) brought to tryal for his life, (by a Sessions called on purpose) for invective books (that were generally believed to be of his penning) against both the Governours, and Government of England, who notwithstanding was, beyond expectation by a Jury of 12 men, acquitted, and thereupon released.

We find the Scotch King about the end of 1649, March 16, at Bredagh in the Netherlands, with whom the Scots there treated, and concluded, an utmost endeavour to re-instate him in his Fa∣ther's Throne over the three Nations; in order to which, June 6, 1650, he set forth from Holland, and landed in the North of Scot∣land, English ships lying in vain to intercept him. He was not crowned King of that Nation, untill Jan. 1. following. For he did not ascend that Throne with ease; (For first he took their Solemn League and Covenant, and then (which went against the hair) signed a Declaration framed by the Kirk, for abandoning his Fathers sins, and his Mothers Idolatry, &c.) And scarce at all might be said to enjoy it. For England's Parliament (upon this agreement between the Scots and their King, resolved to prevent a War in their own bowels, by invading Scotland. To which end,

Cromwell was sent for out of Ireland, (things being now in a victo∣rious condition there) who leaving Ireton his son in law Deputy in his room, returned into England about the beginning of June, 1650. Montrosse (the old Thorn in Scotland's sides) not long be∣fore, attempting to infest his Countrey with fresh supplies, was on March 29, defeated by a party of that Kirk's, and being dis∣gracefully brought prisoner unto Edinburgh-Castle, May 18, was on May 21, barbarously hanged and quartered by his incensed Countreymen. After whom, some others were there executed, as Urrey, and Spotswood, &c. the said Spotswood confessing he had a hand in the murther of one Dr. Dorislaus an English Agent, at the Hague in Holland, May 3, 1649, who was about the middle of June interred at Westminster.

And the year following, (such was the malice of some in other Nations against England) Mr. Anthony Ascham, (a man of accom∣plished abilities for such an undertaking) who was sent from the Parliament a publique Minister into Spain, was June 6, 1650, cruelly stabbed in the head at Madrid, by one of the six that had easie admittance into the room, his interpreter Riba a Spaniard, being also kil'd in the place. W^ch persons all (save one) being carried to prison from the Sanctuary, by the King of Spain's Command, occa∣sioned a difference between the said King and that Church, its pri∣viledges being, as the Church-men pleaded, hereby infringed.

But General Fairfax being now voted by the Parliament to march with an Army against the Scots, (for Reasons best known to himself) laid down his Commission, whereupon it was im∣mediately conferred on Oliver Cromwell, June 26, 1650, who two dayes after advancing Northwards, (The Parliament also pub∣lishing a Declaration of the grounds and reasons of that advance, which was afterwards sent unto Edenburgh from the new General, by a blinded Trumpeter) the Scots expostulated the businesse in Papers sent to the Governour of New-Castle, putting the English in mind both of the Covenant, (which the Engagement had now buried) and also of a large Treaty and Union between England and Scotland; The which their Overtures with young Charls had dissolved: So that the English Army entred Scotland July 22, and on the 26th day came to Dunbar, where they were refreshed with provisions by their ships: but afterwards, for five or six weeks space, endured no small discouraging hardships by sicknesse of Souldiers watchings, wetnesse, and coldnesse enough of the wea∣ther, together with want of drink, (having in the mean time had some particular skirmishes with the enemy; untill at last, near the same Dunbar, (whither they were marching from Hadding∣ton, the Scots Army following them apace, and hindring them at a Passe) they being environed, and, as it were, in a pound, were constrained to break thorow without delay, who after a vigorous and unanimous pressing forward, and but an hours sharp conflict, routed and put to flight the Scottish Army consisting of 20000 horse and foot; the English being scarcely 12000 in number.

The foot were generally slain and taken, many Colours, all their Ordnance, with 15000 Arms, as also many Colonels, and other inferiour Officers. This was on Septemb. 3. 1650. For which victory, a day of Thanksgiving being solemnized throughout England, as before a Fast, many Ministers (upon the former Cove∣nant-account) were averse and backward in the observation there∣of; at which time also there were dayes of Humiliation kept both by the English and Scots (of the Kirk-party) in Scotland: amongst whom there were no lesse than three divisions of parties.

A fair entrance being now made into Scotland's bowels, by this overthrow in the fields of Dunbar, divers strong holds were succes∣sively delivered into the Conquerour's hands, (as also Colonel Kerr with his party were defeated by Major General Lambert, taking Kerr himself, and some other chief Officers; Colonel Straughan himself, with others hereupon, (who before were stiff and zealous for the Kirk) voluntarily came in to Lambert;) who lying at Edenburgh before that Castle, both published and put in execution a strict Proclamation, for prevention of surprizals and murthers daily committed on the English Souldiers by straggling Scots: and on Decemb. 24. 1650, Edenburgh-Castle it self, an impregnable place, and of very great importance unto the English affairs, was surrendred unto General Cromwell, with all the Magazine and furniture thereunto belonging, the Souldiers of the Castle being to march away with their Arms, in a flourishing manner. The foregoer of this surrender, was a Battery raised, on which a great Canon and Morter-piece was planted, and began to play: yet many were of opinion, that Money carried it, ac∣cording to that old Verse,

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. With silver weapons do encounter, All things and places thou shalt conquer.

Little was done for a while after, by reason of the Winters sharp coldnesse.

But in the interval of these actions in Scotland, these things were done at home by Parliamentary authority in England; After the coyning of new moneys, (in which the King's Arms and Picture was left out, and the Common-wealth's stamp in the room there∣of, with this circumscription, God with us, on the one side; and, The Common-wealth of England, on the other; for which there was an Act made July 17, 1649) the King's Statue, that amongst other Kings and Queens since the Conquest, was erected in the circum∣ference of the Royal-Exchange in London, was on Aug. 10. 1650, broken and defaced, with these words written over the head, Exit Tyrannus Regum ultimus, Anno libertatis Angliae restitutae primo, Anno 1648, Jan. 30. That is, The last Tyrant King (or Ruler) goes out, on the 30th day of January, 1648, in the first year of Liberty restored to

England. Which if so, is a happy year for that Nation indeed; His Statue was also overthrown at the end of Pauls the Cathe∣dral, on the same day, and within few dayes after, quite removed from the Exchange, and broken to pieces.

Also one Colonel Andrews a Royalist, was underfelt and detect∣ed by one Bernard, (who for his pains was rewarded with a Troop of horse) in conspiring by Charls Stuart's Commission, King of Scots, against England's Government, which being accounted (at this time) of dangerous consequence, he was by the High Court of Justice tryed, and beheaded, Aug. 22. 1650. One Benson being for the same Conspiracy hanged, Octob. 7. following. A rising in the County of Norfolk began likewise in the same moneth October, to the same purpose; which being soon allayed, divers to about the number of 20, suffered death.

This year also were the King's and Bishops Lands, together with the Estates of banished offenders, set to sale.

Now also the Seas were every where troublesome unto Mer∣chants, by reason of the English and French ships (besides Pyrats) that were at the utmost variance; and especially Robert the Pala∣tinate, who of a Land-General, was now become a Sea-Admiral, by divers preys greatly endammaging the English Merchants, (who was abetted by the King of Portugal therein, for the which he lost no small prizes by the hand of General Blake's Fleet. But at length Robert spoyling and burning divers of the said Merchants ships at Malaga in Spain, in the necessitated absence of the said Blake, he was pursued by this valiant Admiral, who took and destroyed seven of his ships, two being onely left, that fled to corners; one of which a while after suffered a sad dysaster in the Straights, Robert himself being in great danger.

And that it might be known abroad, that by their Embassadours, Englands Common-wealth, like the Tribe of Judah over the Isra∣elites, were fiercer and more prevalent than Charls Stuart, who claims that Crown, and had sent divers unto severall Princes for supply in recovering the same, a notable example in Turky at Con∣stantinople, about this time made manifest; where two meeting together in Ambassage, (to wit, Sir Henry Hide from the King of Scots, and Sir Thomas Bendish for the English Parliament) unto the Sultan; Hyde, as thinking his Commission the strongest, stood up against Bendish for Preheminency of place, (comming thither with intent to destroy the Turkish companies Trade, and to seize on the Merchants goods, and null the Parliaments interest in those parts) Bendish hereupon obtained a hearing of the state of matters before a Vizier Bashaw there, who (like a crafty Polititian, as the Turks are, siding (although for most absolute Monarchy in their own pra∣ctise) with the strongest side in possession) delivered up Hide unto Bendish his disposure; who sent him into England, where he (his act being judged not onely an affront, but a deniall of the Govern∣ment in the eyes of other Nations) was, March the fourth 1650. beheaded before the Exchange for Treason, the place of Merchants meeting for forreign News.

But there was a more remarkable deliverance from death of one whose name was Anne Green, innocently condemned to dye, as for murder of an abortive Infant, at Oxford Assizes in 1650, through a too harsh prosecution of her potent Master Sir Tho. Reed, by one of whose men or friends in that house she affirmed to be with child: the overstraining of whose body by working, caused this abortion to be made in a house of easement: who hanging by the neck about half an hours space, together with stroaks and tuggings by her feet of souldiers, and other standers by, must needs in the judgment of all, be fully dead: Yet being brought into a house for anatomizing sake, (as in the University is wont to be done) her throat seemed to rattle; whereupon one Doctor Petty and Bastock; Physicians, with some others, used speedy waies to re∣cover her life, both by breathing a vein to give a vent to sup∣pressed nature; and also other good means to comfort natural heat, so that she soon spake, and was restored, and still maintaining her integrity, (as well she might) had her pardon. This I insert here amongst the number of memorable accidents, because it was Gods speciall finger in discovering mans rigour, and a poor crea∣tures innocency. The said Sir Thomas Reed, within a short time after, being choaked out-right at his own Table, confirming that moral and true saying of Cato the wise.

Esto animo forti, cum sis damnatus Inique, Nemo diu gaudet qui judice vincit iniquo.

See that thy heart nor cour age fails, When thou unjustly art condemn'd; For who by wrongfull Judge prevails, His joy shall quickly have an end.

The King of Portugall, having many places and Parishes within his dominions void of Priests, treats with the Bishop of Rome in 1649, concerning receiving an Embassadour, and the supplying those empty charges with Church-men: publishing withall, a book, that unlesse the Bishop did cure that neglect, he would take that right to himself. The defect was not supplyed by the Bi∣shop, and yet notwithstanding, he doth not allow or indulge the said King, in taking to himself the priviledg of appointing Bishops &c. in the year 1650.

But the United Provinces of the Netherlands have no great joy for the peace made in 1648 with the King of Spain, because they found it more profitable for the people, when the war was vigo∣rous amongst them, which must needs be by the Souldiers spen∣ding their pay there, and taking of spoil, which (its like) they sold to the inhabitants at a mean rate. But as he that liveth by Phy∣sick, may truly be said to live miserably; so that is but a wret∣ched pelf, that's gotten by bloud, ruines, and desolations. Yet the Prince of Orange had almost the same year 1650, found them

some work among themselves who finding not such entertainment (as his now aspiring soveraignty, beyond his Predecessours expe∣cted, at Amsterdam in the Province of Holland; Bicard, or Bicher, a Consull or Lord of that City, having without the advice of the other Provinces, commanded, for keeping the peace-sake, the souldiers that were spread through the Garrisons to be dischar∣ged) he attempted secretly and politickly to seize upon the City of Amsterdam at unawares, by Horse and Foot under the com∣mand of Count William, who were comming in the night, and were to be at the Town-Ports, at an appointed time, the Foot that went before being to make entrance for the Horse. If this had taken ef∣fect, that huge masse of treasure, that was banked up there, had fallen into his hands, with which he might have helped the Scotch King, his brother in Law; in whose fathers Throne, the said Prince had a vehement desire to see him established. But the design was frustrate, by intelligence given before-hand, by the Post comming from Hamborough, whereat all warlike preparations were made to defend the City against the assaylant, and the sluces opened. The Prince hereupon made conditions of peace with the Lords of the City, on no low terms, and had two of the Bicards removed from Government, the chief of whom being Andrew, was distasted by the Commonalty, as for other reasons, so for dammage received by drowning of their fields. This was in Summer, and in Octob. following (Man being but as the flower of the field) he died, whose Princesse was about ten daies after delivered of a Posthume son. He was buried in Pomp and State, before this years expiration, (according to the English account) March 15. 1650. whose young son, did allay the States grief for their (although before not loved, yet now lamented) General.

The French King had but bad successe in Italy, in the year 1649. for Ceva, Biella, and the Temple of Damian, fell from him into the Spaniards hands; as also in Catalonia, where he lost Sapirce: so that the Duke of Modena being afflicted, was constrained to a re∣conciliation with the Spaniard, whose Arch-Duke that is now the Governour of Belgium, takes also Ipra from them there, besides two other places, and sends 4000 robbers of the prey into Campa∣nia. Yet the next year, 1650. the Spaniard had greater advanta∣ges on the French, by reason of that Nation's Civill discords and troubles, which in a greater measure again brake out; for three of the chief subjects of that King being imprisoned by an arrest from the Queen Mother and Cardinal Mazarine, that great Church-States-man, and the Queens huge favourite (in whose hands the management of State-affairs were in the Nonage of the young King Lewis, whose Father died as was said in 1643,) to wit the Prince of Condy, of Conti, brethren of the Royall bloud, and the duke of Longville their sisters son, for that upon this discontent, they took some strong holds of the Kingdome into possession, the which were (after their imprisonment, reduced by force, threatnings,

and favour) yet now the people (wanting not leaders) and being enraged at the Duke of Espernon, but in general against Mazarine) a civill war universally overspread the whole Land; the Duke of Bullein stirring up the people of Aquitane, who as well as the Princesse of Condy, and the Dutchesse of Longville, desired aid, both by money and Souldiers from the Spaniard, who supplyed them therewith. After much bloud spilt, the liberty of those Princes was procured, Espernon was withdrawn from Burdeaux, and from Government in the Common-Wealth, but the Cardinal with all his kindred were banished, yet he soon returned when the storm was a little over, with a kind of triumph, both to the grief of the emulating Princes, and to the grievance of a servile Commonalty, who labour with continued troubles. The Spaniard laughing as it were, at these things; possesseth Garrisons, and spoils some French Provinces with much more ease. The French loseth in Italy the Haven of Plombine, and Portologone; and is beaten off from the siege of Lions in Catalonia. In Picardy, he beholds Castel∣letum, and Capella to be wrung out of his hands, notwithstanding he valiantly defended Guise. Yet in Flanders, he opposeth three Armies against three Spanish, under the command of three Dukes, of Villequier, Hockincurt, and Villareg; The Spanish King sending the Arch-Duke and two others in the mean while, into the bor∣ders of France, who, in 1650, lord it over Picardy. Yet himself was not without some trouble, for the sedition of Naples, that be∣gan again to bud forth in 1649, upon which, the heads of divers were cut off, and was not quenched the year following, although he had filled Prisons with the peoples Governours. He also wan∣ting money, requires silver from the Clergy of Naples, (for the which his Grandfather the Pope was angry) and sold the Dut∣chy of Pontremole for five hundred thousand Crowns, in the year 1650.

But the Bishop of Rome now grants eight years time to the Duke of Parma to restore the Castrum, that the year before 1649, was equalled with the ground, and that he might seem to be Ser∣vus Servorum, a servant of servants, washeth the feet of some Reli∣gious Pilgrims, at Rome; whose Cardinal, Ludovise, feasts 9000 of them at one time.

Swethland having now little to do, arms again in 1650. the de∣signe was uncertain, whether for England, or against the Musco∣vite, or to settle Germany, which before they had unsetled. Two Embassadours likewise come unto Stockholm at the same time, one from Portugal, another from the Netherlands; and by the mediation of Contarine the Venetian, are the former conditions confirmed with the King of Poland. With which Polonian, Chmielinsky Cap∣tain of the Cossacks, is the same year reconciled, having received the liberty of their Churches: yet the tumults of the Provinces do not altogether cease, the Embassadours of the Muscovite bring themselves with Pride and disdain, into three Provinces, of which

Smolensko is Prince, and return with a title; and then the great Duke of Muscovy was not called in letters as their friend, but as their Lord and Master, for which so unworthy actions, the Em∣bassadours were imprisoned; neverthelesse an everlasting peace is established between them, although against the will of the Tartars.

Whose Cham or Emperour takes off the accustomed Tribute from the Polanders, that they used to pay him, on this condition, that there should be a murual aid afforded when desired, if the Turk should invade either; by which Turk, a Tartar that was al∣lyed unto the house of Ottaman, suffers a repulse at Constantino∣ple.

The said Cham also tames and brings under the Cercassians, a people within his dominions that rebelled against him. But brea∣king into the Kingdome of China, because a Tyrant had now taken possession of that industrious Kingdome, as going beyond his bounds, he is sent forth (as we say) with a Flea in his Ear, being wholly expelled thence.

But the War between the Venetians and the Turks waxeth hot in the year 1649. Two overthrows the Venetian gave him; one in the Haven of Foggio, where 72 Oar-Galleys perished, 18 bigger ships, 60 ships laden, 6000 Turks were slain together with the Bashaw, taking as many more Prisoners. And this with the losse of but 90 Venetians, and 40 wounded.

This made the Sultan mad with rage, and he changes the Purple Garments of Saranzone, his Embassadour with others, into a mour∣ning weed; he casts the Christians into chains, and falls upon them with whips, but by the perswasion of the French Oratour, he is appeased. He also makes stop of the English Ships, and so returns unto his force against the Venetians: Who slew 1500 Turks at the Haven of Suda, drowning six Galleys, with the Bashaw that was their chief Captain. They contend vehemently for Mocenige, 4000 Sacks stuffed with Wooll, and 33000 Scaling Ladders being brought thither for storming, 'tis twice lost, and as often recovered again, but at the third attempt, a Mine is made underground that consumed 3000 Turks, and 200 Christians. Twice were the Alps of Italy crossed, into the lower Hungary, for prey.

And when Haase had given place unto Colorede, and had gone into Dalmatia, 20000 Turks were there consumed with the Plague. The Sultan could willingly have laid aside Creet this year, but, yet he could not do it, because of a Moschee or Temple of Mahomet, that he undertook there to consecrate. However, more than fifty thousand Christians (so called) were Captivated by him.

The next year 1650, he is watchfull over the Persians, who shewed their arms in a bravery against Babylon; and reneweth peace with the Hungarians, who the year before, because the Em∣perour

of Germany would not grant them a war against him, upon the forgiving them a tribute of six hundred thousand Royals, were willing to make a peace, and (as a token of their neighbourlinesse) the number of some thousands of Royals were to be reciprocally exchanged between them. He likewise redu∣ceth the irregular Cyprians, and the Bashaw of Cagre into order and obedience.

But in Candy, the Venetian affects him divers times with lesse in the Gulph Del Vole: four times he was preyed upon, and the Haven of Maluase was stopt, together with victuall. Whereupon he moves in war by Ufais his Bashaw, and that chiefly, because his Navy at Dardanelle was penned up. Other Havens were also pos∣sessed by the Venetians, that provision could not be brought into the Island for relief of his garrisons; so that we will now leave the Venetians in their hopes, of having a most large surrender of that whole Island unto them.

In the year 1646, it was disputed at Paris by Sarbona, Whe∣ther there ought to be one head of the Church, or whether in∣deed there may be more; (this being a rare Controversie among Catholiques, I here insert it) which little book that reasoned of the Point, the Pope whom it neerly touched, gives to be exami∣ned by his Cardinals. The same year is also a book of one Oster∣manne concerning Government, publiquely burnt at Agrippina of Colone; but in Wallersdorf at Glace, 109 persons, with a noble wo∣man with child, are strangled by fire. In 1647, there was a kind of miraculous thing befell one James (a child of 7 years old) that was born at Modena, by reason of the tender greennesse of his years, who at that age disputed, and that learnedly, of all fa∣culties. This youngling was more than

Ingenui vultus, puer ingenui{que} pudoris.

A Child of comely bashfulnesse, and of ingenious look, Who more perform'd by Wisdom's gift, than Students long by book.

Also the Sultan, had 7 sons born to him in one month this year. But the Swedes had the treasure, digging, at Meynave, out of the earth, the value of five millions. Outlandish birds were seen at the meet∣ings of the Rivers Mosella and Rhene, returning about the even∣ing beyond the bank of France in 1648. In which year the Gate of Lubeck opened of its own accord. And many ships were swal∣lowed up throughout the whole Ocean and Mediterranean Sea.

These amongst other great ones conjoyned in marriage, the Infant of Spain, and the first-born daughter of the Emperour in the moneth of June, 1646; Philip the 4th, King of Spain, with Marian the Emperour's daughter, in 1647. Ferdinand the Em∣perour himself, with Mary the daughter of Leopold of Tyrole, in

1648, whose Empresse Mary dyed in 1646. The Duke of Mantua with famous Isabell of Tyrole, in 1649. Ludovick Count Palatine Electour, with Charlotta Casselan the Hassian. The first-born sonne of the Duke of Bavaria, married Adel∣heid, daughter to the Duke of Savoy. These two, in the year 1650.

There yielded in Italy unto Nature's destiny in the year 1646, the Duke of Parma, Honofrius, the Cardinal brother of Pope Ur∣bane the 8th; the Heir and Infant of Spain at Saguntum, of the small Pox. The Prince of Condy at Paris; Oxienstern the Swe∣dish Chancellour at Stockholm; Christian the 5th, Prince of Den∣mark; Charls Prince of Poland; the Archbishop of Mentz, at Franckford on Moenus; these 5 in 1647.

The year following, the death of Charls the first, of Great Brit∣tain, King, made famous, with divers others in England the same year already mentioned in the History. Also the Duke of S. Do∣natus in Aprutium for tyranny this year. Philip Earl of Pembroke in England. Christiern the 4th of Denmark; and Uladislaus the 4th of Poland. Seven Governours in Moscovia put to death by that Great Duke for disallowing or reproving a Marriage he made the same year 1648, with the daughter of a vassal Earl or Prince. Gustaf Oxienstern the Swede. Mazarine the Arch∣bishop, at the Sestian waters, the brother of the Cardinal; Ragotzy the elder, the Transylvanian Prince; and also the Duke of Brunswick.

In 1649, Mary the Empresse, having brought forth a son, as also the Dutchesse of Modena after the childbirth. Frederick Savell the Emperour's Embassadour, at Rome; Martinice Jaroslaus, Vice-King of Bohemia, of late cast out of a window. Lastly, Ferdi∣nand Archbishop of Colone, and one of the seven Electours in 1650. Wrangle, the Arch-Warriour of the Swedes; and Ossalmsky Chan∣cellour of Poland, who was about to go to Rome for Religions sake.

CHAP. V. An Account of what happened in divers places worth remembrance: from the 1650, to 1653 inclusive, the year wherein General Cromwell was sworn Lord Protector of England, Scotland, and Ireland.

AFter that (through Ferdinand's, the German Emperour, at the beginning of 1651, marrying Elenor Dutchesse of Mantua at Neostade, and Wolfgang Palatine of Neoburg, taking his third Wife Francisca, daughter of Ego Earl of Furstenburg) (all Germany being now pacified) the Courts and minds of the Princes were poured forth into Nuptial merriments, and by the late pacification, it was thought to be provided for the rest and quiet of Germany; the beginning of a new War (by the Electour of Brandenburg entring into the Montian Dominion in hostile manner) suddenly arose: of which, though it were sud∣den and straightway composed, yet this was the occasion. Wil∣liam Duke of Julia, Clivia, and Montia, &c. marrying, in 1546, Mary the daughter of Ferdinand the first, Emperour, obtained two priviledges of Charls the fifth, Emperour; which were afterwards also confirmed by his successours: First, That if Duke William should beget no heirs male of Mary, or being begotten, they should depart life; all the right of the Dominions and Provinces, should be devolved on the daughters begotten of them; or if none of them should survive, to the lawfull heirs male of the same. And then, that all those said Dominions should remain undivided, with one onely universal Lord and Successour: a custome hither∣to observed by the Princes of Germany, and many of other Coun∣tries, to confirm the strength of power.

William therefore, begetting two sons, and four daughters; Charls Frederick, the elder, a Prince of great hope, dyed in 1577, in the flower of his age, at Rome. John the other son, (his father dy∣ing 1592) succeeded in his dominions. But being sickly, and begetting no children of two wives, in 1599 left them (being dead) to be of divers Princes desired. But by the Emperour's authority, the inheritance had regard to his sisters: the eldest of whom (married to the Duke of Borussia) dyed in 1608, before John, leaving one onely daughter, Anne, who afterward married Sigismund Electour of Brandenburg, which is the Grandfather of the late Electour Frederick: whence the Brandenburgians derive their right to those Provinces. The second sister marrying Philip Count Palatine, she out-living her brother, and beautified with Wolfgang an heir male, seemed to be nearest of all unto these do∣minions. The third was given in marriage to John of Bipont, ha∣ving also sons. The fourth marrying Charls Marquesse of Burgo∣via, the Palatine of Neoburg, passed over her right to himself by certain agreements. Therefore John dying, and others asserting

their right by writing: Wolfgang the Neoburgian Palatinate, in his Mothers name; Ernest Marquess of Brandenburg in the name of his brother the Electour Sigismund and his Wife, possessed those empty Provinces: making an agreement at Tremonia the last of May, equally to govern the said Province, till it should be friendly by judgment decided of every one's right.

Then was it provided by the States of the Country, concerning Religion, and the exercise thereof, That the Roman Catholique, and other Christian Religions, as spread abroad thorow the Ro∣man Empire; so also in these Provinces, as to their publique ex∣ercise, they be continued, and defended, nor that any one be trou∣bled therefore. But when as at that time, there was almost onely the exercise of the Catholique Religion, in all places of the Do∣minions, except a few, into which, about the last time of Duke William, and his son, against the Commands of the Princes, Ma∣sters of new Religions had creeped: it came to passe, that by the winking and emulation of the new Princes of different Religion, new masters were strivingly brought in against the former Cove∣nants and promises. But, the Neoburgian Palatine, leaving the Augu∣stane, acknowledged the Roman Church openly in 1614. He pro∣fessed it at Dusseldorp, marrying Magdalene the Duke of Bavaria's daughter; beginning also to be much more diligently intent than before; that, what was agreed on in the beginning, the exercise of the Catholique Religion should be observed in those places, where it had been before; those being sent away and cast out, who had been hitherto brought in against the Covenant, or hence follow∣ing endeavoured to creep in. And that the rather, because it was expresly agreed in the Borussian and Neoburgian marriages; that if the inheritance of these dominions should chance to come to the above mentioned daughters: there should be no innovation: but the Catholique Religion retained without any obstacle. But the Brandenburgians thought it neither hindered the nuptial Cove∣nants, nor the State's promise, if the followers of other Religions, than what was usual, was brought in; so it might be done with∣out wronging the Catholiques, and they among these do live quietly and peaceably: moreover, it made for the no lesse quiet of the conscience, than of the Common-wealth, seeing 'tis a thing uncomely, and diverse from the worthinesse of a Prince, That no exercise of his own Religion, should be lawfull in his own Pro∣vinces, (which Religion is onely one) whose likenesse and agree∣ment may breed love to them, and the reverence of their Sub∣jects. This diversenesse of opinions increased, after they divided the Provinces betwixt them, and the contention came even so far, that the States of Holland intermingled them; and to affright the Neoburgian from his purpose, what they could, (by their Garri∣sons of the neighbouring Cities of Rheinberck and Orsoy, led cap∣tives the parish Priests, and religious persons out of the Duke∣domes of Montia and Julia; and held them some years in hard custody; in which also, some were consumed with grief and mi∣sery,

plainly harmlesse, and without the like game, danger, and controversie: whence it came to passe, that many Catholique pa∣rish priests fleeing for fear, their subjects long wanted the exercise of divine worship: and many Infants departed this life without baptism; persons of riper age without Confession and the Eucha∣rist. Therefore, the Neoburgian, that he might deliver himself and subjects from these difficuities: after letters sent, and Embas∣sages to and from Camerarius Burgstorff, chief man with the Elector of Brandenburg, in the year 1647, he thus concluded Apr. 8. about Religion, and its exercise, at Dusseldorp: That the Churches, and their goods and revenues should be restored to those that possessed them in the year 1609; but both the publique and private exer∣cise of Religion without the Churches, should be in that manner as it had been in any part of the year 1612. Moreover, it was confirmed by the Electour: and Deputies sent from either Prince, who begin the execution of the said transaction. But here again the action stuck. The Brandenburgians would not go back from a promiscuous use of Religion, and that in the strength of the first Reversals. The Neoburgians contended (on the contrary) that they must of necessity insist on this transaction, which had been taken up as a moderating of the said Reversals, of whose meaning hitherto the Princes could not agree. So they departed, the mat∣ter un-ended. But the Neoburgian, when as not long after, a whole pacification was ended in Germany, because the particular trans∣actions did not proceed, he fleeth to the observance of that; and for restoring Religion and its exercise, he took the year 1624 gene∣rally prescribed in that pacification, in example of the other Prin∣ces, who now began to consult of that in many places throughout the Empire. Amongst these things, the Electour of Brandenburg in this year 1651, talking with the Electour of Saxony a few dayes in Liechtenburgh Castle, went to Clive, sending some Armies be∣fore, which he had drawn out of his garrisons, and others to fol∣low after; over all which he had placed Otto Sparrius, they be∣ing in all, almost 4000. A Command was published at Clive, June the 15th, in the Electour's name, and straightway fastened on some places, in the Dukedoms of Montia and Julia, to their States and Inhabitants; The Electour first signifying, he came into those Provinces, that he might restore their liberty and priviled∣ges, into the ancient place and vigour, according to the Cove∣nants and promises entred into by their Ancestors, against the di∣vers injuries of the Palatine of Neoburg; and in order hereto it was needful, that one place or other be possessed where he might fasten his foot. Where none ought to interpret that thing other∣wise than he thinketh, since it is not his purpose, to seek any other than the glory of God, the safety of his Countrey, and Justice, which he would have imparted to all and every one, without re∣spect of their Religion, according to the Covenants and transacti∣ons of former years. And then, he commanded all Governours and Inhabitants of these Dukedomes, that hence-forward they

decree or pay not any contributions to the Palatine of Neoburg, afford him no ayd, by counsel or deed, but that they respect and observe him and his heirs onely. At last he threateneth, if any one shall go on to resist this Edict, or shall help the Neoburgian by any means, he (taking away all his priviledges) shall hold him for an enemy and Rebel. The same day of his Edicts divulging, the Electour's Souldiers attempted Angermond Castle, by storm∣ing, and casting in many granadoes, some Citizens and others being slain at the first onset, and then, when the Castle made stronger resistance than they had hoped, the street being plundred, and the adjacent Temple, the spoylers go thorow the neighbour∣ing places with the same force. And in the Temple of the Vil∣lage Mulchem, not being content to have robbed that, they slay an Infant in its Mother's arms, by cleaving its head. Thence to the Village Pempelfurt, in the sight of Dusseldorp, and the very Forts, coming to the Village, driving away all the Princes herds, and lesser cattel, they spoyl as much as they might for the time, add∣ing threatnings of speedy coming with a greater Army and forces. In the mean time, the Electour had sent to the Emperour to purge or acquit himself, explaining the causes of this his action against the Palatine, which for brevity sake I forbear here particularly to set down. But the Palatine openly protesting by a writing of the force and wrong brought on him: refuted also what things were published against him in the Electour's name, by a contrary writing: and then sent to solicite Leopold the Arch-Duke, and Charls Duke of Lorrain for ayd, to repell the unthought of war: sending also to Vienna, perfectly to inform the Emperour of all things, and require help against unjust force. And having first purged himself to Caesar of Brandenburg his accusation, he confu∣ted it by a divulged writing. And (the while) musters Souldiers throughout all his Dominions, over whom he placed John Baro of Reuschenberg, and Philip returning out of Brabant, brought a part of the Lorrain Army.

They pitching their Tents, sate down between Ratinge and Dus∣seldorp against the Brandenburgians, who had taken up their place not far from thence, at the mouth of Anger flowing into Rhene. There, among often skirmishes made; at length by the Princes talking together, a pacification began, and then by the Emperours Embassadours, it was brought to an issue at Clive, October the eleventh, that the controversy of Religion and its exercise, be ex∣amined and decided by the Emperours Commissioners long since named; to wit, the Bishop of Munster, and the Duke of Bruns∣wick, and that to those two may be joyned, to wit, Augustus Duke of Anhault, and Ludowick Earl of Nassaw, for the Electour, and the Bishops of Paderborn, and Osnabruge for the Neoburgian; who con∣sulting among themselves, and both parties reasons being heard, shall enquire whether the state of Religion in these dominions, be to be reduced to the observance of 1624, according to the peace at Munster; or to 1609, according to the Covenants and agree∣ments

(Provincial) of the Princes, and if indeed, it shall seem to be this last; how those Covenants are to be understood and ex∣plained. But if (for the equalnesse of voices) the Commissioners can determine nothing; The Emperour, some head men of the Empire being taken into counsell, alike in number, of either Re∣ligion, or in the next assembly for Election, shall decide and de∣termine the whole controversy by the same; and they shall stand to that judgment without further contradiction, by force of the late publick pacification; but (the mean time) all things shall be restored into that state in which they were before these sha∣kings, nor shall any one be troubled for Religion. And then, shall neither, for the future, wage war on other, even under any pretence, and that under penalty, of violating the peace, and the losse of all rights, which any one pretendeth to these dominions; but shall let go controversies hence-forward to arise, to a friendly composure, and judiciall sentence.

Lastly, Prisoners on both sides shall be let go, and Armies, ex∣cept those which are needfull to the guarding of the body, or Gar∣risons of places, neither shall it be for any one by deceit of either party, to be present by counsell or help at these shakings. But other things which concern the state-Politick, shall so remain, as it hath been agreed in divers transactions between the Princes, yet without prejudice and deceit of all, who pretend to the Juliacan succession. These things being thus finished, and sealed to, they straightway depart from Arms.

But after that Charls Stuart was at or about the beginning of Jan. 1650 Crowned King of Scotland, at Shoone, the usuall place of for∣mer Coronations, (which Moneth, as I have said, beginneth the 1651 year of the Germane Account) in a solemn assembly of the heads of that Kingdome, among which ceremonies; Robert Du∣glasse gratifying him with a prepared Oration or speech; exhor∣ted him (from the opinion of them all, to revenge his fathers death) he spent all his time in warlike preparations; and, as soon as the season of the year permitted, came into the field against General Cromwell. The Scots began to be both powerfull and numerous by reason of an agreement now pieced up of many parties and fa∣ctions there, and having compleated their levies to 15000 foot, and 6000 Horse, they faced the English at Torwood, but would not engage them, encamping behind inaccessible places to delay the same. Wherefore the English landing 1600 Foot, and four Troops of Horse, at Queens Ferry, into Fife (losing but about six men) July the 17th 1651; the Scots sent four thousand to drive them out of Fife. Whereupon the Generall, sending four Regi∣ments of Horse and Foot to joyn with the other, the English at∣tempted the enemy by ascending the Hill, routed the Scots, slay∣ing about 2000, and taking 1400, Brown the chief Commander being one; few of the English were slain, though many wounded. Then was there an additional strength sent into Fife, and strong Inchigarney Castle there, surrendred, July the 25th after, and

soon after that, Brunt-Island (with all its Provisions &c. onely the souldiers to march away with Colours flying, &c.) was deli∣vered to the English Army; of much concernment, as storing them with all necessaries. Thence Marching to St. Johns Town of great strength, it was also soon yielded unto them. But the Scotch King (fearing least his Army should moulder away with daily de∣triments, and rather willing to transfer the War into England, slipt in thither by the way of Carlisle, comming to Worcester, Aug. the 22th with about 16000 Horse and Foot; (an undertaking ra∣ther from necessity and despair, then mature deliberation, as ap∣peared by a brief letter of Duke Hamiltons, taken amongst other Papers) yet animated thereto by a notable design of English Cove∣nanters with the Scots; who being offended with the new Com∣monwealth, now favoured the Kings cause.

This design was for a generall rising in Lancashire, and adjacent parts, the Earl of Darby to come out of the Isle of Man, and raise the Countrey, who joyning with the Scotch forces, should confront the Parliaments greatest power. The chief promoters hereof in England, were severall persons (now too tedious to relate particu∣larly) meeting at Christopher Love's house, a Presbyterian Minister, who (by his own Narrative) was privy thereto after the breaking off of the Treaty between the King and the Scots at Jersey, which being seasonably discovered, and the grand Agent Thomas Cook, apprehended, and after escape, retaken, March 30. 1651. Major General Harrison (after the seizing of one Birkenhead another Agent) was by the Parliament ordered to March Northward with Horse and Foot, to prevent risings, and oppose the Scotch Army if they should enter England: Love himself with others being ap∣prehended; he was arraigned before Englands High-Court of Ju∣stice, June 21. 1651, sentenced July the fifth, and on the 15th day being reprieved for 28 dayes, was with one Gibbons) another act∣our therein) beheaded on Tower-Hill, August the 22th follow∣ing.

The King comming to Worcester was proclaimed King of Great Brittain and Ireland, thought to take his journey straight to Lon∣don; which made the City tremble. But while he stayeth there to refresh his souldiers (a few daies) wearied with their journeys toyl, Cromwells speedy expedition, prevented his counsell; who leaving Monk with 7000 in Scotland (who took in six strong holds there, with severall others) came to Worcester before he was ex∣pected of his adversaries, and after about an hours sharp dispute of the Kings party, in opposing the English passage over Severn, they giving ground, maintained with about three Regiments, another hot dispute at Powick bridge: but at length ran into Wor∣cester: whom the English, as Conquerours, following, they drew out what they could, making a resolute sally: where after a little retiring of the Generalls men, the enemy was totally routed, their works taken, the Town entred and sacked, about 10000 were ta∣ken in all, and about 3000 were slain.

Amongst the many of quality, Duke Hamilton (being wounded) fell into his enemies hands, dying next day of his wounds: hap∣py (as one saith) in this, that by a timely death, he escaped the English Axe. The King fleeing, and leaving his fellows, whose faith he suspected in such straits, gets with one Lord Wilmot into a hollow Tree next day till night: and so in disguised habit and hair cut, by the assistance of a Lady, (whether comming to Lon∣don first or not) got over into France, 500 l. being offered to any one that should detect him.

This defeat was on Sept. the third, 1651. when as a little be∣fore, Aug. 23. the said Earl of Derby landing with about 300 in Lancashire, had soon encreased them to 1500, he was by Colonel Lilburn, with his onely Regiment in an hours time routed; many of note taken and slain, with all their baggage, &c. the Earl him∣self recovering Worcester, but was afterwards taken by the said Lilburn, and Octob. 15. following, beheaded at Bolton, as was also Sir Tho. Fethersonhaugh at Chester, on the 22th day, with others ex∣ecuted at Chester, Shrewsbury, &c, Gen. Cromwell returning to London in triumph, Sept. 12, was loaded with famous gifts from the new Common-wealths Governours.

The Captives, whom for number the Prisons would not con∣tain, being diversly disposed of, a great part were sent away into America.

In Scotland also were apprehended most of the Nobility and Gentry of that Nation, as they were assembled to propagate their King's interest. So that Scotland being after the English Armies passage into Fife, with little difficulty subdued: Commissioners were sent from the Parliament at London into Scotland, to receive those that had yielded themselves into their defence and protecti∣on.

Four very considerable places fell this year 1651. into the Par∣liament of Englands power, as additionalls to their successe. The one was Scilly Islands, a great annoyance to Merchant-men of the Common-wealth, for reducing whereof, Gen. Blake set sail, Apr. 18. which were surrendred Jun. 2. following. Another was the Isle of Man, for which end, three Foot Regiments were ship∣ped at Chester and Lever-pool, Octob. 16. who although they were on the eighteenth day driven into Beumorris by contrary winds: Yet, sayling thence the 28th day, they had assurance by an Islan∣der, of landing without any opposition, (which facility recom∣pensed their former difficulty) all being secured for them but two Castles, Rushen, and Peel, which (they besieging) were delivered on low terms without any bloud-shed Oct. 26. Colonel Hain also, setting sail for Jersey, Octob. 19. and after some difficulty, and op∣position received in landing, all was soon reduced but Elizabeth Castle, which held out till the middle of December, whose Go∣vernour, Sir George Carteret, had large conditions, for the wonder∣full strength and scituation thereof.

The last was Cornet-Castle in the Isle of Guernsey, even an im∣pregnable

place; which although being before attempted by storm, divers were slain, and some drowned in getting off, yet in the Moneth of November, was surrendred on compositi∣on.

The Parliament about this time, setting forth an Act for increase of Shipping, and encouragement of Navigation; to the perplex∣ing of the Hollanders, which was conteined in four particulars, they sent their Embassadours to London, who came thither De∣cemb. the 17th and had audience the nineteenth. But because they could not procure the repealing of that Act especially; they assayed to do it by force. Two Embassadours were likewise sent into Holland out of England March 11. who though they were re∣ceived at Roterdam, yet were severall times affronted.

On Jan. 11. this year, was the Barbado's surrendred to Sir George Ayscough, in the Parliaments behalf. And John Lilburn Jan 15. was sentenced to banishment about the businesse of Sir Arthur Ha∣slerig, which was executed on him by an act made to that purpose on the thirtieth day of the same Month. 1651.

And to conclude this year in England, an Act of general Pardon and Oblivion came forth from the Parliament, Febr. 24. 1651, that ill-will and rancour might be buried as to former differences and offences before Sept. 3. of the same year; and although ma∣ny were thereby (at the present) cleared at Assizes, &c. for divers offences; yet many things besides murther were left unpardoned: neither was the stomach of many in that Common-wealth there∣by allayed, as afterwards appeared.

But in France, after that the Princes were set at liberty, (and the banished Cardinal, after some movings, came into the Arch∣bishoprick of Colonia, seating his dwelling at Brule in the Arch∣bishop's Castle) they coming to the King and Queen; that there might be a greater confidence of a reconciliation, the Lievtenant∣ship of Aquitane is offered to the Prince of Condy, (this in 1651,) the Duke of Espernon renouncing it of his own accord: whose Go∣vernment the Burgedalians, obstinately enough, spake ill of; and unlesse he laid down his Lievtenantship, they threatned new stirs.

The King, in the mean time, entring into the 14th year of his age, came forth from under the tuition of the Queen his Mother, in the moneth Septemb. of the same year: where (in the highest Court of the chief ones of all ranks or states assembled, with all the King's Senate; likewise the Duke of Orleance, Andegave, York, and the Queen of England, the King's Aunt) the King having gi∣ven brief thanks to the Queen his Mother, in that for so many years she had governed the Kingdom with great care and pains, is placed in a Chair of Estate, and begins his Kingly functions. First of all the Prince of Conde was quitted, (being absent); for, that he might not be present at this action, he had few dayes be∣fore departed from Paris. Then was confirmed the Senate's de∣cree for the Cardinal's departure. Some favours (also) being con∣ferred

among the Peers: amongst other things, the care of the King's Seal was committed to the chief Man of the Senate, the Archbishop of Tholouse. Moreover, the Prince of Conde going into his own Province of Aquitane, the minds of the Burdegalians being in friendship with him, musters new Armies; many of the Court and Nobility following him; by whose favour and wealth, when he had drawn both all Aquitane, and Santonie, with the neighbour∣ing Cities, it appeared, that he undoubtedly attempted a new War. The King endeavoureth, with the Duke of Orleance and the Senate of Paris, to appease Conde, that laying down his arms, he might sit down quiet in his own Province. When that could not be obtained, he also preparing arms, condemns Conde of Trea∣son; and leaving Paris, speedily goes to Pictave, speedily calling back the Cardinal, who, the while, had enrolled some forces for this event. Therefore about the end of the year, the Cardinal re∣turns into France with an Army; the Senate of Paris much be∣seeching, That the decree against the Cardinal might be conti∣nued.

Thus that most flourishing Kingdom being divided into facti∣ons, destroyes its self with its own forces; and the next year 1652, Civil discords more cruelly burned out, Condy and Orleance, with the Parliament of Paris, urging by force of arms the Cardinal's passe-port, and the Decree's execution against him. He being supported (on the contrary) by the King and Queens defence stiffly defends by arms, the dignity of the King's authority against the force and power of the alike contenders. But, what will at length be the issue hereof, following years will make mani∣fest.

This year also 1651, brought forth a notable Victory to the Po∣landers against the Cossacks and Tartars. For the Cossacks not being contented with the peace made a year or two before, kept an Army in the field; and not containing themselves within their appoint∣ed bounds, they hindered not the Taurican Tartars going into Wa∣lachia; but defended them with all their ayd, against which, the agreement was. But when the Polonians in so doubtful affairs, sate down with part of their Army, beneath Camenece in Podolia, to defend their own borders: nor could bring help to the Duke of Walachia their confederate, for fear of the Cossacks: yet they bla∣med the Polonians, as if they provided arms against them, and mustered the whole Souldiery of their Kingdom, onely utterly to destroy and blot out them. Therefore Chimelinsky sending Em∣bassadours, first to Potoccie the Lievtenant General, who was at Camenece, and afterwards to the King: They required, that the Army might be led out of Podolia and their borders: who an∣swered them, They should return to their own, and leave the Tartars and Walachia; that there was no evill to be feared from them, while they stood to their Covenants, and maintained the peace. But they continued holding up arms, and to help Polana's enemies: the cause was, That being careful of their own defence,

they might look to their own affairs, and see that the Common-wealth took no damage. Then at Assemblies which the King had sumoned about the end of the former year, an Embassage was de∣creed to the Cossacks, to denounce peace, if they obeyed; but con∣trarily, war: and also for that war, if there were need, to ad∣vance the Charges and common Customs, and that 36000 for∣raign Souldiers should be entertained, besides those Armies that were in the Kingdom, and that it should be in the King's power, when there was need, to call all the Nobility to arms, and so to meet the enemy with all the forces of the Kingdom. The Assem∣blies ended, the King designed six Poland Peers to go to Kiove in Embassage to the Cossacks; and that being in vain, he bent his mind to provide for Arms; sending away those thorow Poland and Prussia, who should muster what Army they could, and at first of the Spring, should bring them to him beneath Lubline, with his whole Nobility which he was speedily to call forth, ready fur∣nished and provided. Chimelensky hearing of the issue of the As∣semblies, prepared himself no lesse slowly for an imminent war. Neither onely entring into fellowship with the Tartars; but also he had sent dispatched Messengers to Constantinople, and to the neigh∣bouring Turkish Governours, and into Transylvania for ayd. Some of whom being intercepted, discovered his wonderful counsels and cruel attempts against Poland. Therefore in the beginning of the Spring, Chimilensky, passing over Borysthenes, led 140000 (among whom were 12000 Taurican Tartars, whom as yet 40000 others were to follow) into Volynia, and there, possessing some places, pitched his Camps. The Polanders in the mean time, Calinovius being their Leader, take Vinnicia, a famous City of Po∣dolia, and kill all the Cossacks therein. Which slaughter hastened Chimelinskies coming out of Volynia, where he had also forcibly taken by the way Bialakaercave, so that he moved with his whole Army against Calinovius: who being unequall to so great forces, recovered Camenece; and leaving a sufficient Garrison there, be∣took himself to the King, who having passed over the River Bu∣gus at Socale, expected the Polonian Nobility, and the Lithuanian Army. Chmielensky having endeavoured in vain to stay Calinovius going back, with small fights, attempted Camenece with some on∣sets; but being alwayes repulsed with the great slaughter of his Soldiers, he at length sate down pitching his tents at Constantinovia: which place is distant almost 15 miles from Camenece, between the borders of Volynia and Podolia. Moreover, the King, after that his Nobility and the other Armies came together, his Army being increased to almost 100000; moving from Socale, he led it against the enemy. Neither did Chmielensky shift off the fight, now more fierce, because the Emperour of Tartars himself had a little before, entred in his Camp with the most choyse of his Souldiers. And then he far exceeded the Polonians in number: for if credit be to be given to those who have written of his Camp, it was to the number of 300000. Therefore both Armies mo∣ving

forward, they came together at the Town Beresteck. The first onset on the Polander's Camp was made by 10000 Tartars, June 28, who being repulsed with slaughter, the Emperour himself next day, with all his Tartars, and part of the Cossacks, assaulted the Polander's Army with great force: and that battle endured, untill night withdrew the fighters. This two dayes battle was a flourishing skirmish before the general fight; and as yet, their forces were in danger of departing from each other with a mutual fear. On the third day therefore, which was the last of June, the whole Army met, and that with such force and stiffnesse on both sides, that it long remained doubtful which side should have the victory. At last, the Polanders strength overcame, who, when they had made their first assault on the Tartars, and had driven them from their standing, their flight very much troubled the Cossacks Army. So the most numerous Army being scattered and put to flight, left a most ample victory to the Polonians. The King a little before evening, in the very place where the battle was fought, gave thanks to God, the Conquerour of enemies, singing a solemn hymn of thanks: which, a mixt sound (with terrout) of great Guns and Trumpets, did distinguish with an acceptable mean or temper.

The day after, it is told the King, a very great multitude of enemies, which escaped in flight, as yet stood, and fenced them∣selves in a fit and fenny place, setting their Carts and baggage on the sides of them, of which they had a great number. Chmielensky was in that place, waiting for an occasion to be given him, of re∣venging himself. The King, seeing he could not (by reason of the place) drive them out thence by force; he appointed, that (all wayes being stopped up) no provision might be brought unto them: which thing, drave the besieged almost to desperation, but that they had as yet one passage: thorow which, when (all their victuals being spent) on the 10th day after, they had disorderly poured forth themselves, many of them were slain by the Polan∣ders following on them: Some also were supt up in the Fens and Pools, the bridges breaking which they (in this necessity, and want of matter) had sewed together of skins. In this flight, there perished to the number of 20000: and amongst them, the Greek Patriarch, sent from Constantinople to encourage the Cossacks to this war. This victory being gotten, the Poland Nobility, although the King very much exhorred them to prosecute the victory, ta∣king (at length) their leave, departed home. The other Soul∣diers that were hired for reward, were sent to follow after them that fled. Janus Ratzvil, Captain of the Lithuanian Souldiery, following with his men to Borysthenes, took in Kiove, once the Mo∣ther-City of all Russia, and Monilove, with other Cities situated on this side and beyond Borysthenes, by force or surrender. Chmie∣lensky therefore being afflicted with so many discommodities, and fearing greater, is again compelled to desire peace. Which was granted him by the chief Governours of the Polonian warfare,

(their Armies daily diminishing with infection) on these conditi∣ons: First of all, a common to leration of Religion is granted, a return of them that were expelled, into their countrey, and a granting them their goods; pardon was granted to all that fol∣lowed this war, and to Chmielensky himself; yet so, that comming to the next publique assemblies, he should in humble manner beseech the King: neither henceforward should have more then 20000 Cossacks under his banners, with whom he being tied by oath to the King of Poland, he should defend the borders of his Kingdome against the inroads of the Tartars, Turks, and Muscovites, and to dissolve what leagues he had with the Polanders enemies; and hereafter perform faith and obedience to the King and King∣dome.

In the beginning of the year 1652, (which with the Germans, is in January) Maximilian Henry, Arch-bishop and Electour of Co∣lonia, having a little before entred into the Priesthood, and recei∣ving it at the hands of George Paul Stravius, Bishop of Joppa, and the Bishops Vice-gerent of Colonia, entred into Colonia with the Arch-bishops Pall, on the fourth day of the said January, and the day following, (the Clergy and Magistracy of the City being called together to the Metropolitans house; the Princes, Philip Palatine of Neoburg, and Ernest Lantgrave of Hesse being present, the Canons according to the custome, standing by and waiting, with the Bishop of Joppa, and six mitted Abbots) he began the so∣lemn evening duty of the Lords Epiphany, which being finished in a Pontificall manner, the next day, the day of Epiphany it self, in the same assembly having performed rites at an Altar built in the same place, he bestowed his Archiepiscopal blessing, with a most full pardon of sins, on a multitude of people gathered about him. To the making famous this act, which Colonia had not seen a hundred years before, and the more fitly to behold the Majesty of the Rites of the Romane Church, there was prepared in the mid∣dle of the Cathedrall, a place made of boards between the chief Pillars, and fenced with wooden railes, and on every side ador∣ned with most pretious Arras-hangings, which the Guard men with Launces encompassed to restrain the multitude; in the for∣mer part of that place was built a Theatre on high with three steps, embracing almost the space of two Pillars, and spread with red cloath, for the chief Altar which was seen in its front towards the East: the Altar also being higher then the Theatre by three steps, Silver Images of the twelve Apostles, and in the midst of the same, a very great Silver Crosse (once the gift of Pilgrime Arch-Bishop) beautified it. At the right part of the Altar to∣wards the North, was raised up the Arch-Bishops chair, and a little beneath it, four seats for the Princes, the Neoburgian, Lant∣grave and his Wife, and the Earl of Furstemburg his Widow, &c. But the publick confession of Ernest the Lantgrave, and Eleanor his Wife, of the Romane Catholique Faith, much encreased the so∣lemnity and joy of this first Liturgy. Who, before it bega••,

when at the Arch-bishops feet, before the Altar, their face turned toward the people, on bended knees, they had desired to be recei∣ved into the lap of their mother the Church, he consenting, they approved of the form of faith before read, and touching the book of the Gospells, they confirmed it by a solemn oath. Many hard∣ly withheld from tears, when they saw, these Princes to be retur∣ned to that Church, as it were after banishment, over which, a 150 years before, Arch-Bishop Hermanne Lant-grave of Hesse, (of the same house) was chief, most famous for his many and great deserts toward the Church of Colonia. And then (after a lit∣tle time) the Electour went to Hildese, and comming to the posses∣sion of that Bishoprick, he there finished what belonged to a Bi∣shop, with the accustomed Ceremonies, even as he had also done before at Leodium.

The same year 1652, produced a bloudy Sea-war between En∣glands Republick, and the states of the United Provinces; for these (through divers years prosperity and industry in Maritime affairs, although it was truly observed by Keckerman in his time: Hoc certum est omnibus hodie gentibus navigandi industria et peritia, Superiores esse Anglos, post Anglos Belgas, et inter hos, Flandros, Hol∣landos, Zelandos. This is sure (saith he) that of all Nations at this day, the English are chief in the diligence and skillfulnesse of Naviga∣tion; after them, the Belgians; and amongst these, the Flandrians, Hol∣landers, and Zelanders) so increased in strength at Sea, that they durst dispute their quarrel in divers bloudy encounters with the English, refusing to strike their top-sail in the narrow-Seas, En∣glands right of Soveraignty there; as also denying to pay the tenth Herring (caught by them in the English Seas) to the new Com∣monwealth, refusing also not to afford refuge or help to the house of the Stewards in their Provinces as was demanded; and to give satisfaction for dammage brought by them on the English in the Indies, which amounted to above 1000000 lb sterling, and for hereafter to be cautious of not offending, and also to suffer the En∣glish to sail freely and safely on the Danish Sea, with some other such like. An Embassadour indeed from Holland had audience, but departed out of England without any composure of differen∣ces June 30. For while they were upon a Treaty, Vantrump the Dutch Admiral comming with 42 Sail of Ships (nigh the Brit∣tain shore, towards Dover road) to view, refused to strike his Sail, and hung out a Red flag, the signal of his Fleet, giving the English Generall Blake a broad side; Whose Navies encountring each other about four hours space; one Dutch Ship was sunk, and ano∣ther taken, with their Captains, and about 150 Prisoners. The English Fleet having about ten slain, and fourty wounded, and re∣ceiving little hurt, but in the Admirals Masts, Sails, and rigging, with many shot in her Hull. This was May 19. 1652, and was the beginning of almost two years War, in which, the first fight after was made by Sir George Ayscough (returning some Weeks be∣fore from reducing the English Plantations) in July, who with

his Squadron of Ships, took, burnt and dispersed 30 or 36 Dutch ships, and August 16 following, fought them near Plymouth. But three terrible Sea-fights were betwixt the two Nations (besides others) in that space of time. The one, Febr. 18, 1652, near the Isle of Wight and Portland, wherein the Dutch were worsted. Another was June 2, and 3, 1653, where they were also worsted; but with the losse of the English General, Dean: who was after∣wards pompously buried at Westminster. The third and last, and saddest conflict, but most seasonable victory to the English, was July 29, and 30, 1653, wherein their Admiral Vantrump was slain, and their Fleet also worsted, about 30 Men of War being sunk and fired, and about 1000 prisoners, with 6 Captains taken out of their sinking ships. Yet Gen. Blake himself was somewhat put to the worst in Decemb. 1652, which made the Dutch rejoyce and insult; and in the Levant Seas, toward the latter end of the same year, five considerable English ships were taken and blown up by the Dutch also.

There was also several Transactions between the English and the Danish King; who refused to deliver some Merchants ships, that (to avoid the danger of the Dutch then in the Sound) had put themselves under his protection; 18 sayl set forth from North-Yarmouth Sept. 19. 1652, to convoy them home; and on the 26 day received a Letter from the King, That he would secure them for the Merchants as he had done; but would not deliver them unto them: whereupon they (as destitute of hope) left their Ships and came home with this Fleet. And although in Octob. following, one Bra••shaw was sent as an Agent to the King of Den∣mark, on the Merchants behalf; yet he both detained the ships, and (at length) sold the goods.

The French Fleet also this year, consisting of seven considerable Ships, one small Frigot, and six fire-ships, and going Septem. 5. from Calice-Road for the relief of Dunkirk (then hardly besieged by the Spaniard), were chased by Gen. Blake, and most of them taken: whereby the besieged in Dunkirk despairing of re∣lief, yielded it to the Spaniards, Sept. 6. Graveling also did the like.

About the same time, an Embassadour from the King of Portu∣gall (having to grapple with the Spaniard) arrived in England, with a sumptuous Train; and having audience Octob. 2. 1652, after many Conferences, Addresses, and Offers, obtained a Peace.

Agents likewise (now about) came to the English out of France; the one from the King, desiring a release of his aforesaid ships going to relieve Dunkirk, and for a right understanding between them. Others from the Prince of Condy, craving ayd against the Cardinal; who had straightly besieged Burdeaux. All which Ne∣gotiations were of none effect. Other Nations also interposed for composing those mortal differences between the English and

Dutch; as Sweden, the Switzers, the Citics Lubeck, Hamburgh, &c. but with as little effect (at that time) as the other.

But General Cromwell perceiving the corruptions and dilatory proceedings of England's long-sitting Parliament, to perpetuate their Session; entred the House April 20, 1653, with some of his principal Officers, and (some reasons thereof being given) dissol∣ved that Parliament: the Members departing, some by force, some for fear, others with murmuring. Then he with his Council of Officers set forth a Declaration for satisfaction of the Nation, de∣claring the grounds of its Dissolution. Which had the consent both of the Officers of the Land-forces in Scotland and Ireland, and also of the Generals and Captains of the Fleet. And lest publike Officers of the Nation should de••line from their duties; or others make disturbances hereupon; he published another brief Decla∣ration April 30, That all persons should demean themselves peaceably, and obey the former Laws, under a Council of State then declared, till approved persons should be called from seve∣ral parts of the Common-wealth, to the Supream Authority: Which new Parliament being summoned (by Warrants from the General and his Officers, to each Member pitched upon through∣out the three Nations) to appear July 4. 1653; they according∣ly met in the Council-Chamber; where the General (after a sea∣sonable speech unto them) devolved on them, or any 40 of them, the Supream Authority and Government, by an Instrument under his own hand and Seal; not to sit longer than Novemb. 3. 1654: who, though they made some laudable Acts, whereof one was, for relief of Creditors and poor prisoners; yet in other things, there being no small confusion and disagreement amongst them; as about Ministers and Tythes; For continuance of which, Londoners had petitioned Sept. 2. One among them moved, That their sit∣ing as then constituted, was not for the peace of the Common∣wealth, and therefore it was requisite to deliver up the powers they received from the General, unto him: which motion being seconded by several Members, the Speaker with the greater number going to White-Hall, by a writing under their hands, resigned up the same unto the General accordingly. This was on December the 12th, 1653. On which day, the General and his Coun∣cel of Officers meeting, and a wise speech made to them by him, some things were transacted in order to a settlement and composure: advising also with other persons of interest, how the burthen of governing England, Scotland, and Ireland, with the Ar∣mies and Navies, should be born, and by whom; who at length resolved, That a discreet Councel consisting of 21 persons should be nominated. And that the General himself should be chosen Protector of the three Nations; which was done accordingly in Westminster-Hall, Decemb. 16. 1653, the Commissioners of the great Seal, Judges, Councel of State, called the Keepers of England's Liberties, Mayor and Alderm••n of London, and most of

the Armie's chief Officers being present; where Rules and Ar∣ticles (called an Instrument of Government) being first read; he solemnly took Oath to perform the same: and returning to White-Hall in state as he came, he met with his Council: by whom a Proclamation was ordered to be published, strictly to charge and command all persons whatsoever in the three Nations, to take notice of Oliver Cromwell's being declared Protector of the said Nations, and to conform and submit to the Government so esta∣blished.

Two Ordinances in the moneth of January following were made by the Protector and Council; the one, declaring what offences should be adjudged Treason, that persons might know the nature and danger of their offence: The other, for repealing the Acts and Resolves of Parliament, touching subscription to the Engage∣ment: which (indeed) must necessarily follow upon the change of the Government, now become even Monarchicall again. The said Protector was Febr. 8. following (riding triumphantly into the City of London) magnificently feasted by the Lord Mayor, Aldermen, and several Companies thereof.

But some moneths before, June 10, 1653, John Lilburn, before banished by the Parliament, hearing of its dissolution, and so a change in Government, returned into England without license, craving General Cromwell's Protection: who notwithstanding, be∣ing left to the Law, was sent prisoner to Newgate, June 16; and being brought to the City-Sessions July 13 after; and again on the 16 day, his Tryal was deferred till the next Sessions: at which he appearing August 16, was (on the 20th day of the same month, after severall hours spent in examination of Witnesses for and against him the prisoner, and in making his defence) acquitted by the Verdict of his Jury about 12 at night. Yet on the 27 day after, was sent from Newgate to the Tower of London. Also on the same 20th day, a General Assembly of the Kirk of Scotland (not judged, it appears, tending to peace) was dispersed by the English Forces kept in that Nation for quietnesse sake.

Two things were this year observable; the one in England, which was warm bloud, Jan. 20, rained at the Country Town of Pool in Dorsetshire: so that some there thought (at first) it was bloud ran from their noses. The other in Ireland, March 15, on which day three Suns were seen at Dublin, the Mother-City of that Nation.

The King of Poland returning to Warsove (from his famous victory) in triumph; A domestique mourning took hold of him, hearing of the death of his sister Anne Katherine Constance. For this Princesse going (in the beginning of the Brandenburgian stirs) from Dusseldorp to Colonia, for quietnesse sake; those troubles be∣ing composed; while she joyfully meets the Prince her husband coming to her, and taking him by the hand, leads him to the Court, being taken with a sudden failing of her spirits, she falls down between his hands astonied, on the ground; and the day

after (with the great sorrow of the Prince and all his Courtiers, unto whom for her meeknesse and clemency she was exceeding dear) she departed this life, Octob. 9. A Princesse laden with all Regall virtues.

The same moneth that the Archbishop of Colonia was (as above∣said) invested into his Bishoprick, Philip Elector of Trevira, and Bi∣shop of Spire dying after long languishings of old age, Charls Caspar, who had been long before appointed his fellow-helper, straight∣way succeeded him; and was inaugurated few dayes after, accord∣ing to the wonted custome, by the Metropolitan Colledg. The mean while, the businesse of quitting Franckendale, (which was as yet held by a Spanish garrison) after many debates, was brought so far, that the King of Spain having his money paid him, the gar∣rison should depart in the moneth of April, 1652, and the place should be restored to the Elector of Heidelburg, by vertue of the German Pacification. And after these things, the Emperour about the end of this year summoned publique Assemblies of the Empire, at Ratisbone; inviting in the mean time, the Electours to him, to Prague, unto a very friendly Discourse, whit•••••• he first went in July, with his son the King of Hungary, and all the Court.

But in Poland things were now no l••ss quiet than in France. For there, publique Assemblies being summoned at the beginning of this year 1652, and almost brought to an end, the interceding of one Provincial Messenger dispersed them; the Under Chancellor of the Kingdom, having lost the King's friendship, the Nobility disdaining him, and being condemned by the King and Senate of Treason, he fled first to Petricove, and thence into Swethland. The Cossacks the while, and the Tartars, being stirred up by these trou∣bles, making slaughter of the Polonian Army (that defended the frontiers) at Borysthenes, break again out of their dens into Val••chia•• and fining that Prince a great summe of money, are now said to assault Camenece in Podolia, the strongest Castle of that Province, with the greatest force. Which things so pierced the Polan∣ders, that the King calling his Nobility again to arms, summoned new general Assemblies of the Kingdom.

There dyed in Germany in 1651, about the end of September, Maximilian Electour of Bavaria, in the 78 year of his age: who (saith one) was not to be put behind (in the glory of warlique deeds, especially in his Religion, prudence and felicity) any Prince of his Time: who of his latter Wife Mary-Anne daughter of Ferdi∣nand the second, Emperour, left two sons, Ferdinand Maria, and Francis Ignatius, heir not onely of their father's Dominions; but also of his virtue and glory. Unto Ferdinand, a few moneths be∣fore his father's death, Adelheids sister of the Duke of Savoy was espoused: who being received at Waserburg (in June 1652, by the Bridegroom the Prince Electour, his Mother, also Duke Albert, and his son Sigismund Bishop of Frisinge) she was brought to Mo∣nachium. The same year also two English Worthies departed

from the living, Pophan, a General at Sea, in the moneth Novem∣ber; and on the 26 day of the same moneth, Henry Ireton, Depu∣ty of Ireland under his father in law, General Cromwell: Both whom, especially the latter, were interred with great solemni∣ties at Westminster. There dyed also the following year, 1652, Aloysius Contaren, Embassadour and Mediatour of the Venetian Common-wealth, to the Othoman Court, and divers Princes of Europe; and lately also into Germany, to the universal pacifica∣tion there: Also Leonard Torsthenson, General of the Swedes, thorow Germany; Amelia Elizabeth Lantgravesse Casselane of Hesse. Fran∣cis Piccolominie, Overseer-General of the Jesuits Society: in whose place Alexander Gottefride, by a general meeting of those Fathers, was chosen in the beginning of the year 1652. Both which, Goswine Nickell succeeded by the same voyces, who was a long time Rector of the Colledg of Colonia, and Provincial Overseer throughout the lower Province of the Rhene.

CHAP. VI. An Account of what memorable things happened both in England and other Parts, from about the latter end of the Year, 1653, unto this present Year 1658.

IN England, (after that (the form of Government being now changed) Oliver Cromwell took upon him the Supream Magi∣stracy as Protector of the three Nations, and he sitting with his councel at White-Hall, (being 13 in number) Decemb. 21, 1653, and a Declaration from them came forth, That instead of the Name, Style, Title and Teste of the Keepers of the Liberties of England by Authority of Parliament, used in all Courts, Writs, &c. from Decemb. 26. 1653, the Name, Style, Title and Teste of the Lord Protector for the time being, of the Common-wealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the Dominions thereunto belonging, should be used, and no other: also the Government of the said Common-wealth under the said Protectorship, contain∣ing 42 particular heads, was published,) there was discovered a secret Conspiracy on the behalf of Charls Stuart, Feb. 18 follow∣ing; whereupon eleven of the Conspirators being committed to the Tower of London, were after a short time set at liberty: About which time, (on the contrary) as a testimony of affection to the Protector's Government, there appeared Addresses and Congra∣tulations, from many parts of the three Nations. Then was there a main businesse in agitation, to wit, peace with the Dutch, and about this time well nigh finished: and after that, two of the Dutch Embassdours, Newport and Youngstall, had gone over for full power from their superiours, and returned into England, March the 3d. 1653. desiring a speedy Cessation of Arms on both sides, as being fully impowred to ratifie the late concluded peace. On

April 5. following, 1654, the Articles of Peace betwixt both States were signed and sealed by both parties: and on the 26 day of the same moneth in England proclaimed; (the day after which, the Protectour feasted the said Embassadours at White-Hall, him∣self first lodging there on the 15th of the same April, 1654.) also in the Netherlands about the same time. And on May 30. fol∣lowing, the Lord Ambassadour Whitlock arrived from Swethland, having finished his Embassage, which was to make an intimate peace and alliance between Sweden and England: For when the said Embassadour had understood, that the Treaty with the Dutch could have no reflexion upon the Swedish affairs, (for before, that Queen would give him no dispatch) he putting on the busi∣ness more than formerly; in 14 dayes after they came to a full agreement: and April 28, 1654, the Articles of Alliance with the Swedish Nation were interchangeably signed and sealed al∣so. Then on May 12 following, he having his last audience in the same order and state as at his first receiving: after a brief speech made unto the Queen, and she likewise signifying ••her high con∣tentment taken, that the Lord Protector should at such a season send so honourable an Embassie entrusted to the management of so worthy a person: and that she accounted it a very great addi∣tion of happinesse to her Reign, that she had made so intimate an Alliance, &c. And that although she was about to quit her Go∣vernment, yet she should remain a perfect friend to the Protector: not doubting, but that the Prince her Cousin, and all others who should succeed, would be careful inviolably to maintain the friendship of that Common-wealth. This transaction being per∣formed at Upsall, a Town and University there.

A little before which time, were the spirits and expectations of some Scots heightned, partly through promises which their King made them by his Agents; and partly through the discon∣tent of divers persons in England; so that under the command of the Earls of Glencarn and Kenmore, was an Army raised in Scot∣land of 4000 horse and foot; who Rendezvouzing at the Lough, Colonel Morgan with about 1500 horse and foot there wholly routed them, Febr. 17. 1653, and slew about 150 of them. But then did the affairs of Ireland tend more and more towards per∣fect settlement, by reason of the vigilant care which the Lord Deputy Fleetwood and the Councel had in transplanting the Irish Natives into the Province of Connaught, whereby the English there were in all likelihood secured both in life and estate, from Insurrections.

In the moneth of May following, 1654, a discovery being made of a second Conspiracy against the Lord Protector's life; and to be put in execution on a prefixed day, as he should go be∣twixt London and Hampton-Court: also to seize on all guards about the City of London, the City it self, and also the Tower thereof; to proclaim Charls Stuart King of England, Scotland, and Ireland, &c. a High-Court of Justice (so called) was erected in Westminster-Hall,

Jul. 1. before whom, three of the apprehended Conspira∣tors being brought, to wit, John Gerard, Peter Vowell, and Somerset Fox: they were charged of High-Treason; and upon proof thereof, were condemned to dye: one whereof, to wit, Fox, being reprieved for his free and ingenuous confession: the other two (who denyed the knowledge of any such design) suffering accord∣ing to the Sentence, Jul. 10. Vowell being hanged; but Gerard, upon petition, beheaded on Tower-Hill: on which sad Theatre, one Don Pantalion Sa, brother to the Portugal Embassadour then in England, for a murder by him (with his companions) a good while before committed on a man at the New-Exchange. And on the very morning of this execution-day, were the Articles of Peace (now fully concluded betwixt England and the Kingdom of Portugal) signed by the same Embassadour; who immediately withdrew out of the City.

But those in the Highlands of Scotland (being not as yet discou∣raged, and receiving some additionall strength from Middleton who had landed there out of Holland, as chief Generall for the young King) were quickly again reputed an Army, against whom Generall Monk being sent, and in those High-lands attending their motions in severall Marches from June the ninth, 1654, unto July 29 following, he by degrees totally defeated them: Middleton himself being necessitated to flee and take shipping out of Scot∣land; and his scattered forces daily repairing unto the Garrisons of Englands Common-Wealth for mercy.

On Sept. the third following 1654, (the Protectour think∣ing it meet to summon a Parliament, two Indentures being first made, one between the Sheriffs of particular Counties, and the choosers of Members, and another between the Sheriffs and the Burgesses (with the Inhabitans of Burroughs, so chosen) that they for themselves, and people of the said Butroughs, have full power to act and consent to those things which in Parliament shall hap∣pen, so they alter not the Government from one single person and a Parliament, as then setled. They met at Westminster Abbey, then repairing to the house, and beginning to question the lawfullnesse of that power which called them together; a recognition of the Government was to be signed by them before their entrance into the House again; which most of them signing, they sate five Moneths, according to the time allotted by the instrument of Go∣vernment; and January the two and twentieth following, were dissolved by the Protectour.

But (whether for glory sake, or revenge of an injury) an Army under the command of Generall Venables, was conveighed by a Fleet of Ships, set forth out of England under the conduct of Gene∣rall Pen, towards the Island of Hispaniola, (the first place in Ame∣rica, that Columbus discovered for the King of Spain, and by the Spa∣niards not a little set by) who setting sail from Portsmouth, Decem. 27. were at Barbadoes January the twenty eight after, where the whole Fleet being certified to be in a good condition, March 19.

1654, and having seized on eighteen Dutch Merchants Ships, for trading there contrary to an Act of the long sitting Parliament, they thence sailed for Hispaniola, on the thirtieth day of the same Moneth; where landing (though not all at once) in Aprill fol∣lowing; they (through the climates unkindnesse, want of water, and other necessaries, and their enemies expertnesse of the Coun∣trey) received no very small repulse, not a few perishing in that action; Wherefore (that the honour of that design might not wholly be lost) they about the third of May re-embarqued them∣selves for Jamaica Island, in whose Harbour they Anchoring some dayes after, with small resistance were Masters of the same.

In the mean time, the Protectour, his Councill, and Army Of∣ficers, were imployed at home, in suppressing a discovered Plot, and insurrections in divers places; for it was certified from York unto London, March 26, 1655, that one Sir Richard Maliverer, in∣viting his Tenants a few nights before, unto a Supper, incited them to joyn in Arms with him; who (with others) intended to seize on the City of York the same night for King Charls, appointing them a Gate where he would meet them: and going with four of them unto Hessay Moor, divers chief of the Country met them, with Carts laden with Arms; yet the appearance being too small, they dispersed again. Wherefore, the said Maliverer was necessitated to flee beyond the Seas. There were some said to be risen about Merioneth shire, and other parts of Wales: against whom, some other Inhabitants rose to joyn in opposing them. Another party reported 500, (though not so many) rose in Nottinghamshire; whom from Colonel Hacker, a party marched out of Leicestershire, to sup∣presse. Shrewsbury Castle was to be possessed by a stratagem of two men going into the Castle in womens apparrell, and two other as their men to wait on them, &c. of which the Governour having notice, prevented the design. The City of Chester being likewise intended to be seized on. But that of most dangerous consequence to the peace of the Common-wealth was, the insur∣rection at and about Salisbury in wiltshire, beginning March 12. for the Judges coming into Salisbury on Saturday night from Win∣chester Assizes; some (for King Charls) came into the Town also, as being a time of least suspition: and rendezvouzing the next day, in the night were above an hundred; the chief Commander being one Sir Joseph wagstaffe: who on Munday morning early, seizing all horses, seized also on the Sheriff the same morning, en∣deavouring to force him to proclaim Charls Stuart King: and wounding and knocking him over the head with a pistol for re∣fusal of the same; and carrying him away. They plundred also both the Judges, Sheriff, Justices, and others, of all that was fit to carry away: yet did the Judges no harm in their persons; but, taking away their Paroll, they let out both prisoners for debt, and also malefactors with their irons on them, mounting those who would joyn with them; and after they had proclaimed Charls

Stuart King) departed (in number about 200) out of the City to∣wards Blanford in Dorsetshire, encouraging their followers, That their chief Leader was coming from France to head them with 10000 men, (for the Country joyned not with them, as was ex∣pected).

But soon after, came news, signifying the totall defeat of those under Wagstaffe, Jones, Penruddock, and Groves; for Unton Crook, a Captain, pursuing them out of Wiltshire into Devonshire, with his own onely Troop, fell in amongst them at South-Molton: where after a few hours dispute, he took Jones, Penruddock, and Groves, (with about 60 other prisoners, and nigh 140 horse and arms, Wag∣staffe himself escaping) who being committed to Exeter Goal, a Commission soon came forth for the tryall of the risers, at Salisbu∣ry, Exeter, and Chard in Somersetshire, and 14 of 30 being con∣demned at Salisbury, three of them, to wit, Lutas, Thorp, and Ken∣sey, were on May 3. 1655, executed, with seven others on the 7th day; and on May the 9th, 14 of the condemned persons at Exe∣ter, were there also executed, (most being reprieved) amongst whom, Penruddock and Groves were beheaded: but Jones (by or∣der) likewise reprieved. Likewise at Chard were divers persons executed, May 17, one Major Hunt escaping in his sisters habit. After which, divers prisoners in the Tower of London, who had a former hand in conspiring against the Protector's Person, as also most of them, who for this insurrection were imprisoned in the West of England, there ordered to be sent away into forreign Plantations.

But one effect which these Insurrections produced, was instru∣ctions given to the Major Generals of Counties, to endeavour the suppression of all Tumults, &c. as also all forreign Invasions, by drawing Forces and Troops into all convenient places upon occa∣sion: and also by disarming Papists and others, who had been in arms against the Parliament, and all others dangerously suspected. Other orders were likewise given them, both to have a strict eye upon the carriage of all disaffected persons within their Counties; and likewise to endeavour the apprehending of Theeves, Robbers, High-way-men, &c. with some other particulars. And all those hereupon, who had any way assisted the King, were also to pay the 10th part of their estates, to the bearing of the charges of the Army.

The English Fleet having landed their Countrymen at Jamaica, and left a Squadron of Ships there, were now bound homeward for England; wherefore setting sayl from thence, June 25, 1655, they anchored at the Spit-head near Portsmouth, Aug. 13 follow∣ing. General Venables also arriving in another ship, Sept. 9. weak of body, and having been near death: who together with General Pen, either upon suspition of his fidelity, were committed to the Tower of London, Sept. 20th after; but soon after set at liberty again.

But General Blake, while these things were doing in Europe and

America, behaved himself valiantly in Africa against the Turkish Pyrats of Tunis; (toward which parts he set sayl from Plymouth, Oct. 6. 1654,) for having demanded satisfaction of the Dye or Governour of Tunis, for certain ships they had taken: and also the Captives of the English Nation, April 18. 1655; and being not onely denyed either, but had also some kind of provoking or daring terms given him; he calling a Councel of War, resolved (if possible) to burn their ships which lay in Porto Ferino: within musket shot of which Castle, the English Admiral, Vic.-Admi∣ral, and Rear-Admiral lying, played on it and their Forts with 20 great guns; the wind also favouring them; so that although there were 120 guns planted on the shoar and Castle against them; they couragiously in their long boats, burnt 9 ships down to the water in the space of 4 hours; with the losse of onely 25 men, and 48 wounded. Moreover, a breach of mu••ual amity be∣tween England and Spain being now begun, an Ambassadour ex∣traordinary was sent from the King of Spain into England; where he arriving May 2. 1655, came in a stately manner thorow Lon∣don to Westminster; and having publique audience given him by the Lord Protector on the 8th day of the same moneth, with other audiences, nothing as to an agreement between the two Nations, was concluded; so that June 12 following, he parted from the Protector onely with mutual complements, and so returned into Spain. For a league between the English and French Nation, be∣gan now to be thought of; and an Embassadour from France, re∣siding a while in London to that end: at length, Peace between England and France was ratified Novemb. 19. 1655; and on the 28th day proclaimed (one effect of which league, was the exiling of the house of the Stuarts out of the French Dominions). Before which, there was certain intelligence from Bayonne and S. Seba∣stian, Sept. 5th, that the King of Spain had made a seizure of the persons and goods of the English within his power; a••d on Febr. 16th following, War with England was openly proclaimed by the Spaniards at Dunkirk.

But as to France it self, the Prince of Conde, with the other dis∣contented ones against Cardinal Mazarine and his party, being allayed there, as having no considerable party within the bowels of that Nation: the said Prince sent one General Marsin into Spain, to negotiate in his behalf; (for upon the Spaniard was all his dependance) and going with his Troops in the Country and Bishoprick of Liege or Luyck in Flanders, he there waged (about the moneths of December and January,) 1653 a little new War, to get Winter-quarters: the Inhabitants every where standing to defend and maintain their priviledges and freedom; but the Prince's forces took from them by force, the little Town of Fosses, (which is scituated between the rivers of Sambre and Mense) mar∣ching also against the Town Chastelet, seated on the river Sambre, of which (at that time) there was no doubt but they would be soon masters of. Their design likewise being to take Dinant and Chi∣vai;

which were to be for a Principality to the said Prince; in∣tending Rocroy (of which, his son the Duke of Anguien was Go∣vernour, and who having there a very strong garrison, forced the Country round about to pay him Contribution) for his Head-City: so that the Court-party of France quite gave him over, sup∣posing him not to be brought back by any tolerable means of ac∣commodation: wherefore they at Paris about the same time rai∣sed a suspition (out of policy) among the Spaniards, as if he had intended to make his peace with the King and Court of France, giving it out, That a Treaty to that end was actually set on foot: which doing him some present wrong among the Spanish party, he went to Brussels to Leopold the Arch-Duke, principally to give assurances of his resolution against the Court of France, and all Mazarine's party; and to procure moneys and recruits, that at Spring (for it was now Winter) he might be in some indifferent capacity to infest that Kingdom. It was also then presaged in France, (by many) that some strange turn of affairs was yet to be expected there, from the Duke of Orleance, the King's Uncle, be∣ing more than usually hardy, in refusing to come to that Court; although-strongly solicited thereunto. The people also of that Nation being deceived in their expectations of golden dayes, which they thought to have seen upon the Court's return to Paris, and the composure of their last tumults; instead whereof they were both impolitickly and tyrannically dealt withall, that it was certainly believed, That if ever the Princes make up a confidera∣ble party again in France, the people would turn to them: most of the good Towns stood for them; and the Parisians themselves were as high for them as ever. Then were the Court of France drawing up a Declaration against the Prince of Conde; having also had lately good successe against the Spaniards in Catalonia. And about the same time arrived an extraordinary Courtier from Rome unto the French Court, with letters, pressing the King to hearken unto a Pacification with Spain, and give way to a general Peace: wherein also the Pope promised to contribute his best assistance. The Messenger departing likewise in haste for Spain, Jan. 21. 1653, with Letters of the same nature, to that King; which interve∣ning, produced no effect: however, it hath been observed, these two Monarchies have been like the Sea, losing at one place and time, what they gain in another; so vexing themselves and Eu∣rope also to no purpose. The Pope also sent order to his Nuntio refiding at Paris, to make enquiry what Irish Bishops and Priests were in that City, with their names and sirnames, and how they then lived.

The Portugal Embassadour at Paris also about the same time, making several instances to advance the alliance of a League of∣fensive and defensive, between his Master the King of Portugal, and the French King, offered withall a marriage between the said young King, and the King of Portugal's daughter, with a Dowry of four millions of gold.

But on June 7th 1654, the young King of France was crowned at Rheimes with a great acclamation of the Inhabitants and Soul∣diers of that City, who met him half a mile out of the Town, crying, Vive le Roy, or, Let the King live. The Ministers of Rheims also highly applauding the Cardinal in their Orations upon the anoynting of the King, looking on him as the onely means that hath kept up the Scepter from falling into the hands of an ambi∣tious Prince, that is, Conde, who seeks more his own greatnesse, than the welfare of the Nation. The Cardinal of Retz, being kept confined by Mazarine, one pretence whereof was, the nor surrendring up of the Archbishoprick of Paris; he sent about this time, the Master of his horse to Rome, to pray the Pope to give his consent unto the same surrender, that Mazarine might have no farther pretence for keeping him so confined.

Now also was there preparation made in France for the siege of Stenay, by the King and Cardinal, the onely place that the Prince of Conde had at his Command; and at which siege, the King in∣tended to assist in Person: and the Cardinal resolved to take that strong place, though with length of time, and vast expences: wherefore setting about it, and the young King couragiously and industriously visiting that Leaguer, and animating the Souldiety, after a great Bartery raised, he summoned the place: which the Governour refusing to surrender, without Condee's consent, they applyed themselves to carry the Cittadel first: whereupon the besieged made a resolute salsey of above 200 men; but they sal∣lying upon the Switzers quarter, were by them valiantly repul∣sed: the Governour after a second summons, sending answer back, he was resolved to live and die in the place; they drew to∣gether more Forces to reinforce the King's Camp: the besieged having by a sally killed between 3 and 400 of the besiegers; yet shortly after (for that was in July 1654) in August, they having made a very great breach with their Mine, they came to a Ca∣pitulation for surrender, which was made with a Spanish Com∣mander, the Earl of Chamilly accepting of the King's pardon in sur∣rendring it, and the garrison retreating to Montmedy.

In the mean time, the Spaniard, to divert the French Forces that had besieged Stenay, closely besieged Arras, a considerable Frontier Town belonging to the French King: whose Governour was no lesse couragious than that of Stenay; and the management of the siege being (by the Spaniard) said to be solely committed unto the Prince of Condee; who had full power to fight as he should see occasion. The Spaniards were in great want of pro∣vision; the French having so secured the passages, that none could be brought unto them: yet a Convoy of 1000 Wagons being sent from Doway to victual the Camp, and through some opposi∣tion, retreating to Aire, from thence got safe within the lines of the Spanish Camp; whereby they were supplyed for 3 weeks: which was longer than (at that time) the Town was (in the eyes of many) likely to hold out: The Spaniards, Aug. 14, assaulting a

half Moon of Arras, were beaten off with the losse of 400 men. But Marshal Turein, with divers other forces from all parts, hasten∣ing to the relief of the besieged, (so that they had no lesse than 40000 in all) the Spaniard also lurking too long in his Trenches, and not engaging the French Army at the first, (as the Prince of Condee is reported to have advised them) they having hereby the more opportunity to circumvent them in all passages, and hinder the accesse of provisions, they surrounded the Spanish Army, and actually hindred all provisions for their relief: wherefore the Spa∣niards being reduced to this strait, were necessitated to withdraw from before the Town, on the first hopeful opportunity, and that in the night, leaving their Ordnance and baggage behind them; yet the French having notice by their Scouts, of their first motion, the grand Army under Marshal D. Hoquincourt (notwithstanding all the Prince of Conde could do by perswasion or example) com∣ming on amain upon them, routed the Arch-Duke's horse, leaving most of their foot to their enemie's mercy; with their Comman∣ders, bag and baggage. But the Governour of Arras himself (knowing the time of the Spaniards intended retreat) sallying out with about 1500 or 2000 men at the instant of their moving, did much facilitate the businesse; most of the Spanish foot being slain or taken, to the number of 6000 prisoners; and the first Onsett being made upon the Lorrainer's trenches, the worst storm fell on them; and many almost starved for lack of food: This happened in August, 1654. Which successe rendred Cardinal Mazarine impregnable; whereas, if he had been put to the like retreat, it was supposed he must have shortly retired out of France again: for those of Burdeaux were then discontented by reason of some new imposts lately imposed on some Commodities there, by means of Trompette Castle serving to keep that Town in awe: the discontented also scattering several papers up and down, against tyranny, and the oppression which they lay under; and it was then verily believed, if Arras had been taken by the Spaniard, more places would have shewn their discontent by reason of the heavy imposts laid on them.

But the Country of Liege was about the moneths of January and Febr. 1653, in a sad condition; both by the Duke of Lorrain, who quartered his Troops there, partly by consent, and partly by force, pretending, the States of the Country did invite him thi∣ther, because their Prince and Bishop governed altogether abso∣lutely, and against their Laws and priviledges; so that he was come to redresse their grievances, and beget a good understand∣ing between the Bishop and his people. The Prince of Condee's Troops (on the other hand) pretending, that those of Liege were affected to, and held correspondence with, the French: also that it was the Lorrainers which betrayed them, doing them all possi∣ble mischief they can contrive where ever they come: wherefore they were come to secure them and their Country, from being preyed on by the Lorrainers. The Troops likewise of the King of

France and the Empire were then marching towards Liege, pre∣tending also, they came to relieve the afflicted, and to assist a Prince of the Empire, who was quarrell'd with, and abused in his rights and prerogatives. Wherefore, all these caused the Spanish Troops, and those of the United Provinces to march also towards the same Country; both to hinder the French Troops from entring into Liege, and to secure their Frontiers. Thus although neither of these ought to have come there, the Country being Neutral; yet, through these quarrels and debates, the In∣habitants were miserably used like enemies on all sides.

But these thus forcibly quartering in the Country, occasioned the Prince or Bishop of Liege, and the Archbishop of Collen, to make a league offensive and defensive with the two Electours of Triers and Mentz, mutually to assist each other against all man∣ner of forreign forces under what pretence soever: and in March following, the Marquess of Faber seeing the conclusion of peace between the Prince of Liege, and the Electour of Collen, and Leo∣pold the Arch-Duke, (whereby the first was obliged unto the se∣cond, by the article of the Treaty, to endeavour what he could to cause the French Army to remove out of his Territories, being (if gentle perswasions would not prevail) to joyn his forces with the Arch Duke's, and force them, if they conceived it advanta∣gious so to do; presently removing from Limbourg, marcht out of the Country of Liege the same way he came, towards the Woods of Ardenne; yet having first the Paroll of the Prince Electour, that neither the Spaniards, Lorrainers, or Prince of Condee's forces, should attempt any thing against them by vertue of the said peace. And in the mo••eth of Febr. after, the Arch Duke by speciall or∣der of the King of Spain, (whose Lievtenant he is in Flanders) exemplarily proceeded against Charls Duke of Lorrain, not onely by imprisoning his person in the Castle of Antwerp, (though he were nobly intreated in his imprisonment) but by taking from him the command of his Army, Dukedome, and Estate, and con∣ferring it on Francis his brother, who as soon as he was come from Vienna, was to have the Command of his brother's Forces, and was called Duke Francis of Lorrain. The cause whereof was, the thefts, robberies, rapes, &c. committed under the conduct of his Army, the wracks of which destructions and devastations he him∣self gathered up: and also his inconstancies, and pretended change of judgment in resolves of warlique matters, and the alterations and delayes he gave in things, which (having been debated) were even at the very point of execution: and which being important services, might (in all likelihood) have had a happy issue: which tricks and artificies were at length grown so notorious, that the Masters of the Camp, and all other Officers could point at them, &c. The said Duke Charls (being now so confined) seeing no re∣medy, resigned up unto the King of Spain and the Arch-Duke, both his Person, his Estate, and Army: which the Earl of Ligne∣vill was to command, till the arrival of the said Duke Francis at Brussels.

A little before the same time, the Spaniard received a check from the Portugals by Land; for the Earl of Almarantio, Lievte∣nant General of the Spanish horse, sending forth some of his Troops, Novemb. 6. 1653, to pillage between the Towns Aron∣tium and Megretum, and to expect a conjunction of other forces: Andrew Albuquercio, General of the Portugal horse, marching to∣wards them, the Spaniards seemed to retreat, that uniting with their main body, they might fall on the Portugals: which these perceiving, a Portugal Governour speeded with about 250 horse∣men towards the enemies frontiers, not far from Valentia, where after a short combat, he put 300 Spanish horsemen to flight; and in the pursuit coming in sight of 400 other horse of the enemies, he being over-numbred, and his Souldiers disordered in the pursuit, he was repulsed, with the losse of some few; yet many wounded, and the Governour himself, with two Ensigns taken: one Captain of the Spaniards being slain, and divers mortally wounded. Whereupon Albuquercio following the Spaniards betimes the next morning, found them not far from Arontium very numerous, dri∣ving away 1200 head of Cattle. The Spaniards being 1500, the Portugals but 950 horse: where after valour on both sides shewn, the Portugals being conquerours, they pursued them untill night: many Spanish Commanders falling; among whom, was Alma∣rantius their Major General, 17 Colonels, and many wounded. There were slain in all 300 Spaniards, 400 taken prisoners. The Portugals having divers wounded; but no considerable losse.

But the Great Duke of Mascovy decreeing hostility against the kingdom of Poland about the latter end of 1653, resolving also to invade the same with three Armies, in three sundry places; and waging actual war accordingly, wrote Letters about April 1654, unto the Queen of Sweden, signifying the two reasons of his said War with the Polander: which seem not to be of weight sufficient for such an attempt: the one being, because a certain Polander writing a Narration of former Wars betwixt them, wherein the Polanders had the better, said onely, They had beaten the Muscovite; without adding his Title. The other, because, he, in quoting something touching the Genealogy of the Muscovite's Ancestors, named one as the father, which was the son. Wherefore, he de∣manding the offender's head of the King; and it being denyed, he warred on them, having taken one of their Cities already, and besieged another of their most considerable ones. But the Queen politickly answered, She neither approved, nor disapproved his reasons, wishing he might have good satisfaction from the Polan∣der, and being troubled (she said) that Christian Princes should fall out. But the Muscovite proceeding in his enterprize with a great power, after this, took in the Polish Country even without resistance, the people where they came seeking to save themselves by flight, and notwithstanding the great contrioutions there gran∣ted, they had no considerable Army to stop them: so that that Country was then look't on as deplorable. And about September

following, the Muscovites whole body falling upon Duke Radzivil's Army, (for he was the Poland General) which consisted of about 15000 men; they totally routed the same, Radzivil himself very hardly escaping: and so mysteriously were things carried by the chief ones of that kingdom, at that time, that it was thought by some (for they sate still) that certain of those prime ones were not much discontented thereat; however, by this overthrow the whole Dukedome of Littow was exposed to ruine and destruction. But Vitopits a little after, beating off the Muscovite's three storms, took in Miloff, a Town scituated on the River Drina, where he per∣fidiously kept not the Articles; but slew all the male Jews, and an∣cient women, and captivated the young men and women thereof.

About November following, the Town of Smolensko, account∣ed one of the best fortified places in Europe, was after an indiffe∣rent long siege, surrendred unto the grand Duke of Muscovy; and that through the Enemies policy, who perswading the Palatine, that all Poland was lost, and that that place onely made resi∣stance; the Palatine being stricken with a panick fear, and seeing no lesse than an Army of 5 or 6 bodies encompassing him, was easily perswaded, yet on as honourable terms as he could desire; but, immediately hereupon, no lesse than 5000 of his men listed themselves under the Muscovite, and taking an oath to be true un∣to him. Wherefore, seeing the place was both provided with necessaries for a years siege, nor any powder wanting unto the be∣sieged, the King of Poland required the said Palatine to come un∣to him to Grodna, to give him an account of his proceedings. The Muscoviter put a garrison of 10000 men into the City. And indeed, such then was the successe and progresse of the Muscovites also in Lithuania, that it raised such a jealousie in the king of Swe∣den, that he sent to the City of Koningsberg, to demand passage for some forces, that he might put his Frontiers thereabouts in a posture of defence, as he had done in the Province of Liefland; for they so miserably wasted all those quarters held by the Polanders in Lithuania, that for 40 leagues round Smolensko, there was not to be discovered the least mark of any Town or Village, they being all laid in ashes; whereby above 30000 families being turned to the wide world, went for refuge toward wilda, to avoid the Muscovite's cruelties, three other Towns, after the taking of Smolensko, likewise yielded themselves, to wit, Skla, Horey, and Dabrowna. But Poland having made a league with the grand Cham of Tarta∣rie; he prepared them a relief of 40000 men, who were to march under the Conduct of Sultan Kasy Galga, brother to the then Cham Mehemet Gerey: and he sent Kaya Begio to go and re∣lieve Jurlenbeck & Murza, two places, which were then very much distressed by the Cossacks also: who taking part with the Musco∣vites, and Chimelinsky, sending Embassadours to Court the Cham, he immediately taxing them of breach of faith in taking the Mus∣covites part against Poland; commanded their Noses and Ears to be cut off, and sent them thus back to their Master to tell him,

That he was for ever resolved against any reconcilement with him. Then also the Poland King sent into Sweden to renew a Trea∣ty for a perpetual peace between the two Crowns of Poland and Swethland, according to a Treaty begun before at Lubeck, propo∣sing also to lay down all future claims of that Crown. Unto which the Swedish King signified his inclination; and was daily in Counsel with his Senators, about the Poland affairs, as being much inclined to an Alliance offensive and defensive with that Crown, by reason of the progress which the extraordinary numerous for∣ces of the Muscovites made in Lithuania; and who not onely kept his frontiers well guarded with forces; but sent others into the Arch-bishoprick of Bremen, both to make good his pretensions there, and to threaten war upon the Duke of Newburg.

At or about the same time, while the King of Poland lay at Grodna, the Emperour of Germany sent him an Envoy, to demand a restoring of certain Towns, which he held in Hungary, which were pawned unto Poland about 200 years before; offering to re∣imburse the money for their redemption. But the King put him off for an answer, to the next Diet or Assembly of the Kingdom, shewing not much disposure to yield thereunto.

But about the moneth of August, 1654, the Kingdom of Sweden dispatched Forces to besiege the City of Bremen, for some insolence committed against that Crown whom it was thought, (by the Swedes) that the Emperour and German Princes did privately stir up against him; who else could not have been believed, to be so bold, as (of themselves) to provoke against them so considerable an enemy. Koningsmark had the managing of that siege; who about the beginning of September, making shew as if he intend∣ed to go over to Vegesak, drew a great party of the Bremers thither; and after Sun-set, taking a quite contrary march, he caused a bridg to be made over the water called the Ham, and passed over it in the night; and so over the Moors, (though with great difficulty, by reason of the extream deep and muddy ground) wherein, al∣though several horses were smothered, yet not one man lost; and this (notwithstanding they played with their Canon out of the City) to the Bremers great admiration. As soon as he was got over with about 100 men, (for the rest were necessitated to follow one by one) the Bremers placing themselves with a considerable num∣ber not far from the Swdes, yet beyond a deep Moor, so that they could onely charge each upon other, not come together. The Swedes growing stronger and stronger; the Bremers were forced with the losse of a good many of their men, to retreat towards the City. And soon after, some Troops of Bremish horse appearing, they were also beaten by the Swedes to the very gates of the City, about 20 of them being slain. In all which the Swedes are said to have lost but two men. This unexpected enterprize put the City into a great straight and perplexity: which being likewise in∣creased by a Letter from the Emperour, (admonishing them to make their composition as soon, and as good as they could; be∣cause

through the defeat of the Spanish Army before Arras, he could not succour or protect them, which otherwise he intended to have done, with a considerable Army by the Duke of Lorrain) they came to a Treaty or Conference at Stoade, by designed Depu∣ties of each party; the Lord Rosenhaan being for the Swedish King: and at length concluded 15 Articles of Peace betwixt them: Af∣ter which, (for the farther assecuration of the King of Sweden) Ro∣senhaan and Koningsmark entring Bremen in the moneth November following, with solemnity they saw the oath of inauguration ta∣ken by two Senatours of the City, deputed thereunto by the Se∣nate, by holding up their two first fingers after reading of the same oath, and swearing, that they would inviolably observe and per∣form the Contents thereof.

Three or four moneths before which time, Christina Queen of Sweden, (for reasons either voluntary, or constrained) resigned her Crown unto Charls Gustave, her Cousen. After which, she under∣took (having first secured her yearly maintenance in Pomerania) severall Peregrinations: among which, that to Inspruck (a City in the Arch-Dutchy of Tirol, and seated among the Alps, over∣looking it on every side; and where the report of a Musket is said to be as great as that of a piece of Ordnance) is most remarkable. Where being entertained in an extraordinary manner by that Arch-Duke, too large here particularly to relate, and which was in or about the moneth October, 1655, the next day but one af∣ter her arrivall there, she made an open profession of the Romish Catholique faith, in six heads or Sections; where Holstenius, Pope Alexander the 7th his Nuntio (in presence of the Arch-Duke, his Lady and brother, and Spanish Ambassadour, &c.) standing at the right side of the Altar, (and she on the left) said, Pope Alexander understanding that Christina Queen of Sweden being enlightned by the Holy Ghost, intended to put her self into the bosome of the Church, had sent his Letters, testifying his Approbation of her desires; and to receive her with his Apostolical Benediction, he being there to know the truth thereof. Unto which she answering, It was so; Holstenius giving the Pope's Letter to a Priest who read it aloud, desired she would make profession of the said faith, and swear upon the holy Evangelist, to keep it, before the Arch-Duke, and the Spanish Ambassadour. Which she doing, and kissing the book, a Chair was set for Holstenius, and a Cushion laid at his feet, upon which the Queen kneeling, he making the sign of the Crosse over her head, and embracing her shoulders, said, He did receive her into the Catholike Church, and by virtue of an order from the Holy Father Pope Alexander the 7th, and from the pow∣er given him by Christ, whose Vicar he was, he did absolve her from all her sins she had committed, In the Name of the Father, &c. This being done, their Te Deum, &c. was sung with most melo∣dious voices, and all sorts of Instruments, and Drums, in the very Chappel of the Franciscans or Arch-Duke where it was done; then 50 pieces of Ordnance being discharged, she returned as she

came. Charls Gustave not long after his Coronation, was married with great Pomp and Solemnity unto the daughter of the Duke of Holstein, at Stockholm.

But about the moneth of June, 1654, there was sent over from England into Holland, a Copy of the secret Articles agreed on by the States of Holland alone in the Dutch Treaty, to the prejudice of the Prince of Orange: the effect whereof was, That the Pro∣tector of England having often represented, That in case the Prince of Orange or Posterity of the house of Stuart, should command the Militia of that State, they might occasion great differences, or at least great jealousies between the two Nations. The States of Holland, to remove that apprehension, first debating the matter, concluded, That for the future, the Prince of Orange, and all of his line, should be excluded from the Government and Admiral∣ship of the Province of Holland: and if the other Provinces would choose him for Captain and Admiral-General, they would never consent to the same. Which causing a great disturbance in the Assembly of the States General, they ordered Copies thereof to be sent to the other Provinces, before they resolved on any thing. The Commissioners of Holland in the mean time excusing the business unto the Princess Dowager, telling her, They were constrained to do what they did: hoping notwithstanding, that before the Prince were of age, the affairs of that State might be subject to some alteration, which might re-establish him into what they had then taken from him. But this action of theirs produ∣ced divers paper-combats from the other Provinces, who were against his seclusion.

About the same time, the Venetian obtained a great Victory over the Turk, having fought them two dayes together in the Archipelago or Dardanelles; wherein they slew 6000 Turks, woun∣ded the General, Amurath Bassa, to death; taking also four Men of War, and 16 Galleys; yet not without the losse (on their own part) of many brave ones, one Galliot, and 5 Gallies. The Turks also the same year, in or about December, making an attempt by night upon the Fortresse of Vesprin in Hungary, as thinking to sur∣prize it; found such resistance, that they were forced to retire, with the losse of 900 kill'd and taken.

Not long before which, the Grand Seignior of the Turks being advertised, that the Vizier Bassa had long projected to make him∣self Emperour, through the assistance of the Greeks who were to have rebelled also, by the straight correspondence he held (for that purpose) with the Muscovites and Cossacks, whom he promi∣sed to embrace the Greek Religion; he conventing him before a private Councel, and upbraiding him of his Treason, after so ma∣ny benefits done him; he was condemned to death, and strangled within five or six hours; imprisoning also the Patriarch of Jeru∣salem.

Toward the latter end of this year also, through the Leavies con∣tinuing and increasing in Germany, some rupture was feared in

that Empire; for the Bishop of Munster having a quarrel with the great Dean of his Diocess, was back'd by the Canons, yet resi∣ding without the City; but the Dean had the affection of the Ci∣tizens, and was within the City: wherefore the Bishop armed against the City, and they against him; who designing to take it by a surprizall, with 200 horse, and 400 foot, at the opening of the gates; the Ambuscado was discovered, and the design fru∣strated.

The Prince Electour Palatine, had then also two quarrels with two German Prelates: one with the Electour Archbishop of Ments, which was for the jurisdiction of a Place, into which, the last would settle some Priests, as belonging to him; but the Prince would have settled there Ministers of the reformed Religion; say∣ing, He ought to dispose thereof, as having been so many years in possession; but the people the while remained unprovided of ei∣ther. The other was against the Bishop of Spiers; because those of that City (Worms also seconding them) had both yielded (in all probability) upon the account of Religion, themselves into the Palatine's Protection. But the Emperour, who himself was like∣wise then very busie in making great levies; forbade them to proceed any further in their contention: but admonishing them to plead their causes in Courts of Justice. The said Emperour, Jan. 2. 1654, commanding all the chiefest of the Protestant Fa∣milies of Vienna, and round about it, to meet together at an ap∣pointed place; but, they not meeting, a new command came, for them to meet at the place appointed; who then coming in great numbers, and most of them 50 and 80 years old: they first were checked for not coming at the first summons; and then had pass∣ports given them to depart out of his hereditary dominions, and to retire to some other place than Hungary:

The same year the Duke of Pomerania (who was the last of that house) dying, and his body being with great solemnity interred; his whole Estate was divided betwixt Sweden and the Electour of Brandenburgh: the Commissioners of the former, and the Elector, equally parting his broken Seal, and equally defraying the char∣ges of his Funeral.

Moreover, it may not be frivolous, to relate one treachery (among others) which was discovered in Flanders about January, 1653; it was to betray and deliver Armentiers, one of the chief Frontier Garrisons of that Country into the French their hands, for a summ of money: which design was on this manner laid; some of a Regiment of Irish there in garrison (knowing there were some of their own Nation in the French garrisons of Bassee and Bethune, not far from Armentiers, which is scituated on the River Lisle,) running away discontented, joyned to the aforesaid garrisons of French; some Irish also of the other side, came over to the Spa∣niards in Armentiers, and there listed themselves, speaking very ill of the French Officers. These Runnagadoes agreed together at last to deliver Armentiers into the hands of the Duke of Elbeuf;

who being to possesse one of the Gates (when these were upon the guard) with 4 or 5000 men, which were in a readiness at Beverie, a Village on this side Bethune; on the night of execution hereof, one of the Irish Plotters being troubled about the horriblenesse of the design, to put so many innocent creatures to the sword, disco∣vered the same to the Governour; who while he was talking with him of it, a Sergeant brings him word, the enemy was near the Town: Whereupon, the Governour doubling his guards; and the Duke perceiving the design was frustrate, retreated. The contrivers (who were 4 Captains, 5 other Officers, and 9 Soul∣diers, all Irish) being presently seized on to receive reward accor∣ding to their deserts.

But at Delph, a City scituated between Roterdam and the Hague in Holland, and 3 miles from the Hague, happened a most sad and lamentable dysaster by an unexpected blowing up the Gun-pow∣der of its Magazine, Octob. 12. 1654, between the hours of 10 and 11 in the forenoo••; which containing 6 or 700 barrels of powder; (which was supposed, to be casually fired by the Keeper thereof, who was seen to go in with another man about 10, stri∣king open a barrell) so levelled the Tower, that there was no∣thing to be seen of it; yea, not the very place where it stood, it being changed into water; 300 houses were blown up and utterly destroyed; the other houses and fine gardens very much damni∣fied and spoyled, and above 800 persons killed and wounded, besides many that might be imagined to have been blown all to pieces, so that no account could be taken of them: it shook the houses in the Hague, breaking their windows, and did some spoyl at Roterdam: yet one Child about 18 moneths old, lying 24 hours under the ruines, was taken up, and not hurt at all.

Also at a D••et or general Assembly of the States of Poland at Warsovia, in June 1655, a Senatour striking one of his fellow-Members on the face in the open Assembly, and who was, accord∣ing to the Laws of that Land, to have both his right hand and head struck off: through the Queens intercession, the punishment was moderated, that asking pard ••n of the King, Assembly, and Pope's Nuntio, he was to remain close prisoner in a dungeon, one year and 6 moneths: but he representing this penalty to be worse than death, he onely was to pay a considerable sum of money to∣wards the charges of the Wars.

The Swedish Queen Christina, a little before the same time, ha∣ving sent into Swethland, to demand the Arrears of the Pension there assigned to her; The Chancellor of that Kingdom returned answer, That if she intended to receive any, she might do well to return thither; the States being unwilling to suffer any money to go out of the Kingdom.

But the Duke of Saxony was lesse just, and yet much more cruel unto a man in his Country, (who killed a Dear) in the moneth of Febr. 1655, condemning him to be bound with chains upon a Stag, his feet fast under the beas••'s belly, with an iron chain sol∣dered,

and his hands also (in the same manner) chained to the horns: and so let loose to run away with him. The Stag having run (as was computed) near 100 English miles (upon a direct line) in 26 hours time, coming near some Wagoners who came out of Silesia, fell down; wherefore the poor man sitting on his back, told them the businesse: and earnestly begged of them to shoot him, to put him out of his pain; but they durst not, fearing the Duke. In the mean time, the Stag getting up, ran away with all his might: so that the miseries that poor creature had under∣gone, and must undergo, if the Stag killed him not in the running, cannot be expressed.

In the Isl•• of Malta, toward the latter end of 1655, Usman the great Turk's brother, (who some years before, with the Sultan's Wives Mother, their family and treasury, was taken at Sea, coming from Mecca, by those Knights, and brought into the Island) made profession of Christianism, being christned with great ceremonies, and rejoycing of the City, in the Dominicans Cloister; who retaining his former name of Usman, was sirnamed Dominicus.

But in England, in July 1656, Writs being issued forth for summoning another Parliament, and a general election of the Members thereof, being made in August following; they assem∣bled at Westminster-Abbey, whither the Protector coming in stately equipage, after their Sermon ended, and a speech made unto them by the said Protectour, they sate, electing Sir Tho: Wid∣drington for their Speaker: this was on Sept. 17th, 1656; they sate from the time aforesaid, untill about the la••ter end of June, 1657, and then were adjourned untill Jan. 20th following. The chief matters done by this Grand Councel, I find to be an Act for Renouncing and disannulling the title of Charls Stuart unto the Nations of England, Scotland, and Ireland. Then, an endeavour to settle the Title of King, with a Crown the Emblem thereof, on the head of the Protectour; which he, after time of deliberation, positively refused: and openly declaring May the 8th, 1657, That he could not undertake the Government with the Title of King: Wherefore laying aside the Title, the Parliament solemn∣ly (by Act) invested him into the power thereof, June 26 follow∣ing, under the Name and Title of Protectour: the Speaker of the Parliament presenting unto him, in Westminster-Hall, (being atti∣red in his Robes) four Emblems of Government; a Purple Vel∣vet Robe lined with Ermine; a large Bible with rich gilt and Bosses; a Scepter of Gold, and a Sword, which he girt about him, descanting (by a speech) upon all of them at the delivery thereof: also he taking an Oath. Then while he thus sate, hold∣ing the Scepter in his hand, after the thrice sounding of a Trum∣pet, a Herald standing aloft, proclaimed his Highness Lord Pro∣tectour of the Common-wealth of England, Scotland, and Ire∣land, requiring all to yield him due obedience. And then an Officer of Arms did the like. Soon after which, he was so

proclaimed in the three principal Cities of London, Edenburgh, and Dublin.

The Peace of this Common-wealth, with the Kingdom of Por∣tugal being ratified July 10th of the same year, was (notwith∣standing) not proclaimed untill Jan. 17 following: within which space of time, some English Ships performed no small service against the Spaniards West-India Fleet within 4 leagues of the Bay of Cadiz; they being 8 in number; whereof two were sunk, (one being the Vice-Admiral, containing in her a great quantity of silver) and two burnt; two were likewise taken, the one, a very rich ship, but little silver therein; but the other (according to the Spanis•• Captain's own relation who was taken) having in her two millions of silver; the other two escaping into Cadiz: this was in the moneth September; the silver of the Spanish Gal∣lion being brought into the Tower of London. Novemb. 1. after, 1656. The young Marquess of Baden or Baydex, (whose father the Marquess of Baydex Governour of Lima in Peru, with his Wife, Children, and Family (except another son and two daughters) were burnt in the Vice-Admiral: for that Ship being taken by the English, the Spaniards themselves firing her, she burnt down and sunk) with his younger brother, being also brought into London prisoner, about or at the same time: who having been examined, said; That presently after his father and family departed out of Lima in Peru; which was above 5 moneths before the time of that examination, the whole City of Lima was swallowed up and destroyed, and also the City Calao, by a fearful-Earthquake, and most miraculous Rain of fire from Heaven: there perishing in both places above 11000 Spaniards; but not above 100 Indians with them. The Spanish King losing also in Lima 100 millions of silver (ready wrought up) thereby. Also the M••untainous Mines of Potosi (out of which they digged their silver) were won∣derfully destroyed, being become a Plain, nor any possibility of having more silver or gold in Peru. And some of the prisoners themselves who were taken in this atchievement did acknowledg, that this desolation and destruction befell the Spaniards for the cruelty which they acted on the poor Indians, (they not sparing even those Indians who among them professed the Roman Catho∣lique Religion) so that they being beyond measure oppressed and grieved with their sufferings, cryed to Heaven for vengeance against them.

But the following year 1657, produced a greater execution from the Navy under General Blake against the Spaniard's West-India Fleet before Santa Cruze, at one of the Canatie Islands call∣ed Teneriffe, on April 20th. The Spaniards had 5 or 6 Galleons, (three whereof were Admiral, Vice-Admiral, and Rear-Admiral) with other considerable ships, to the number of 16. The English came so near (to do their work) to the Castle, Forts, and shoar, that many Spaniards were shot from the ••hoar by their own Mus∣queteers; yet in 4 hours they beating the men out of their ships,

and the ships all put on shoar, except the Admiral, and Vice-Admiral, who made most resistance; one whereof was set on fire, and the Admiral blown up: and before evening came, (except two that sunk down-right) all the rest were fired. They beat them likewise out of some of their Forts, from their great guns. Nei∣ther was there, in this action, above 50 English slain out-right, and 120 wounded. Their ships also, by about 7 at night, got safe out of the enemies command: although they supplyed their Forts with fresh men, for those that were killed, and beaten out in heat of the action. And their ships damage received herein, was in∣differently well repaired in two dayes time; which as soon as they had done, the wind veering to the South-west, (which is rare among those Islands) lasted to bring them just to their former sta∣tion, near Cape Maries, where they arrived the second of May fol∣lowing.

In the year 1656, while the Parliament was sitting, was there another Plot and Conspiracy discovered against the Protectour's life; the chief Actor wherein, was one Miles Sindercomb, that had been one of the Army; who with one Cecill, (others being also engaged therein) held correspondence with some in Flanders; and for whose encouragement, Don Alonso (the late Embassadour of Spain in England) returned them over sums of money, whereby they were enabled to proceed: who hiring a house at Hammer∣smith (three miles from Westminster) standing upon the Road in a narrow durty passage, where Coaches go but softly, they by plant∣ing an Engine in a little banquetting room of the house, intended by discharging of the same, when the Protectour had passed by, going to, or returning from Hampton-Court, to have taken his life away. They sought also other opportunities to shoot him, taking the ayr in Hide-Park, &c. And to give a proof of their resolution beyond the Seas: they attempted to fire White-Hall, by placing a basket of combustible stuffe (with two lighted matches aptly pla∣ced) in the Chappel: But through the discovery of one of the Life-guard, to whom Sindercomb had revealed his secrets for his assistance in the thing, (giving him 10 l. in hand, and promising him 1500 more) these two were apprehended. Cecill casting himself on the Lord Protector's mercy; Sindercomb otherwise called Fish, was brought to his Tryall in Westminster-Hall Febr. 9. following; who pleading, Not Guilty, and all points of his In∣dictment being proved by two Witnesses at the least, with aggra∣vating circumstances, he was sentenced to be hanged and quar∣tered at Tyburn as a Traytor: but he to avert so great open shame of the World, the night before his execution, Febr. 13, snuffing up some poysonous powder into his head, within three hours after dyed. Wherefore on the 17th day of the same moneth, he was as a felon against himself, drawn at a horse's tail to Tower-Hill; where, under the Scaffold, he was turned into a hole naked, and a stake spiked with iron driven thorow him into the Earth.

Peace having been concluded between England and France;

but open War with Spain, as aforesaid; the Protectour joyned in hostility with the French against the Spaniards in Flanders, sending over thither 6000 Foot under the Command of Sir John Reynolds their General, who on the 8th, 9th, and 16th of May 1657, were wholly embarqued for France; the General following after on the 17th day. These Forces, being joyned with the French, (after they had taken Montmedy and St. Venant) took the strong Fort of Mardike (not far from Dunkirk) from the Spaniard: which being afterwards maintained by English; in the moneth October of the same year 1657, the Spanish forces attempting to storm it; among whom, 2000 of the Scottish and Irish Reformadoes under the Scottish King, (who, with his brother the Duke of York be∣ing excluded France, joyned with the Spaniard) made the first onsett, and that in three several places at once, getting into the ditches, and ready for scaling: the English behaved themselves so couragiously all the time, (which continued 6 hours) that they were repulsed with the losse of about 600 men. And more sup∣plyes going out of England, there was a field-battle fought be∣tween the French and English with the Spanish forces (being be∣tween 6 and 7000 foot, and 9000 horse) who came to relieve Dunkirk, besieged by the English and French: in which (after some disputes) both their wings being foyled, they fled: the En∣glish foot pursuing them about two miles and an half; and the French horse down from the hill as far as Fern, from whose Fort they were drawn. It was a great Victory; for most of the Spanish foot were either slain or taken; all their guns, 6 in number, with the baggage of the field; as also all the Officers of Charls Stuart's Re∣giment, (with many more Officers of quality) with his own Coach; and about 17 colours: (the Marshal of Hocquincourt (who had been the chief instrument in the revolt of Hesdin) being slain as he was pickqueering a day or two before the battle) the loss of the English being 80 slain, and about 300 wounded: this was in June 1658. After which, they returning with all diligence to the siege of Dun∣kirk, which was environed both by Land and Sea, and now redu∣ced to straits, and the besieged sallying out June 23 after; in which sharp encounter with the besiegers, the Marquess of Leyde, the Governour of Dunkirk, received his deaths wound; and seve∣ral terrifying Granadoes being shot into the Town, (one whereof lighted into the Market-place) they soon came to a surrender up∣on 4 Articles; marching out on the 25th day of the same month with 1000 horse and foot, and 700 more wounded, with Drums beating, Colours flying, two pieces of Ordnance, and their bag∣gage: Into which strong Sea-Port Town, the King of France, (who signed the Articles) with the Cardinal, personally entring, put the possession thereof into the hands of the Lord General Lockhart, (on the Protectour's behalf, according to the conditions so made before the English Armie's first going over) who garrisoned it with English Souldiers. After this, the French possessed Fern, (a place which the Spaniards had quitted) and soon after became Masters

of two other Garrisons, Winoxbergen, and Dixmude. And not long after, Graveline, another strong Sea-Town, having been be∣sieged about three weeks, and a Mine ready to spring under three Bastions of that Town; Marshal de la Ferte Aug. 27, summoned the Spaniards to surrender, telling them, If they delayed till the springing of the Mines, the utmost rigour of War was to be ex∣pected. Wherefore they having time given them till the 29th day of the same moneth, to send to Don John the Spanish General, (if he did not relieve them in that time) they Capitulated with the Cardinal, to depart the Town on the 30th day of the same, much according to the conditions of Dunkirk; which they did accordingly, as not being relieved; although Don John, the Prince of Conde, and the Marquess of Caracene, joyned with reso∣lution to have attempted it: who were prevented by Marshal Turein his advance to lye betwixt Fern and Bergen. Then was a Councel of War called, wherein the Cardinal, Turein, and La Ferte (whose Armies, after the taking of Graveline, were united) were present: and where they resolved what Town next to be∣siege; which was believed to be Ypre.

But upon another dangerous Plot reported to be discovered, Apr. 9. 1657, four persons of Note, to wit, M. General Harrison, Colonel Rich, Major Danvers, and Captain Lawson, were secured the day following.

A little after, to wit, July 24, 1657, Colonel Edward Sexby, (who was a principal man in promoting Miles Sindercomb's de∣sign, as abovesaid; and who came into England in a disguised habit the better to effect it) was committed to the Tower of Lon∣don for high Treason; But within 10 dayes after his commit∣ment, he falling sick of an Ague and Vomiting, which turned in∣to a violent Feaver, he dyed Jan. 13th after in the Tower; found by the Coronet's Jury to be by Gods visitation, and by no other wayes or means.

But the year following, which is this present year 1658, about the moneth of May, was discovered another great and general Plot to embroyl England in new Wars and Seditions, by levying war, betraying of the strong garrison of Hull; promoting Charls Stuart to be King of England, Scotland, and Ireland, securing the City of London, &c. For which, many were committed to the Tower and Newgate; and a High Court of Justice being erected (who sate May 25) in Westminster-Hall, Sir Henry Slingsby on the same day, and Doctor Hewet, a Divine, on June 1. following, were brought to their tryall before them: the Knight pleading, Not Guilty, was proved guilty by evidence. The Doctor refusing to plead to his charge, and choosing rather to die, than own the Authority; wherefore June 2d, they were adjudged to be hanged and quar∣tered at Tyburn as Traytors; but being (by the clemency of the Protectour) to be beheaded, execution was done on them ac∣cordingly on the 8th day of the same June 1658. After which, one Sumner, and 6 others of the City of London, were tryed upon

the same account: one being found as not guilty; but six con∣demned to be executed for Traytors: two of whom, to wit, Co∣lonel Ashton and Betteley in several places of London, were executed on July the 7th after; one whose name was Frier, (and who pleading Not Guilty, did upon the matter presently confesse it) being reprie∣ved: and July 9th, one Stacie was also hanged, though not quartered: Sumner and Allen (who confessed themselves guilty) being both reprieved.

Moreover, three or four more than ordinary things happened in England within two or three years last past. One was, Octob. 3. 1656, when as the River of Thames, which usually ebbeth about 7 or 8 hours, and floweth about 4 or 5, now ebbed and flowed twice in 3 hours space. A lamentable accident by Gunpowder in a Ship-Chandler's store-house near the Hermitage in Ratcliff, July 3. 1657. Also at Bickley in Cheshire, the ground sunk, July 8th, 1657, And on the first or second of June, 1658, a Whale of about 58 or 59 foot in length, and of a bulk proportionable, coming up the River of Thames, was taken and flain, a little be∣yond Greenwich 4 miles from London: some of the multitude that went to see this young Monster or King of Fishes, presaging (as it were) the death of a great Person to ensue; for that in King James his time a little before the death of Queen Anne, there was one, not so big, but seen about Blackwall, on the said River.

In France, in Jan. 1654, there was an Assembly called of Prelates & other Church-men at the Louvre, in Cardinal Mazarine's Lodg∣ings; himself being present, and also the King's Deputy, with the Archbishop of Roven as the President, upon occasion of a Brief re∣ceived by that King from the Pope, relating to a Bull of condemna∣tion, set forth against the doctrine of Jansenus, who was Bishop of Ypre in Flanders: which doctrine very nearly agreed with the Pro∣testants, touching Works, Free-Will, &c. which the Author sub∣stantially proving out of Augustine, it got no small ground both in France and the Netherlands; so that it was conceived, the division thereupon made among the Papists, had given a great wound unto the Papal interest: Wherefore the Pope not being able to contain any longer, let loose his Bull in France. The Archbishop declared the necessity of setting forth a Confession of Faith according to the Roman Catholick Religion; yet notwithstanding, nothing was concluded. The Cardinal also and the Archbishop fell out there, about the Cardinal's imprisonment of Cardinal de Retz; he won∣dring how Mazarine durst proceed so far against him, who was both a Priest, and Archbishop of Paris, the head City of the King∣dome, &c. after words passing between them, they parted in dis∣content at each other. The King of France about the same time setting forth a general Declaration, That no other Religion be there entertained, besides the Roman, and that called the Refor∣med: of which there had been a toleration in times past.

But in 1655, about the moneth of April, the Protestants in the Valleys of Angrogna, Lucerna, and St. Martin, in Piedmont,

were sorely vexed and persecuted by the Duke of Savoy, whose Subjects they were, through the instigation of Priests and Jesuits, having set up a new Inquisition at Turin; who first affrightning them with great threatenings, then proceeding to take away their goods and estates, imprisoning them, and using all violence to make them forsake their Religion; and perceiving they could avail nothing thereby; the Duke was perswaded to send an Army of about 8000 under the Marquess de Pianella, and the Earl of Quince, one of the French Lievtenant Generals; these setting upon this poor people living quietly at home: They seeing them∣selves thus assaulted, stood in their defence, making what resi∣stance they could against them: many of whom were slain, (and some of the enemy) many carried away prisoners, on whom they used all manner of invented cruelties, and in many corners, they shamefully abusing and tormenting many women, with their young children, afterwards cut off their heads; dashing also those children of 15 years old (that would not go to Mass) against the rocks; hanging others with their feet upwards, and nailing them to Trees: which they were said to endure with a most invin∣cible resolution. A residue which escaped the slaughter, got into the Mountains with their Wives and Children, enduring there much hunger and cold; (some dying therewith) the enemy (the while) set fire on their Temples, plundered their houses, and then fired them: a very small number, with their families, got into Dausine in the French Dominions, and some others into Switzer∣land. These are of those, who about 500 years ago being then called Vaudois and Albigois, were cruelly persecuted by the Pa∣pists. Their sad condition being represented abroad, the States of Holland, and Protectour of England, &c. seemed to be much af∣fected therewith: there was also sending to the King of France about the businesse, (Collections for their relief being likewise made among the Protestants abroad) who having then a Treaty of Peace in hand with England, not a little concerning his interest, became a Mediatour by his Ambassadour Monsieur de Servient, (also four Ambassadours of Switzerland as Mediatours) in their behalf to the Duke: who in or about August following, came to Articles of Agreement, for restoring the said Protestants to live in his Dominions as formerly; with the same free exercise of their Religion: yet were in many things cut short, and straitned more than before; as to have no dwelling beyond the River Pelice, and some other places, except to the Vineyards of Lucerna towards Rorata: and also to live at St. Johns, but not to have any publique assembling place or preaching as before, &c. But one who wrote (from Pigneroll) observations upon those Articles, calls the peace made with his brethren of the Valleys and the Duke, to be far worse than the worst of War; and that it was forced on them by the threatnings of the French Ambassadour, and the falshood of others entrusted on their behalf in the Treaty; saying also, That had they stayed so long, as to admit of any interposer in the name

of the Lord Protector, the matter would never have been so ended. A little after, or about which time of agreement, the French be∣sieging the Spaniards in Pavia; the Marquess of Caracene came near the City with his Auxiliary Spanish Forces to relieve it; and the besieged making a very stout sally, and then joyning with the Marquess, they fell upon the besiegers within the lines of Cir∣cumvallation, and put them to the rout and flight: the slain of whom, were most of the Savoy forces: among whom, were those bloody ones who acted the cruelties on the Protestants of Pied∣mont. They were also so soundly beaten at that time, that they were constrained to a shameful retreat; not having of 24000, above 8000 left in a body of all the united forces of the French and Savoyards, who were under Prince Thomas his Conduct of Savoy, and of the Duke of Modena, who commanded his own. It was also certified about the same time, that the Governour of San Do∣mingo in Hispaniola, sending his Son into Spain to the King, to make a relation of his Father's Services and Successes in opposing the English there; the King made the Father a Marquess, giving him a Pension of 5000 Duckats a year; and rewarded the Son with 1500 Duckats a year.

But in Sweden, after that Charls Gustave was crowned and esta∣blished in that Kingdom, and peace concluded with the Citizens of Bremen, great preparations for War were making in divers places of that Kingdom, and also in the Archbishoprick of Bre∣men, against the grand Duke of Moscovie: yet, in the mean time, the King (for as much as the Great Duke, notwithstanding their refusal in Sweden to give him his pretended Titles, had not as yet declared any design upon that Crown) being unwilling to engage so far, if it might be avoided, in a matter of so great importance, sent to the said Duke, to addresse unto him, and feel what his pur∣poses were toward his Frontiers of Ingermerland and Liefland, and how he determined concerning them: who about the same time taking the considerable Fort of Dunenbergh, 25 miles from Riga, from the Poles, was grown so high, as to demand from the Swede, or Duke of Curland, a passe for 50000 men thorow Liefland, or the others Dominions: whereby the Poles were not a little ani∣mated, it being the onely hopes they had, that, that proud enemy by such insolent demeanour, would provoke the Crown of Swe∣den, or some other considerable State, to come upon him, where∣by he might be diverted from bringing them to utter ruine and destruction; for the State of Poland was, by means of that tyran∣nical enemy, then looked on as in a very sad and ill condition: (whose Army although it were made up to a good number in Li∣thuania, (wholly laid waste) yet were their divisions among its Commanders, which might hinder them from doing then any great matter;) for the Muscovite taking (among other miseries and mischiefs) the Town of Vitebsko, after a furious assault, (having lost many Commanders and Souldiers during the siege, and in the storming) in a rage, when he entred the Town, put all to the

sword, not sparing the women and children. These transactions were toward the latter end of 1654; at which time, 40000 Tar∣tars arrived from the grand Cham for Poland's assistance; he sending also a new assurance with them, punctually to perform whatever he had promised: and that because the Rivers were not frozen for passage, therefore the Troops came no sooner: with which Tartarian succours, the Poland forces (marching toward the City of Breslavia, to joyn) had a stiff encounter with 13000 Cossacks, which lay there for defence of that place; but they being forced to retreat in great disorder, the Capital City of that Province returned to the obedience of their Soveraign: and soon after, the Polish Army in Ukrain, prosecuting their advantages with resolution, gave a defeat to another body of 6000 Cossacks; which so took down Chmielniskie's stomach, that he being now inclined to terms of submission, sought by all means to induce the King of Poland to a renewing of the Treaty for peace. About which time, 4 Tartarian Lords arrived at Warsovia, bringing with them a ratification of the Alliance made with the new Cham: who were to stay in that City in hostage for the observation of the Treaty: whereby the King of Poland was likewise obliged to send 4 Lords to reside with the Tartar in the City of Crim, who also out of affection to Poland at that time, set at liberty all impri∣soned Polanders within his Dominions: And soon after these suc∣cours sent by the Tartar, the Polish Generals in the Ukrain, passed over the River Bog with the Tartars, with design to besiege the City Uman; that Chmielniski might thereby be forced to take the field, and endeavour to relieve the same: wherefore they sitting down before Uman, Febr. 19. 1654, they rose again on the 21 day, being informed, that Chmielniski was coming with 40000 Cos∣sacks, and 20000 Muscovites, to raise the siege: and preparing to meet them, the next day being the 22, towards the Evening the battle began; wherein Chmielniskie's forces were routed, and retreating with speed unto their strong holds; so that, the Polan∣ders and Tartars having pursued them all night, they retired to take care of their wounded, and refresh themselves, being very much discommodated by the frosty weather's extremity.

Prince Radzivil had likewise (about that time) no lesse successe with his forces in Lithuania: where he took the Town of Biskow by Assault, although defended by about 20000 Cossacks; most of which were slain and taken prisoners. About the same time also, the pestilence raging in the Royall City of Mosco, hindered the grand Duke's retreat; so that he encamped near Smolensko with 20000 men.

But the expectation of a perpetual Peace, and a League offen∣sive and defensive between Sweden and Poland, (whose King by his Envoy declared his readinesse to renounce all Titles and Preten∣sions, claimed by his Predecessors, to the Crown of Sweden) be∣ing (after more than one Ambassadour sent from Poland to Sweden to that purpose) frustrated: the King of Sweden (who a few

moneths before had ordered 12 Regiments towards the borders of Livonia, to defend them from an Invasion of the Muscovites: against whom also a War was (at Stockholm) resolved to be de∣clared, in case the League forementioned, had (between the two Kingdoms) been concluded: unto which also (upon the Polish Envoy's Proposals) the Swedish King shewed himself to be so much inclined, that, (the Muscovites giving him fresh occasions of jealousie and discontent) he drew together 24000 men, who were to march into Livonia (as soon as the frozen passages were more open) to attaque them by Land, whilest the Ships of Sweden should go round about on purpose to obstruct the Moscovy Merchants, and disturb their Commerce. The grand Duke also, by Mer∣chants at Hamburgh (resolving on War with those two Kings, who were then upon entring on a League offensive and defensive against him) buying up no lesse than 40000 Muskets) makes great preparations both by Sea and Land, having now his design bent both against Poland on the one hand, and the Dukedome of Juliers and Bergh on the other; unto which Countries he had pre∣tences: and drawing 8 Regiments of horse and foot toward Pome∣rania, the Duke of Brandenburgh armed for defence; as well as the Dantzickers put in great fear, that the Swede designed upon Prussia or some part near to it under the Poles. But the King of Sweden coming to a Treaty with the Electour of Brandenburgh, they (at length) joyned in an offensive and defensive league about the moneth of June, 1656; and meeting at the Town called Hol∣land in Prussia where they passed three dayes in most amicable conference; the Brandenburgian being to furnish the Swede with 8000 armed men, with whom they were to joyn.

But about the moneth of May 1655, most that was to do in Poland, was to make preparations against the Swede, whom they believed, if he came into Prussia, &c. would spoyl them, and do what he pleased: the Muscovite making (to increase Poland's mi∣sery) also great preparation. A consultation was also held by the Polanders in this moneth of May, when they should be in action, for defence of the Kingdom, and supplying the Frontiers with ne∣cessaries: but in the mean time all Trading was there laid aside.

The King of Sweden sending an Army of 16 or 17000 horse and foot into the Polander's Country near Kron, which lyes next to Germany, about the latter end of June, or the beginning of July, 1655, (as it appears) under the command of General Wittenberg, they soon took divers Castles and Garrisons in that Country, and making progress as far as Wsee, in the Province of Posen; both the two Palatinates of Posen and Calissen, together with the 4 Cities of Posen, Calissen, Lesna, and Miedzierez, with an Army of 15000 men, renounced allegiance to the King of Poland, came under the Protection of the King of Sweden; and all this before July 15th, 1655, and without one blow struck: the Articles between Rad∣zieicouski Vice-Chancellor of Poland, and General Wittenberg, for

surrender and agreement of and about the aforesaid two Palati∣nates and Cities, being signed in the Camp at Wsee, in the same moneth of July, 1655. And for which, Instructions were sent to the Bishops and Superintendents in Sweden, to give thanks for the same, and observe a day of supplication for future successes. About which time, there was a Declaration set forth in Sweden, forbid∣ding the Calvinists publickly to exercise their Religion: which notwithstanding they then forbare to execute, out of respect (as was then reported) to the English; for the Swedes had then an Ambassadour in England, to get men to carry on their War in Po∣land, or elsewhere; together with the procuring of a more inti∣mate alliance with the Protectour. Soon after this, two Waywoods more submitted themselves to the Swedes, taking Lissa and Fra∣verstadt. From Stetin, the King of Sweden (who was expected to follow General Wittenberg with his Army) marched with 10000 men, and a notable Artillery, for Posen, and so for Warsovia and Thorne; entring Aug. 4. into that part of the Polish Kingdome, properly called Poland. Then also Young Tromp being sent into the Sound by the States of the United Provinces, Admiral Wrangle had orders from the King of Sweden to sail thither with 9 stout Men of War, to require a positive answer of him, whether he intended Peace or War, (for these States began to engage, for tradings sake, in the businesse) and what the Swedes might ex∣pect from him. About the fame time the King of Poland set up his Standard at Warsovia, whither having summoned in the Coun∣try, he made but 16000 men at the most, and such, as never saw the face of an enemy.

But the Duke of Muscovy, (the while) with the Cossacks, not onely took in Minsko, being forsaken by the Polish Garrison, (who finding themselves too weak, quitted the place) but also beat the Littavish Army out of the field, and possessing himself of that populous City, caused Prince Radzivil to flee for his life; who notwithstanding advanced no farther, the King of Sweden send∣ing to let him know, That Lithuania was now under the Swedish protection, having submitted to that Crown, by virtue of an agreement lately made; for all Lithuania, and the remainder of Lif••land had submitted to the said King. Many also of the Polish Nobility took an oath of fidelity to the Swedish King. The Mus∣covites notwithstanding, went and burnt Cawne, and so retired again to the Wild. And there arose some grudg between the Swedes and Muscovites, about the devastation, spoyl, and burning of the fine Palaces, Temples, and Works of Vilna by the said Musco∣vites; whose Inhabitants they were reported likewise to have put to the sword.

But the general Rendezvouz of the King of Poland's Army being at Lowicks, some 36 miles from Warsow, the said King after a sword received from the Pope's Nuntio, hallowed, departed from War∣sow to the said Army in the moneth of August, to try what virtue it would have against the Swedish King: where then was arrived

10000 horse of the old Army which was at Ukrain, the Nobility and Gentry then coming also in great number from all parts: about which time, the Palatine of Siradia came under the pro∣tection of Sweden. And the Duke of Radzvill seeing that his for∣ces were thrunk into a small number, made his agreement with the King of Sweden; as also the Bishop of Vilna, and many other persons of note.

The King of Sweden going in August 1655, from Turpitz with a strong party of horse, and 4 pieces of Ordnance, came to Klezki near Guesna, on the 20th, being expected on the 21 day by General Wittenberg; that he might joyntly march with both Armies to Lowicks, and fight the Polish Army; which fell out accordingly in Septemb. following: In which battle the Victory falling to the Swedes, the King of Poland fled to Cracovia: wherefore, the King of Sweden marching thither, drew near the City Sept. 15, where the Polish king stood with three Brigades; but the Swedes sudden∣ly and unexpectedly approaching, the Poles quitting their Camp, betook themselves to flight in great terrour and confusion, setting part of the Suburbs on fire: whereupon the king of Sweden advan∣cing to the City, took his Head quarter within a quarter of a mile thereof at a Convent belonging to the Dominicans, the Sub∣burbs burning all night: and next day, Septemb. 16, the Swedish king sending a party, they possessed themselves of the Bridg over the River Weyssell; so entring the Suburbs, and that with little opposition, but no losse, although the enemy playing on them from the Castle, set some adjacent houses on fire thereby; and within two dayes after, he giving order to frame a siege before both Castle and City, assigned his Forces to their several Posts, plyed the Castle with Granadoes: which the enemy answering with Granadoes back again from the Castle, they set the Cloyster of Agnes on fire, which taking hold of many other houses, redu∣ced them to Cinders: and being in great hope of a surrender of that chief City, they made batteries, which the Poles both by shot and sallies, endeavoured to hinder. The King of Sweden then also proclaimed unto all Provinces and Palatinates of that kingdome, That the Estates of the Realm might not onely freely meet toge∣ther at Warsow, either in person, or by their Deputies; but he re∣quired them also speedily to assemble, promising them his Royal favour, and a free exercise of their Religion.

Casimir the king of Poland being fled, a Polish servant who was brought in prisoner, informed the Swedes, that Casimir was retrea∣ted from Tarnaw to Tsionsick, to the very borders of Hungary, ha∣ving no more than a few German horse with him: Wherefore the Swedish king thought to have pursued him; but his Counsels al∣tering on the 25 day, he returned the same night unto before Cra∣covia: but sending General Douglas (upon the prisoner's informa∣tion) to see what was become of king Casimir, he returning the same night, brought news, that the said King was also fled from Tsionsick with a few towards Hungarie's borders: onely, that in

and about the same Town of Tsionsick, lay about 8000 Gentle∣men, who expecting the event of the businesse, were supposed no longer to stand out, than a strong Party should be sent against them. In the mean time, the Lord Leskynski, the Polish Am∣bassadour, was busie in acquainting his friends in Cracovia with the notable Successes the Swedish King had about that City, ta∣king in divers Castles and smaller fortified Towns round about, and reducing divers Parties to submission, perswading them to be wise, in surrendring the City, and save themselves: but Czarnecky the Governour being obstinate, refusing to surrender, and continuing shooting and sallying, the King making speedy preparation for a storm, sent in word to the said Czarnecky the Governour, That if he would not yield unto an accommodation, but proceed in his obstinacy; as soon as he should get him into his power, (which he doubted not shortly to effect) he would give order to hang him up. Wherefore the besieged suing to the King for their Commis∣sioners to have letters of Conduct to come and treat, in the moneth Octob. following Cracovia was surrendred; there marching out the Garrison, being 3000 men, (with 600 Cart-loads of rich moveables, most part of which belonged to the Jews) who were con∣ducted to the Frontiers of Silesia, where having leave for a moneth to refresh themselves, they might go to the King of Poland (then in Silesia) if they pleased; or else list themselves in the Swedish Army: the Citizens also agreed to pay 300000 Rixdollars in a moneths time, to the Swedish King; who for the maintaining of these new acquests, was very diligent in fortifying all parts, and particularly, the two head Cities of Warsow and Cracovia, the King of Sweden giving order to bring the River Weyssel round about Cracovia, whereby it should become very strong.

But while Cracovia was besieging, an Envoy from Koniecpolski, Standard-bearer to the Crown of Poland, came both to Congra∣tulate (in his Master's name) the Swedish King, and also to let him know, That since their King Casimir was fled out of the bor∣ders of the kingdom, without their privity or consent, they had in conscience good reason to provide them of another King, under whose protection they might secure themselves; wherefore his Master, both for himself, and in behalf of the Guarcian Militia, and Pospolitans, and States, did willingly submit unto his Majesty, to acknowledg him for their Lord and Master; and that to the same purpose, they would send Commissioners to any place he should appoint: Which he very favourably accepting of, deter∣mined to send notice of the time and place to the said Standard∣bearer. After which, came news from Warsovia, from the Chan∣cellor Oxienstern, that the Lord Steinbock General of the Artillery, had subdued the rebellious Massovians: Also another Messenger came from the Lord Dobicky Palatine of Sondecki, offering to em∣brace the King's protection; desiring thereupon, that he would order no more waste to be made in the kingdom; for seeing their King, whom they had stood to for the preservation of their privi∣ledges,

had deserted them, going out of their borders, they were advising among themselves, to dispatch within six or eight dayes, their Commissioners in the name of the whole Nobility, unto his Majesty, to treat about the peace and safety of the Common∣wealth. Wherefore the King granted to Leszinski the great Trea∣surer, and the Palatine Sandomiriensis, Letters of safe conduct for their free accesse unto him for that purpose. Who after the re∣ducement of Cracovia, bent his march towards Lublin, where the Cossacks with their General, lay encamped: wherein he had a double design, partly to make an agreement with them (who now professed a great willingnesse to submit unto him); the Muscovites also being content to retain onely the 3 Palatinates of Smolensko, Vitebsko, and Polosko, on the other side of the River Boristhenes, and to abandon the rest of the great Dukedome of Lithuania to the Swedes, whereby they would become Masters of all Poland; and partly to be nigh Prussia, the better to feel the Duke of Branden∣burg, (for he had not as yet joyned in the above-mentioned league with the King) who (he was advised) had been under-hand soli∣cited by the Emperour, to make a strong League with the Estates of the same Province of Prussia, and some others of Poland, that had not as yet absolutely declared themselves for the Swedes: he being likewise advised, the Duke had sent a distinct body of an Army towards Thoren, to hinder there the Swedes irruption; and another body towards Memmel, upon the frontiers of Lithuania, while the remainder of his Army continued in the heart of Pros∣fia. And indeed, before this time, the great progress of the Swedes in this kingdom, did so startle all the Ministers of the Emperour, that thereupon he (for a time) deferred his journey to Prague: and in the mean time, to give satisfaction to the King of Sweden's De∣mands, which were held to be just. For it was a most remarkable providence, that this King should in two or three moneths time even over-run so vast and warlique a kingdom as Poland: but he had as well great policy as valour in the design; for when he marched from Conin to Colo, Aug. 17th; whence he sent parties to get intelligence of the enemies station and posture, expecting to meet with the general Leavies at Ptantek: a certain Colonel coming in the mean time as an Envoy from the King of Poland, with Credentials from him; and audience being given him on the 18th of the same, he offered certain Propositions in order to a Treaty, using these expressions, (among other formalities) Pacem petimus, et bellum deprecamur, We request peace, and renounce War; desiring for the present a Cessation of Arms, and that the King would be pleased to stay there, and move on no farther: He understanding the enemie's design of delay, because the Envoy was not furnished with full power and instructions to conclude any thing, departed immediately from Colo on the 21 day, to put his warlique designs into speedy execution.

Chmielniski assuring the King (by the Messenger sent unto him) that he would wholly submit unto him, expecting onely his

commands, &c. having also quitted Camietz Podolsky, as soon as he had notice of the king's march into Poland, and advancing to∣wards Reush Lomberg, he beat Podotsky, a Polonian, expecting also the King's coming at Samoisky; all which, the King of Sweden himself certified one of his chief Officers of, by a letter from the Camp before Cracovia, Octob. 14th, the king went towards him, as aforesaid, who was (after his encamping before Lublin) to re∣pair to Warsow, to assist at a general Dyet of the Palatines and other Lords of the kingdom of Poland, which was summoned by the king, who appointed Count Erick Oxienstern his grand Chancel∣lour, with Count Benedict Oxienstern, and the Lord Berenklow, to be present therein as his Commissioners. But in the mean time, the Cossacks (of whom, he was General) coming before the said Lublin, Octob. 15. with a huge Army, reported to be 160000 men, hewed down the Jews, plundring out their houses, fired the fore-Town, and compounded with the Town it self, to have all the Priests goods, and those that were fled from Poland, and had brought their goods thither; and a ransome for themselves; ta∣king also an oath of them to be true to the Muscoviter, and so de∣parted on the 20th day.

Then were the Swedes busie in dispersing Polish parties that got together: as Major General Steinbock, who understanding that some numbers of Massovians had recollected themselves, he scat∣tering them, they sent Deputies unto him for a finall accommo∣dation. Also Lovenhaupt, another Major General, passed the Ri∣ver Weyssel to encounter some Polish Troops that were again got together near Lowick. Likewise 500 Polish horse under the com∣mand of one Jalouskie, being at the small Town of Wratlaffskie, and doing some hurt to the Inhabitants, the Duke of Saxon Lawenburg meeting with them, took Jalouskie and the chief of them, disper∣sing the rest.

The King of Sweden coming to Warsovia, Octob. 30, continued not long there; for understanding that the States and chief Cities of Prussia, not onely remained obstinate, but were making a strict League and Combination with the Duke of Brandenburg against him, he committing the management of the businesse of Poland with the States there present, unto the Rix-Chancellor and some others, departed with some Regiments and the Quartians, unto his Army. At which Warsovia, was a dangerous Conspiracy de∣tected, which was to have poysoned the King and his Nobles, with the whole Garrison, by infecting all the Conduits and Fountains; for which, some great ones, engaged in the Plot, were apprehended, and committed to Custody.

But the businesse of Prussia occasioned blowes in a sharp con∣flict between the Swedes and Duke of Brandenburg, wherein about 5 or 800 of the Brandenburgers were slain. And which Quarrel, although it was looked on as ominous, it being betwixt two Prin∣ces of the Reformed Religion, at such a time as that, because it might have induced the Electour to some compliance or confede∣ration

with the Polish King and the Emperour; yet the Swedish King proceeded with great resolution, marching to Prussia, with whom also one Mr. Rolt came along, who being sent from the English Protectour, was received by the King very honourably. Who sending Steinbock before him with his Army, he marching thorow Marzuria, with great celerity possest himself of Strasburg, the very Key of Prussia, and of very great advantage to the Swedes. After which, Radzieffky was sent with 3000 horse for Thoren; who when he came near the place, finding no Brandenburgish forces thereabouts, sent back half his men to the Army, and went with the rest before Thoren, admonishing them to obedience: who pre∣sently sent Deputies to treat for an accommodation.

The Mascovites and Cossacks (in the mean time doing what they could to maintain a good intelligence with the Swedish King) hel∣ped not a little to the establishing and securing his new Conquests: most also of the Polish Lords who fled with their King into Silesia, now returning to live under the Swedish protection. About which time, to wit, about December, the King sent a Letter to the Emperour, complaining, That he had under-hand applyed himself to divers Princes of the Empire, for engaging them in a League to his prejudice. The Emperour dismissed the Messen∣ger with a very civill answer, giving him a large assurance of holding a good correspondence with the Crown of Sweden, &c. And a Colonel being at that time sent from the king of Poland to raise men in the Imperial Territories, the Emperour gave him (for that present) very strict order against proceeding any further in making leavies. The City of Elbing in Prussia was also yielded to the Swedes, without any resistance; for the King of Sweden ha∣ving given audience to the Imperial and Transylvanian Ambassa∣dours at the City of Thoren, went towards the Town of Margen∣feldt: where the Deputies of Elbing attending him, and craving some time, the better to consult with the other Cities in so weigh∣ty an affair, he flatly denying them, they treated with the Rix-Chancellor on the 9th of December; the agreement of whose submission did much satisfie the King: who made the said Chan∣cellour Governour of Prussia; and General Linde Governour of Elbing, and the Militia of Prussia, who Decemb. 12th, placed a considerable Garrison therein. On the 4th day of which moneth at midnight, the King of Sweden had a lusty young Prince born unto him at Stockholm: which was the day of his agreement with the City of Thoren; whereinto he entred the day following.

But the City of Dantzick in Prussia being united in it self, in Decemb. 1655, resolved upon a defence, in case the Swede should make any Attempt that way: sending also Instructions to their President with the Elector of Brandenburg; by all means to make an Agreement with him, thereby to oblige him to relieve them, if assaulted, and to assist them with some Troops for the present; in order to which defence, they burnt all their Suburbs. And then also was the Polish King (who had some new design on foot for

recovery of his kingdom) encreasing his forces which he had on Silesio's borders: unto whom Czarneski the Governour of Craco∣via, went with some Troops to his service, contrary to the agree∣ment made with the King of Sweden, upon the surrender of the City. But the great Cham of Tartary, who was thought would have assisted him to the same purpose, wrote a Letter to the King of Sweden, assuring him, That not any attempt should be made by him or his Souldiers, against his progresse; but that he was ra∣ther willing to help and destroy his enemies, and especially King Casimir of Poland.

About the same time, a Proclamation was published in Den∣mark, against all private meetings of all persons of any other Re∣ligion than what was publiquely professed in that kingdom. And the Pope's power of condemning doctrines, received a deep wound in France, by the Sorbonne Doctors disputing with the Je∣suits in a publique Assembly, (where the Chancellour of France sate as Prefident on behalf of the King) in defence of the doctrine of Jansenus, at Paris, about January, 1655; which doctrine spread it self very much in that kingdom among moderate Papists: al∣though the then late deceased Pope had openly damned it. After much disputation, though the anthority of the See of Rome was much pressed; yet when they come to give their Votes, the Sor∣bonne Doctors alledged, That the Pope was not to be credited in any thing not agreeable to the Scriptures and antient Fathers: standing all, with one Doctour Arnaud, for the Jansenian tenents, except two or three: so that the Assembly being put off, the dis∣advantage remained on the Jesuits side.

General Steinbock being countermanded by his King toward Bromberg with 4000 men, Po••ocky and another Polish General (with part of the Quartians) revolting in Poland, he upon his march thi∣therward, commanding Colonel Fabian against a part of the ene∣my; he, after a hot dispute within a mile of Putske, put them to flight, slaying and taking divers prisoners, and furiously pursuing the Poles to the very Walls of Putske.

The Swedes being now become Masters of all Prussia, except the four Cities of Dantzick, Marienburg, Putzke, and Schlocow; Oxienstern the Governour sent to Weyer, who held those places for the Polish king, offering him a Treaty in order to a surrender, or else there would be proceeding to extremity.

But, great was the tyranny used in great Poland, and about Cra∣covia, about this time, by the Poles; both when they lighted on the Swedish Souldiers, as also dividing and cutting children asun∣der like sheep, cutting off womens breasts, then dissecting them into four quarters; cutting off the hands and feet of Protestant Ministers, then chopping off their heads, and dividing the body into severall quarters, and the hoggs dragging the bowels along the streets; flinging corn also upon the slain mens flesh, so letting the hoggs run unto it, for increasing the pleasure of the tragedy. Many of Steinbock's Regiment being so served by this Tragi∣comedy

at Wielun. Yet while this cruelty was acting, Colonel Uxkell and another coming to their relief with 800 horse, cut down above 300 Poles, and fired many of their Villages: after which, they began to invite back the Inhabitants, who were fled towards Silesia, as being treated in like pitiful manner.

In the moneth of February, the King of Sweden passed by War∣sovia with three considerable Armies towards the Ukrain against the Polanders, having a little before proclaimed, That whosoever should protect King Casimir, or knowing where he was, would give no notice thereof, should suffer death like a Rebel. And on the 21 day of the same moneth, the Town of Marienburg was de∣livered up to the Swedes; and the Castle (which holding out, thought to have burnt the City, but was prevented by the Inha∣bitants) was after some dayes playing upon is, surrendred like∣wise to the Swedes, the besieged understanding that an Inhabitant of the City had discovered unto them those private wayes and passages, whereby they might easily make an approach: and also that the Swedes had two Mines ready to spring. On the same day, Febr. 21, the Swedes obtained no small Victory, whose King with 5000 men fighting the Poles near Lublin and the River Weys∣sel, routed them, although they fought resolutely, engaging also Poles against Poles in the action; Czarnecki, Cracovia's late Gover∣nour, commanded the Polanders, a great number of whom were slain upon the place, and many taken prisoners, with 12 or 13 Standards: the King also pursuing them above two miles, killing several in the pursuit, and many of them were drowned in the Rivers of Weyssel and Wyppera, and other waters whither they re∣treated. Others report, that the Swedes had but sad work of it; for that, 8000 Swedes encountred 20000 Poles. And that, as soon as the Cossacks (who beheld these Combatants afar off) saw the Victory to incline to the Swedes, they helped to pursue and cut the fugitive Poles down. After this, the King advanced to Lublin, to take that City; thence presently towards Zamosse, instantly get∣ting that strong and fortified City upon accord: and being ad∣vanced not far from Zamosse, they again meeting with a strong party of Polanders, beat them back, dispersing them, and taking 7. Standards from them. Of which, Casimir hearing, being at Reush Lemberg, about 8 miles of, and that the King of Sweden him∣self was not far off, he hastened away with 1500 horsemen from Leopolis to Kamieniec Poloski: about which time, there was pub∣lished a Proclamation in Silesia, that no Polander should come in sight there upon pain of death. While the King kept his Head∣quarters in and about Jarislaw, much refreshing his Souldiery thereby, he sent parties to see if the enemies any where did gather a head again; who bringing intelligence, that the Poles were eve∣ry where turned perjured Rebels, endeavouring to hinder him in his march, cut off all passes, and striving by private intelligence with Priests and Jesuits, to reduce the Swedish Garrisons in great Poland, Warsovia, and Sandomiria, unto King Casimir's obedience

the King resolved to draw back with his Army to a place where they might the better discover the enemies plots, and invite him to venture a head battle: and sending two Commanders, March 21, 1655, with orders unto some following Troops, to march back towards Warsovia, there to remain till his return; himself arrived the same day before Sandomir: but hearing that some Po∣lish Commanders were the night before become Masters of the City Sandomir; though they could not obtain the Castle: whose Governour (a Swede) afterwards (in revenge) setting the Jesuits Colledg on fire, the whole Town was thereby burnt to ashes. Yet it seems the truer relation, That the Poles themselves firing some houses near the Castle; the fire taking hold of the Jesuits Col∣ledg, seized on the City. Wherefore the King sending order to the said Governour to leave the Castle and crosse the River Weys∣sel with his men, he obeyed; but put a good quantity of Powder and Ammunition (which he could not carry with him) into a Vault locked up, applying thereto a burning match, which might take fire half an hour after his departure. The Poles presently entring the Castle, displayed their Colours, reviling the Gover∣nour; and searching into all corners, they found this Vault: which the chief Commander would attribute to himself; and be∣ing in hot dispute, the powder firing, blew 1200 Polanders, (some Swedes also perishing) with the Castle roofs, into the ayr; the King on the other side of the River being a spectator: who under∣standing on the 23 day, that Keniecpoliski shewed himself with about 12000 Quartians betwixt Landshut and the King's Camp, drew out 16 Regiments of horse, and 14 Companies of Dra∣goons, to meet the enemy, and charging them home, dispersed the whole Army, taking many colours from them, beating also Witepski, who disputed the Passe over San, to the King: after which, he purposed to passe the river Weyssel 10 miles beyond Warsovia, to have a third bout with the Crown Marshal Lubomir∣ski. There having been two Embassadours at Jarislaw from Chmiel∣niski General of the Cossacks, who arrived there the 8th of the same moneth, assuring the King by letters, that as soon as the earth was endued with her green robes, he would attend him with 50 thousand men.

April 11. following, 1656, the Marquesse of Baden going from Warsovia with his Troops to joyn with the King, he chanced to meet with about 12000 Poles under Lubomirski's Banner, about 8. miles from the City, they were 10 for one; yet the Marquesses men maintaining the fight above two hours before they quitted the field, killed above 2000 Poles: then saving themselves by flight, Field-Marshall Wrangle's Troops meeting with them, and securing them, they saved likewise a good part of their baggage; yet these few were most cut in pieces in the action, the Marquess himself very narrowly escaping.

The same moneth of April, the King beating and subduing the rebellious Masures, with all that adhered to them, arrived to∣ward

the end of the moneth, at Thoren: about which time, the Prince of Transylvania sent the King a letter by an Envoy, assuring him of his reall friendship, having 16000 men ready upon the borders under Backos Gabor's command, who were at his ser∣vice.

Then also in France, false newes being there spread of the total defeat of the Swedes, and the King himself being slain by the Polan∣ders, the people of Orleance were so transported with joy thereat; that they made solemn Feasts, distributing a good sum of mony to the poor on that account, whereby the vulgar were emboldened to say, They must even take the same course with the Hereticks in France. But when through the Messenger's lamenesse in affirming they were somewhat cooled, they were madly incensed again through the spreading of a rumour, that the English had leave, and did begin to build a place of publique assembly at Rochel, say∣ing, That they ever foresaw, if a peace were concluded once with the Protectour in England, it would tend to encourage and streng∣then the Hugonots; making them soon dare to attempt any thing that might subvert the Catholique profession and interest: so that the Governour of Orleance was fain (at the Protestants request) to appoint a guard; they not being safe in repairing to the publique assembly, by reason of the peoples fury. The new Pope, Alexan∣der the 7th, having also about the same time (for it was dated at Rome, March 20th) sent a Brief or Letter to the general Assembly of the French Clergy, exhorting them to stirt up the King to a ge∣neral Peace: which was judged to be but as a fire-ball thrown in∣to France, under that pretence, to put the Clergy and people into combustion: which by prudence was broken, and did no hurt.

But the Castle of Branbergh in Peland being surrendred by the Swedes at discretion, the Polanders branded them all with a mark on their fore-heads; which indignity was much resented by their party. The King of Sweden coming into Elbing, May 28; and his Queen coming thither also the next day, after some moneths safe delivery of a young Prince, the great Guns proclaimed great joy at this meeting throughout the Swedish Garrisons in Prussia.

Prince Adelph, the King of Swede's Brother, and the Genera∣lissimo of his Armies, marching to Znin and Kszin, (having de∣feated (by his Quarter-Master General, sent thither aforehand) most of those Citizens and Inhabitants who presented themselves in field against him) marched on to Malgasin, where hearing that some Gentry and Peasants were in Arms in the Castle of Golensh, he commanded the said Quarter-master General thither with some Companies, who demanding their surrender, they found a hostile opposition, many of his men being sorely wounded: where∣fore through Ordnance playing hard upon the gate, and the Swede's hard pressing on, they could not cast off their draw-bridg; so that the Swedes coming on in the storming, to the very Palisadoes, cut∣ting down some, made entrance for the rest to let down the bridg, over which they pressing furiously, killed all they found in arms,

and utterly demolished the Castle. Thence marching to Godzier Castle, the Gentry and Peasants therein, after firing on those who were sent afore, left the Castle. The enemy turning towards Gnesen, after an intent to surprize Posen, (in which they were pre∣vented by the Citie's being well provided, and the Suburbs burnt down) Staresta Braslowsky sent a Messenger to Wrsezewitz, whom Prince Adolph had sent with a party towards Gnesen, that expect∣ing the Swedish Army, they would stand and give them battel. Wherefore Adolph sending the forlorn-hope to get some priseners, (though they were repulsed) marching with his Army over a passage unresisted, put his men into a Battalia; himself commanding the right wing, Field-Marshal Wrangle the left: who at the advance approaching so nigh the enemy, because the Princes not being able to come in at the side for the moorishness of the place, the foremost squadrons were presently scattered: which the enemie's Avant-Troops (too deeply engaged with the Swedish Avant-Troops) per∣ceiving, and being lustily plaid on by the Dragoons in ambush, they beginning to retreat, came so directly between both the Swe∣dish wings, that most of them were destroyed: the right wing thereupon advancing, (and because the enemy still retreated over a water to a Village called Gietzmarky, where he rallyed again together with the Postpolitans) some Ordnance being planted on a high ground, were discharged against the enemy, whilest the Swedes getting over the water, came to a full Front; whereup∣on, the enemy coming furiously on with a great shout, attempted sundry wayes to disorder the Swedish Army. But the Polanders (after several hot charges, and losse of many men) confusedly fled, the main Body of the Swedes pursuing them a league; in which flight, many were cut off also, the Swedes in their hot blood, gi∣ving no quarter. This Action fell out, May the 8th▪ new Stile, 1656, lasting 5 hours, from 3 in the afternoon, till 8 at night▪ Czarnecky, Lubomirski, and Saphia, were the three chief Comman∣ders for the King of Poland in this engagement: the p••••son••rs con∣fessing, that great execution was done by shot, both great and small, among them; 3 Starosties being slain, and Saph••a soot tho∣row the arm: the Poles likewise carrying away many of their slain. The Prince after this on the 10th day followed them to Uzesnie, they being but three leagues asunder, where more action was expected.

A little before or about which time, the Waywood at Newgard caused some Russians to be whipt to death; who divulged, that the great Duke resolved for War against the Swedes.

The City of Elbing in Prussia being become as it were a Dant∣zick, Commodities being now transported thither; for that Dantzick stood out against the Swedes: some English Merchants of Dantzick desiring (about the moneth of May) in the name of the English Nation, leave of the Electour of Brandenburg, to transport their goods thence to Elbing thorow his Port of the Pil∣law, he condescended thereunto; giving leave also, that what

goods the English did send home out of their Pack-Chambers, should passe Custome-free; saying, That he yielded them that, in honour of the English Protectour, and in favour of the English Nation.

It shall not be amisse here briefly to give an account of the re∣ported Revolt of the Lithuanians from the Swedish obedience: un∣to the jurisdiction of whose King, when the Principality of Samai∣ten, with the Provinces belonging, had yielded; King Casimir highly endeavoured both by publique Edicts, and secretly with Priests and Jesuits, to involve peaceable minds against their new chosen King: whereby some dwelling in the Bishoprick, in the beginning of the Spring lurking in Forrests together, by night, surprized a Company newly raised by Rose, murthering some of them: and the Lievtenant who was sick and bed-rid. Where∣fore Colonel Rebinder having order to persecute these Rebells, destroyed some hundreds of them, by lying in wait with 400 horse; but the chief escaping by flight, and closing with the For∣rest lurkers, surprised some new leavied forces of Col. Igelstrome, destroying them (here and there quartered) in the night; divul∣ging also at the first, as if all Samaiten had been in rebellion. But the Field-Marshal, learning that all Forces in that Principality were safe, not so much as knowing of these rebels, he marching out of Janisky with 400 horse, encountred them, putting some hundreds to the sword; but the Bishop of Samaiten and the chie∣fest of the States, severally intimated, that they were ignorant thereof, giving sufficient security of their constant obedience: the Rix-Treasurer and general Governour calling and citing also the States to come to Byrsen, and to go with some commanded Soul∣diers, to try whether the rest could be appeased by fair means; or to keep them in obedience by a Military compulsion; so that it was certain, the Swedes losse in that stir, was not of above 200 men.

The Swedish forces appearing (in the moneth of May) about Dantzick for a Leaguer: fell upon the Fort in Gothland, hard by Dirshaw, (which I understand another to call a Sconce lying by the river Vistula's side, otherwise called Dantzickers Leaguer) the King, with his Artillery-General Steinbock, appearing before it, and sending word to the Garrison, that they should presently yield; and so should depart with their arms: but the Governour having 400 men with him, refused, unlesse they might carry away their goods, and march with Drums beating, and Colours flying: which being denyed, they began within the Fort to defend them∣selves. But two Swedes who served in that place, having raised a party therein of 50 Souldiers, forced the Governour to an agree∣ment: which being confirmed, the King advanced near the place to speak with him; but a certain Dragooner knowing the King, let fly his Musket at him, so that the Bullet came by his hat, fall∣ing a little further; who thereupon commanded to put all to the sword, with the Governour himself, so that very few escaped.

On the 23 day of which May, there happened a strange accident in the City of Dantzick it self; for a Citizen striking with his Par∣tisan at a Boy, missing him; the steel of the Partisan falling into the earth with the point upwards, and he at the same time fall∣ing with his right fide upon the point, which piercing him unto the very back-bone, he dyed lamentably.

But the King of Sweden ordering the Marquess of Baden, his Lievtenant-General, to march with his men from Conitz to But∣tow, and leaving Steinbock before Dantzick, with an Army in a very good posture, himself intended to go to his head-Army: where arriving, and hearing that Czarnecki stood 6 miles from Bramberg with 12 Regiments; he hastening after him, met acci∣dentally with him, yet successfully; pursuing him above two miles, killing many of his men, with two Waywods, and some other chief Officers being taken prisoners.

But the King of Poland (who not long before had sent to the Emperour of Germany to be a Mediatour for him to the King of Sweden; the which he shewed a readinesse to do) having gotten together a numerous Army about this time, besieged the City of Warsovia, although himself in person came not near it; for which cause the King of Sweden went not personally to its relief, but returned to Marienburg; ordering his Brother Adolph, and Field-Marshal Wrangell to go for Warsovia, and oblige Czarnecky to a field battle: but the Poles finding the whole Swedish Army there, withdrew themselves from before the City, about 3 miles from the place, having made seven attempts to take it by storm; but being repelled with the losse of 3000 of his best Souldiers, and two pieces of Ordnance in the encounters, the King could not perswade them to come on the 8th time, although he promi∣sed each man 5 Duckats. And a little before this time, the Swedes found a very great treasure in a Vault of Warsovia's Castle, there being the Popish Images of Christ and the 12 Apostles, all of Massie silver double gilt, (and other Reliques very pretious) amounting in value to betwixt 4 and 500000 Dollars, besides the reliques. This was the time wherein the forementioned strict League between the King and Duke of Brandenburg was con∣cluded: who having a supply of 6 or 8000 men from the Duke to march along with him, he was enabled to continue Steinbock's siege before Dantzick, to their trouble and discontent; the Swedes having before taken not onely Dantzicker Leaguer, but possessed themselves also of the Castle of Greppin and the Hoff: about which time, to wit, in May, 1656, the said Dantzickers sending an Em∣bassie to the King, they could obtain no answer, but to be gone; for he having sent those Citizens a Letter about submission, they returned a resolute answer; the King of Poland having commen∣ded them for their constancy, and encouraged them to continue. After which, the Duke of Croy (one of that Citie's neighbour-Princes) writing a Letter to perswade them to a compliance with the King of Sweden; wishing they had contented themselves with

a simple self-defence, and not took upon them to have hindered his progress; (for they, whatever else, had endeavoured to re∣lieve Marienburgh Castle) also telling them, after divers conside∣rations laid down, If they could reap no other benefit by the ex∣pected successe, in their designs, than the rooting out of the Go∣spel of truth; and that, by the bringing in of the superstitious Roman Religion again; might not onely be feared the losse of their own souls, but also a total ruine of their Trade, and the Citie's welfare: wherefore he could not conjecture how they might excuse such dangerous enterprises and designs to posterity. They returned divers, not unsober, expressions in answer; saying, They were as∣sured in their consciences, that they have not afforded the least oc∣casion to that miserable War, &c. also mentioning 5 principall Maxims which their Predecessours, and they, in imitation of them, had alway made their chiefest work to consider; 1. To main∣tain the Gospel of Truth. 2. To be faithful to their King. 3. To keep firm to the Crown of Poland. 4. To defend their Laws, Li∣berties, &c. 5. To preserve and increase the welfare of that City. They said, they did confidently believe, that none could impute it to them, as if God took pleasure in Apostates and Hy∣pocrites, and as if he would have Religion promoted in casting off the lawful Magistrate, and in the slender esteem of a well∣grounded Government: and that according to their judgments, there was nothing more wholesome and prosperous than Peace, to preserve and propagate Religion, which the Prince of Peace had so earnestly recommended to all those who would truly fol∣low him. They adding moreover, That the Duke himself (being perfectly well versed in History) would be pleased to call to mind, how that at all times, by Wars, the spirits of men grew more bar∣barous and inhumane; and how, the Wars for Religion, used commonly to extinguish Religion. Concluding with a hope, that the Duke would be pleased, from their abovesaid reasons, and his own interest, to co-operate to the mitigation of the Swede's great spirits: and that they would do their best endeavours humbly to perfwade their King of Polonia, and the Nobles of that Kingdom, not to refuse reasonable means to attain peace; but rather to find out all possible means to compasse it: and not doubting, but their King and the States would be very inclinable thereunto.

This Summer, 1656, there was such a mortal Pestilence in the City of Naples, that some dayes 6000 people were said to dye of it therein. The Pestilence was then also so raging in all places pos∣sessed by the Turks in the Island of Candia, that they were forced to abandon divers Towns which they there held, and to leave them desolate.

About the same time, July 16, the French received a great loss before Valenchienne, which they had besieged; for the Spaniards frequently shewing as if they would fall upon Marshal Turein's and the Lorrainer's quarter; at last fell in good earnest upon Mar∣shall de la Ferte's quarter: who coming resolutely on, had three

or four repulses by the French their notable resistance: and when the Spaniard afterwards had fallen in among them, they so fought it out, that of 1200 in Du Plessis Regiment, there remained but 30 men. The whole Regiments of Le Ferte and Piedmont; ten Companies of the King's guards, and the Cardinai's guards, with La Ferte's Dragoons also which were near 800, and his Regiment of horse, 1200, were all cut in pieces. Likewise the Switzers Regiments, 800 of whom escaping the sword, were drowned by water coming into their Trenches at the sudden opening of the sluces: and whereby, all commerce betwixt the two bodies of the French Army was intercepted: so that Turein being forced to stand all the while a Spectatour, at length drew off all his (being about 12000) men to Quesnoy, a garrison about two leagues from Valenchienne, where next morning came to him betwixt six and seven thousand recruits, who had thought to have united with him at the siege. The Marquess of Estree was slain in this over∣throw, and the Count his brother taken prisoner, besides many Marquesses, Counts, and other great persons, and Officers killed or taken: and La Ferte himself, being wounded in the thigh, was taken prisoner.

Things in Germany went then worse with the Protestants than formerly; for at Collen, in the same moneth of July, several fa∣milies of them were distrained, because that after three summons, they refused to pay their fine, for not strewing Flowers before their houses on the Sacrament day, when the Host was carried thorow the street; which had not been exacted in 30 years. It was likewise moved and deliberated in the Council of that City, to turn all the said Protestants after a years warning, out of the City, so soon as the Treaty of Munster was expired.

But the Dane and the States of the United Provinces now un∣derstood each other, as to providing that the Swede grew not too potent in or near the Baltick Seas: and that King standing in very good terms with those States, gave their Embassadours hopes, that 10 of his Men of War should joyn with theirs upon occa∣sion.

In August following, against the Duke of Brandenburg, (who had a little before declared to an Envoy, (sent unto him from the grand Cham of Tartarie, to perswade him from any agreement with the Swedish King) that since he was totally abandoned by the King of Poland, he thought himself concerned to take a course for conservation of his Estates held in Prussia) a Sentence was pronounced from a Verdict of the Imperiall Chamber in Germany, in reference to the War made in 1653, (as we have declared in the foregoing Chapter) against the Duke of Newburgh; who be∣ing judged guilty of giving the first occasion thereof, was con∣demned to pay towards the charges, 200000 Rixdollars to the said Duke of Newburgh; and in default of payment, his Land of March should be mortgaged.

But the King of Poland coming afresh upon the City of Warso∣via

after its relief; it was yielded up to him July the first; the Swedes being to leave their booties and plunder behind them, with the Artillery, and what belonged thereunto; Gen. Wittenberg marching out with 4000 Swedes: the women were civilly used, and had some inferiour Officers granted them to bring them to the Swedish Camp: yet all the conditions were not kept; which was to be attributed to the roughnesse of the Polish Souldiery, ra∣ther than to King Casimir. At the same time Cracovia also was be∣leagured and hardly put to it by the Queen of Poland's Army; un∣to whose Camp the King her husband had sent 8000 men; and whom to meet at Warsovia, she personally departed from before Cracovia. The King of Sweden being still encamped at Nowedwor, (from whence came intelligence into England, of some particular Successes against Polish parties, obtained by that Army who mar∣ched from Thoren May 30th, to relieve Warsovia) where the Ele∣ctour of Brandenburg joyned his Forces to his, July 7th; they re∣solving to fall suddenly into King Casimir's Camp, although he gave out to be above 100000 men. Who because of his great numbers, not much regarding the forces of the King of Sweden and the Electour, on July 27, 1656, sent a Body of Tartars (for these were united with him) to besiege Poltowsko: whereupon the Swedes seeing an opportunity of action, drew out their forces to relieve the City: which was performed with slaughter among the besieging Tartars. July 28, the King and the Electour crossing the River Buck, drew up their Army in Battalia, advancing towards the Poles: King Casimir standing (with 150000 or 120000) to re∣ceive them: where, after some light skirmishes betwixt their forlorns, and more engagements, till night parted them, and in which first encounters the Swedes had the worst; (though they valiantly repulsed a body of Tartars sent to fall on their rear) next day, July 29, a grand battle beginning, one of the Swedish Wings at first, seemed to be declining; but recovering their wonted cou∣rage by others sent to succour them, (though the Poles came on ve∣ry numerously and furiously) they kept their ground. The Battle continuing all this day, untill the next, July 30th, in the conclu∣sion, the King and the Electour (who behaved himself valiantly) had a marvellous Victory; for the Poland King losing a great part of his foot, all his Ordnance and baggage, and leaving the City of Warsovia open to the Swedes, fled after his horse, with a few in his company, into Podlachia.

In August following, that strong and important Garrison of Conde in Flanders was yielded up by the French to the Spaniard up∣on Articles after no short siege.

News being come to Stockholm, in July, that the Muscovites had broken into the Province of Ingermanland, the Estates of Sweden here assembling, ordered all Governours to provide, and speedily send all sorts of Ammunition into that Province, as also into Fin∣land and Liefland; and although they resolved not to proceed against the Muscovite, before they saw he was become an absolute

enemy; yet in the mean time, they assured themselves of the Mus∣covites living in Stockholm, beginning to seize all their Estates and Merchandizes, and imprisoning some, for imbezilling part of their goods: and hearing soon after, that the Mascovite was en∣tred into Liefland, and what he had done upon it, they laboured with all possible diligence to take some course for rescuing that Province out of the Jawes of those devouring enemies; not onely fending forces to strengthen the most important Towns, but rai∣sing men in several parts of Sweden: the Nobility and Citizens with great cheerfulnesse agreeing to contribute twice as much (upon this occasion) as they were wont to do in the foregoing years. And indeed, things went but ill with the Swedes in Poland now, because (for that present) the King was constrained to draw a way the main of his forces with speed into Liefland; though he left sufficient to maintain all their Garrisons except Warsovia, which they slighted, demolishing its fortifications; so, forsaking all on this side the River Weyssell. The Electour of Brandenburgh was to secure Prussia; but Poland was left to the disposure of pro∣vidence: so that it was observed, that the Polish King had been (in all probability) soon driven out of his Dominion, or forced to accept Conditions of peace, had not this fierce invasion of the great Duke fallen out: who toward the latter end of August, 1656, sate down before Riga, (the chief City of the Province of Liefland) but about a stones cast from it, (and with an Army so numerous, that the Consul of the City having gone up to the loftiest Tower thereof, to view them at their approach beheld them with admiration, as exceeding (he certified in his letter) the Grashop∣pers in number) who sent in a Trumpeter to the Citizens with a proud Message, That if they would submit and supplicate for cle∣mency, they might have it; but if obstinately standing out, they must expect nothing but ruine and destruction. The Swedish Souldiers there in Garrison were but 1500; but the Citizens be∣ing resolved men, listed 4000, and persons of good estate, who were in arms: the City being also well provided with necessa∣ries, and their Fortifications compleated, they said, they feared no force; yet they expected relief from the King of Sweden: which the Muscovites laboured to prevent, by intending to build Forts between the City and the mouth of the River Duna. And amongst other barbarous proceedings of the Muscovite, taken for certain, the Count of Thurne (who married Bannier's Widow, the great Swedish General in the German Wars, and sister to the Marquess of Baden) being abroad out of Riga with a party of 300 horse, was at their first coming thither met with: who being defeated and taken, they cut off his head, and fixed it on a Spear to shew it the befieged; though the trunk of his body was by the enemies con∣nivance conveyed into the City.

On the very same day, August 28, was the City and Castle of Cracovia said to be surrendred to the Polish and Austrian forces; but on very good terms: as not onely for the Swedes to carry

away what they could upon all the horses in the City; but to be supplyed with 200 more by the Polanders, to carry their baggage, and to be conveyed with 1200 horse and foot to Gressen, &c. But as for the Arians and Jews that were in the City, the former were to petition for pardon, and having their goods exempted from confifcation, their persons to be banished; but the latter were to be left to the King of Poland's mercy.

But about the beginning of Sept following, Prince Adolph with his forces fuccessfully encountred 2000 sallyers out of Dantzick, (who had a design uyon the Bridg under Dirshaw) with a small losse: the Dantzick norse and Dragoons timely running, but the party of foot fighting stoutly: who notwithstanding, had been all lost, if they had not met with a Marsh, to which they retreat∣ed; five Colours, seven pieces of Ordnance, with all their Wa∣gons, were taken, and above 200 prisoners, but far more slain; 200 also retreating between the water, where they were shut up, were expected soon to yield.

But that the King of Sweden (who had sufficiently engaged him∣self in undertaking so great a Conquest as the Kingdom of Poland) might be deeper engaged; the King of Denmark, who had before made preparations, was ••re this, as a third enemy, come upon his back both by Sea and Land: so that, before the middle of September there was a great fight at Sea between the Danish and Swedish Fleets: the Swedes having 44 ships in all, to wit, 33 great Men of War, the other somewhat lesse, with two fire-ships. Of the Danish Fleet I am not certain of their number, (but 22 sayl were seen not far from the Island Mone before the fight began) who when they saw the Swedish about the Hilden Sea, began to retreat, steering for Coppenhaguen; but being pursued by the Swedes, they were forced to engage: the fight beginning about two of the clock in the afternoon, and continuing till night, and a good while with much resolution on each side; four ships being related to be blown up into the ayr, and the Swedes getting the day.

The King of Poland possessing Cracovia, presently sent a Cour∣rier or Post to Dantzick, as to give them an account thereof, so promising them, that Czarnecky should with his choycest horse, shortly strike into Pomerania, and Lubermisky should with the Au∣strian forces fall into Prussia, to divert the King of Sweden, and call him out of the Danish Dominions; wherefore the Swedish King hastening to Wismar in Pomerania, to put all things there in a po∣sture of defence, came thither Sept. 14, he leaving his Army to carry on the War against Denmark, under the Command of Ge∣neral Wrangell. And, to restore life and spirit to the Swedish affairs then doubtful, if not drooping, one Father Daniel, an Ambassa∣dour of the Cossacks, came from their General Chmielniski to the King of Sweden some dayes before, to assure him, that the said General was upon his march with 24000 men for his assistance, as was certified by a Post from Elbing in Prussia to the City of Bremen, Sept. the 7th; who also brought news, that the Prince of

Transylvania was ready with an Army of 40000 men for some ex∣ploit against the Polish King, or (for the Austrians were joyned with the Poles) against the Emperour.

About or in the moneth of April, 1656, there were great dis∣orders and tumults (raised by 20000 Janizaries and Saphies) at Constantinople, (said to be occasioned through want of pay, and the obtruding on them a new Coyn of a very base Allay) who pro∣ceeded so far as to massacre divers of the grand Seignior's Divan or Councel, and to depose and strangle the Visier Bassa, whose carkase they with scorn exposed in the Market-place: forcing al∣so the Sultana, Mother of the grand Signior, to fly to the old Se∣raglio for security: the Mufti or chief Priest being fain likewise to save himself by flight; not daring to trust the words of those Mutineers, whose design was to have dethroned the grand Seignior, and to have established his brother in his place. They laying aside also all other principal Officers of the Empire, to secure them∣selves against a deserved punishment, chose others in their places who were at their devotion: and searched diligently after such great Officers who escaped their hands: and all things there were then in so great confusion, that some strange alteration of affairs among them was expected; so that although this might have been enough to give a stop to the Turk's proceedings against the Venetians; yet the new ones in power went on with their prepa∣rations against their interest in Candia with more vigour than be∣fore; so that the Republique of Venice was fain to send speedily away Prince Horatio Farnese, and other chief Commanders with good numbers of men, and store of Ammunition for maintaining of what they held in that Isle. The Turks also then coming toge∣ther at Bagnaluch, making great Magazines at Clivane, with eight great Artillery pieces, and 1000 yoaks of Oxen to draw them for the besieging of Sebenico, they ordered Antonio Bernardo to go with all speed into Dalmatia, as Commissary General, to assist the Ge∣neral Zeno.

But within two or three moneths after, those Tumults in Con∣stantinople being appeased, the Grand Seignior making a stately Cavalcate throughout the City, at that time, gave order, for exe∣cuting divers of the Ring-leaders in the said disorders, for greater terrour to the people in time to come: dispatching also away a Courrier in all haste to the Bashaw of Damasco, requiring him speedily to come away and take on him the slain grand Visier's Office; which great place was conferred on him, although but 24 years of age, because of his great abilities already shewn in the places of his Government. Who about the moneth of June, being fetcht into Constantinople with great pomp and solemnities made at his installing into the said Office; presently after, that Turkish Fleet was recruited with men, money, and other neces∣saries; over which the Venetian Fleet obtained a great and notable Victory, June 26, 1656, who having made one moneths stay in the mouth of the Dardanelles, to wait for, and fight the enemy, (se∣ven

Galleys of Malta arriving in the mean time) the Turk's Cap∣tain Bassa appeared in sight of the Castles, his Fleet consisting of 28 great ships, 60 Galleys, 9 Galeasses, and other small Vessels. The Venetian Navy had 28 great Ships, 24 Galleys, 7 Galeasses, (besides those of Malta aforesaid) commanded by the Prior of Roccelia; who keeping in the narrowest part of the Channell, the Turks could not come forth without accepting the offered battels. The Bassa (at first) had raised two Batteries on Land on both sides the River, one on Natolia side, the other on the side of Greece, as thinking to facilitate their own going forth, by obliging the other to forsake their station: yet the Venetians undauntedly resisting their shot, rendred that advantage of theirs unprofitable: wherefore the Bassa (being expresly ordered to attempt going out) on the 26th day in the morning, through a pleasant North-wind advanced all his great Ships, who withdrew notwithstanding be∣hind the Point of Barbiera; whither the Bassa himself repaired with his Galleys: a few hours after, through a small North-west wind, the Venetian Navy moving, Eleazar Moccenigo, now a Vo∣lunteer, and commanding the left Wing, advancing and passing beyond the Turkish Fleet, fought valiantly, endeavouring to hinder its retreat. The battel being begun, Laurence Marcello the Venetian General, with him of Malta, intermingling with the other Vene∣tian Vessels, fell to it Pell-mell; so that the Turks being hemmed in, and no place to escape, were forced to fight with the more ea∣gerness: but they were wholly routed by sword, fire, and water, the Captain Bassa saving himself with onely 14 Galleys; 40 Galleys were taken in the fight, 10 sunk and burnt; also 9 Ma∣hones were taken; but the 28 great Ships were (for the most) burnt. The number of the Turks slain could hardly be discover∣ed: yet 5000 were judged to be killed; 4 or 5000 Christian slaves being released, and 4000 Turks made slaves. The Vene∣tian's loss being their chief Captain Marcello, 300 Souldiers and Marriners; 3 Ships of theirs likewise were burnt, two in fight, and one by an accident. After an extroardinary joy manifested by the Duke and City of Venice, the Senate ordered for releasing of all prisoners for debt; some of the Banditi being freed also: and Moccenigo, who had contributed much to the gaining of the Victory, was the first that was Knighted by the Senate, with a chain of gold of 2000 Crowns conferred on him; and then was declared Generalissimo in the room of slain Marcello; in remem∣brance of whom, a publique service was ordered to be celebrated at the publique charge.

About the moneths of July and August, the Emperour of Germany (whose Son, the King of Hungary, assisted the Pole at the taking of Cracovia) was very strong in forces, as if he intended some great design: the number of whose Regiments of horse were 9550 men; of his foot 25300; and in the several places within his Domi∣nious which were Garrisoned, or to be made Garrisons, (to wit, in Bohemia, Moravia, the Upper and Nether Silesia, and Hungary, there disposed in divers places, and upon the Turk's borders) were

appointed to defend them, 19750 men: who also about Sept. fol∣lowing sent 11 Regiments of Horse and foot out of his Regiments, yet levying 10 new ones in his hereditary Countries in their stead; 44 Troops of the one, and 66 Companies of the other, under General Enkenford, to ayd the Spaniard in Millain of Italy, against the French and Duke of Modena; resolving to set out a Manifesto concerning that design: The French having lustily struggled against the Spaniards besieged by them, in the City of Valentia, and the Duke of Modena preparing to meet the Empe∣tour's forces with great courage and resolution. A little before which, the said Emperour sending an Expresse to demand of the King of France, the payment of three millions of Crowns, which he was obliged to do by the Treaty of Munster, or else to surrender up Brisac and all Alsatia, it occasioned the enemies of France to raise rumours, that the Emperour intended to send an Army for recovery of Alsatia.

About the same time, some Theeves in the Turkish Dominions set fire on the Seraglio of Bosnia, 4000 houses, 4 Dovens of Cu∣stome-houses, and 3 Mosquees being burned down to the ground, and the Jews quarter was plundred. And at the City of Luca in Italy, one Pisani a Traytour was executed to death, for attempting to kill all the Nobility, and change the Government of that little Common-wealth.

But the Princes of the Empire were not well pleased with this so hasty undertaking of the Emperour in Italy, and without de∣manding their advice in a business so important, and prejudiciall to the Empire; also so contrary to the Treaty of Munster, and ex∣presly mentioning, That the Dukes of Mantua and Modena, shall be free to make War, the Emperour not to send any forces against them, without the Princes Electours their consent: who were so far from that, that they protested against this sending, as a mani∣fest violation of that Treaty of peace so solemnly sworn, and that which could have no other effect than the troubling of Germany, and reviving of War: neither (it appears) were (whatever the cause was) some of the Souldiers well pleased with their going; for two Regiments at a general Muster of them, mutined and disbanded; although some of them were therefore taken and hanged.

In the year 1655, Septemb. 20, Pope Alexander the 7th (who had lately entred into the Popedome, endeavoured to bring about a general Peace among the Princes addicted to him; writing Let∣ters also to the Kings of France and Spain to that end) wrote a Let∣ter to all the Popish Clergy throughout Christendom, to stir them up to use all means for procurement of a settlement of the said Peace.

But in Helvetia or Switzerland, (which Country being governed after a Democratical form, is divided into 13 Cantons or Baily∣wicks, five of whom have been esteemed wholly Papists, six wholly Protestants, and the other two mixt of both: which di∣vision

began about or in the year 1519, when Zuinglius, Minister of Zurich or Tigurum, seconded Luther's beginning: which the rest of this people not liking, moved War with them of Zurich, and the rest of the Protestants, in which, Zuinglius himself was slain, (for it was the custome of the place, for the Ministers to go in the Front of their Armies, and he also of a bold spirit) and the Ti∣gurines discomfited; yet in the year 1531, an absolute Peace was concluded betwixt them: whereby notwithstanding the diversi∣ty of Religion, they lived in unity the Protestant professours there, being first offended, began ••o arm themselves against the Popish Cantons in 1655; for besides the differences which the Capu∣chins there excited, and which every where increased, divers in the Popish Canton of Switz, as also some in Lucerne, (who were called Nicodemites, because they at first secretly owned the Pro∣testant Articles of faith; yet afterwards openly professed the same) were imprisoned, (the Popish Cantons also solemnly swear∣ing their religious alliance against those in Lucerne) and by those of Switz very cruelly handled: some of whom escaping out of the prisons, detested their cruelties and idolatry; which confirmed the rest; the other yet in prison being also very constant in their faith: one of the notablest young men named Sebastian Anna Mousnier, a prisoner in the Town of Switz, escaping out at one of the Water-passages, as the Popish were in the midst of their Bacchanalian revels, on the Sunday, after many tortures and mise∣ries undergone. The Nicodemites so called, coming out of Switz into Zurick, made their profession very distinctly (about the be∣ginning of October there, 1655,) upon all the Articles of faith, and so labouring to confirm them by Texts of Scripture. About the same time, those of Lucerne released them that they had in prison; though upon what conditions was not then known: yet those who were set at liberty, continued as firm and fervent as ever: one was likewise laid hold on for reading the Bible.

Neither were the Papists themselves free from differences amongst each other; for when the foresaid League was sworn against those at Lucerne, the swearers chose one Charls Boromeo a Milanois, to be their Advocate and Patron, publishing a Patent to that purpose, declaring the reasons of that their new idolatry: at which, many of their Popish brethren were so offended, that they entred into an oath and combination against that new Italian Pa∣tron, resolving to adhere to the old. But the Popish Cantons (at first) arming themselves insensibly, sought every way for friends and assistance; sending Deputies to the Bishop of Basile, to procure him toswear their League against the Protestants: Milain offering them men to the last, and Rome money; but the rest of their friends would do but little.

About November following, the Zurickers had intelligence that some of the Nicodemites were at Switz, to be executed to death, if the presence of the Protestant Cantons Deputies did not hinder the

same; wherefore they were wonderously resolved to oppose that Fury: the mixt Canton of Appenzel, who were then 5000 strong, and the Papists but 1500, resolving to turn out the Nuns, which made the Monks to mourn, as to be deprived of their wonted vi∣sits. The second Deputies being sent to Switz, had indeed a fa∣vourable Audience; But they proposing restitution to be made of the goods of those departed from Switz, for Religion sake, as it had been formerly done by the Protestant party, towards all such as had relinquished the Protestant profession, whom they treated with all civility when they were imprisoned on the like occasion: the Town of Switz denied them, saying, They being in Soveraign State, had a right to proceed as they judged meet against their Subjects; because those who deserted them were perjured and Apostates, &c. and being legally cited, had refused to ap∣pear; wherefore their goods were justly confiscated: and that with those whom they had in prison for the same sault, they would pro∣ceed according to the nature of their offences. The Protestant Deputies being astonished hereat, after some conference, propoun∣ded, that since they would not condiscend in a friendly way, they would referre the whole matter fordetermination, to the Law of all Switzer-land: which they likewise peevishly and scornfully enough refusing, the Deputies departed, but ill satified: and not onely the other Protestant Cantons, with no small regreat ob∣served, but even 3 Popish ones did not approve of the violence, wherewith the Switzers mindes were possessed, and what troubles they of Zurick endured from them, for above 2 years before, yet they thought fit to own them in the quarrel of Religion: who then all armed apace, and had done some affronts and injuries to the Protestant Cantons in a very particular manner, (though their Magistrates offered Chastisement, seeming to be displeased there∣at) wherefore the Protestants putting themselves into a posture, observed all their proceedings, and on the 14th of the said No∣vember, appointed an Assembly to begin, to deliberate touching that great affaire, and also of the other grievances and oppressions. Also on of the 12th of this month, most of the Deputies of the Cantons meeting at Baden, (divers Papists being absent, because of some Holidays by them observed) the French Ambassadour, De la Barde came thither from Saloturne, where, in a speech, he ear∣nestly exhorting them to union, afterwards entertained them at a banquet. But the Deputies of Zurick having declared their Complaints against Suitz: they could get no other answer from them, but, that they were Soveraigns in their own Country, and if they roasted their Subjects they needed not to give any account of their Actions. The Zurickers replied, if ye give us not a bet∣ter answer, we shall be constrained to use such meanes as God hath given us: So offering to leave Baden, and go home to order their Army presently, to march out of Zurick into the Field; but the other Protestant Deputies, and some also of the more moderate

Popish ones, prevailed with them to tarrie: promising their en∣deavour to draw Switz to some reason. Austria threatned the Protestants; but their Neighbour-friends were very cold.

On the 16th day they had a hot dispute also at Baden: where∣in, them of Switz alleadging the National peace formed in 1531; the Zurickers called for the Records, and the instrument being distinctly read, one Waser a Burgomaster largely declaring, De∣monstrated that the Popish Cantons had never observed the Prin∣cipal Articles of that peace; but had since made all yances against them, more accounting of those latter Covenants, than of their Antient general treaties: and that it deserved no better name then meer Conjuration, and sworne Conspiracy against them: which they must no longer endure; Wherefore Zurick standing to their first proposal, required the other Cantons to do justice against Switz. About the same time (though all the Popish Can∣tons drew in one string) (but some of the other Popish Deputies pretended an approving of Zuricks demands, &c.) the Zurickers had intelligence, that Lucerne (which was saved by Zurick from utter ruine in the last Rebellion) took notice of the horrible slan∣ders begun, to be spread concerning those of the Protestant Reli∣gion; and had published an Edict, Commanding all their Sub∣jects to abstaine from those slanders on pain of death, also they heard, that the Popish Deputies offered to let all these Contro∣versies be determined, by an equal number of judges, of either Religion; but it was thought by some, to be but to gain time, be∣cause the Protestants were a great deal more ready for the Field, then the other thought they could be.

About January following, it was certified out of Switzer-Land into Engand, that it clearly appeared, the Pope and his Emissaries to have been the instruments of raising that quarrel among the Cantons: exasperating his Catholiques, to act such cru∣elties and injustice, as had dissolved the general league of union that was between them: and promising supplies to carry on that War, which was waging meerly upon the account of Religion: wherefore the Popish Cantons endeavoured by Agents to estrange the scemingly neutral Cantons, from the Potestants, and to draw them over to their own party: But the Protestants being before them in preparations, and exceeding them in number, they in∣tended through the mountainousnesse of their Country, to stand on the defensive, so to linger out time till spring, when as they expected help from their Popish friends; but the Protestants were then beginning to March with a fair train of Artillery, to pro∣voke, or, if possible, to force the enemy to an open engage∣ment.

About the same time, was seen a declaration in England, of the judgment of the Ministers of Cassel, the Court of the Lantgrave of Hesse, approving that work of John Dury, a Scotish Mnister, who had renewed again his endeavours, for procuring Concord among all of the reformed Religion, who had Cast off Romish su∣perstition:

wherein among other things, they declared, that as manifold experience had shewn, all the Miseries of War, Pe∣rils of treachery, Dreadful mischiefs, by Commotions of States and Kingdoms, do proceed from dissentions and divisions in Re∣ligion as out of Pandora's box; so from religious and true concord do spring all heavenly blessings, tranquillity, and all kind of ad∣vantages: and that, although it had been openly maintained by some men, That Agreement in Religion could not be pleasing to God; yet it was past all question, That peace conjoyned with truth, was most acceptable to God the Author of both, &c. and as the wiser sort anciently held, That the best remedy in case of Invasion by a common enemy, was to unite all parties, and take away all enmities and divisions in the Common-wealth: Why then should it not be thought the most adviseable course to take the same care in Religious matters, (seeing the common enemy, that is, the Pope, became more and more raging every day) that all animosities and emulations being extinguished, and all con∣troversies and disputes about matters lesse necessary and weighty being removed, a mutual Concord might be established by the common consent of all Calvin and Lutheran Professours, as very little differing in the main things; lest their dissentions should become their enemie's advantage, prejudice to their friends, and open provocations of God's wrath: in order too which, and the like, they shewed, That whereas the resolution of the Estates of the Empire convened at Franckfort in 1634, might serve to point out a way: a Conference at Leipsick would be a means to give light in things of truth.

The Affairs of Switzerland being now in a very broken condi∣tion, the Protestant Cantons had three dayes Assembly at Brugg, unanimously resolving peremptorily to insist, at the next Diett to be held at Baden, on the right of Alliance and agreement betwixt all the Cantons: and if reason were not done, then to take the field immediately. Which they did; for in the very same Ja∣nuary, the Forces set out by Zurick, (Werdmuller being their Ge∣neral) marched abroad in several bodies, to the number of 10000 men: Werdmuller's first booty was of the plunder of a very rich Cloyster in Rynaw, a strong place and passage which he took: then he took in Keyserstuel, a strong Passe upon the Rhine: where some Zurickers were wounded: in the mean time, Ulrich the Liev∣tenant General going into Turgow, took Fauchfield and its Castle, with the Popish Bayliff and his Officers; but the people present∣ly submitted. After that, Werdmuller went toward Raperswill; which place being very well provided, and the bridge so defend∣ed, he made some attempts to come near it, and the enemies some salleys; yet both without effect. But departing thence to the other side of the Lake, he took in the Island of Uffnaw, assaulting also the very strong Castle of Pfesikan. Berne being likewise mar∣ching to divide towards Lucerne, (Geneva having sent them three good Companies of Souldiers) the Cantons of Friburg and Soleure

had endeavoured by their Deputies to keep them therefrom; but they came too late. Rappeswill being still besieged, and they within shooting off many chained bullets, flints, and pieces of steel, wounding and killing some Zurickers, they were mightily incensed: whose stout resolution and courage was admired; who although the like cold weather had not been seen in that Country for a long time, the horse and Ordance being scarce able to passe: yet they would go on (to get as many places as they could) without delay. At Zurick also came forth a Manifesto, concerning the Subject of that War, whereby might be seen the great injustice, tyranny, and violence of the Papists, and chiefly of the Canton of Switz.

In February following, Arnaud, one of the Sorbonne Doctors before mentioned, was with his opinion, condemned and censured by the Molinists or Jesuits, and numerous party of Monks, who had both writton and disputed in defence of the Doctrine of Janse∣nus: (which matter had took up the observation and expectations of the whole Kingdom of France concerning its event and issue) it being put to the question, they damned his Propositions; the one as rash, scandalous, and injurious to the See of Rome and the Bi∣shops: the other, as wicked, blasphemous and heretical: there∣upon sentencing him to be rased out of the number of Doctors, and degraded from all the functions and priviledges of a Doctor: and further concluding, That for the future, none should proceed Doctour, who did not subscribe to the Censure. On the 13th of which February, was the opening of the general Assembly of the Clergy of France.

The Protestants of Switzerland successfully proceeding in re∣venge of the innocent bloud of their massacred brethren, exceed∣ingly strengthened themselves. Some in that Country were Neu∣tral, although Catholiques; Basile also being more inclined to peace than war, whose Ambassadours were then at Berne: which Berners took Zug and beset it; so causing great perplexity in the Switz, where, and in divers places, divers Popish families (appre∣hending the Jesuits cruelty in egging them on, and pressing the Magistrate to hang, burn, and quarter those that turn to the Pro∣testant Religion) publiquely professed the same in the streets, and in great number daily flocked to the Protestants, submitting to their protection. Zursach and Clognaw did now homage to the Zurickers who had assured the Awe: those of Genff 6000 strong, joyning to the Berners; who were now 20000 strong, and expect∣ing 3000 more to come unto them out of Vaud. There being like∣wise at Bunthen 6000 Protestants ready to maintain the Passes to∣wards Tyroll and Italy. The Popish Canton Forces of Uri, Schaye, and Underwalden, kept in a body, where they might have access at pleasure into Rappeswill by the bridge: the besieged of which Town, very furiously sallying out Jan. 16, with 1000 the choisest men as far as Warmspach Convent, were chased in again by the Zurickers with great losse; Werdmuller raising the spirits of his

men by his valiant example: and Captain Eldibach, who kept Warmspach, slaying a great number of them. Among them that were taken, were two brothers, held as Goliahs among the Pa∣pists, and being the chief persecutors of the Nicodemites: their fa∣ther being one who passed sentence on a Widow, one of them that were executed for Religion, (the Protestant Deputie's presence at Switz, it seems, not saving them) and one to whom he owed a great summe of money. Another of their most valiant Martial men who was shot and taken, dyed about three dayes after, raging against the Zurick Army; who in that engagement had but 10 men slain, and 40 wounded.

The Deputies of the Neuter Cantons having been at Zug, gave their judgment in the Councel of War belonging to the 4 Can∣tons, who resolved to make no agreement, tarrying in Zurick, ex∣pecting their answer, that they might govern themselves accord∣ingly: the Deputies of the Protestant Cantons meeting at Araw, to consult upon the whole; and the Papists at Mellinguen, who were not then willing to meet with the Protestants. The Berners receiving a fall through the imprudence of their Officers, took warning thereby, maintaining all places upon the Lake very well, bestirring themselves also with a Galley upon it: But the Souldiers of Ergow performing their duties very well, slew 500 of the enemies: and the Zurickers before Rappenswill having now gotten near the Town on the Land side, shooting Cannon at the wall towards the Starr, a great breach was made, the day fol∣lowing made an assault, 50 getting into the Town; but the ene∣my retrenching themselves on the other side of the breach, they were beaten back, about 20 being killed, and 20 wounded.

At the same time, an Ambassadour of Savoy having been at Araw, arrived at Zurick; where he protested, That his Master the Duke would never take part with the injustices of the Town of Switz; (yet himself could massacre his own Subjects) saying also, That if the peace were not made, his Master would be obliged to ayd his Allies: the French Ambassadour (who would willingly have quickly seen an assembly of all the Cautons of Switzerland) saying just so. Hereupon, there was a Truce betwixt the Can∣tons: which having been prolonged for three dayes more than was at first appointed, was to end Febr. 20 after: during which Truce, the Popish Cantons (about 3000) invading the Territory of Zurick, there acted all manner of cruelties, by burning, Rapes, plunderings, and slaying many both old and young: whereof Ge∣neral Wardmuller being advertised, immediately crossing the Lake with some Troops, and charging them, forced them to retire in∣to the Territory of Switz and Zug, where they presently falling to commit the like cruelties as before, Colonel Swyer (who comman∣ded the Popish forces) sent a Messenger to Wardmuller, desiring him to forbear; pretending, what his men had done, was without his order: a thing hardly by the Protestants to be believed.

Another relation of this matter (for by the time it appears to

be one and the same) is thus; Febr. 1. the Generals of the forces of Switz, Uri, Underwald, and Zug, hearing there would be a Ces∣sation of arms, (which begun the second of February): as also the Conference of the Canton's Deputies at Baden, and whither the Deputies of Zurick and Berne would not come, till the Papist and Italian Garrison were thence removed; the French Ambassa∣dour mainly stirring to find out some way of accommodation) re∣solved next day (being the same Febr. 2.) to fall on the quarters of the Zurickers in five several places, picking out, for that pur∣pose, 4000 of their best men. The chiefest assault was made on the side of Ritchtenschwild Orgen. The Zurickers forlorn guards stopt the assaulters; but being overpowred by their number, they retired towards the body of the Army, whither the other pursuing them, yet ran away at the first discharge upon them; and in their retreat plundred some scattered houses in the Mountains, burnt a small Village, carried away the Cattle, and practised severall great cruelties upon the men, women, and children, cutting off their noses and privy parts, and after killing them. Another as∣sault was made on Wadischwill side: the horse of Schaff. house, and some foot there in garrison defending the place very well. A third was about Phirzel, nigh the river Sile: whom Captain Lochman stoutly resisted; but they going about to shut him up, he with∣drew with his Cannon into a Wood: the enemy there plundring and burning some houses, specially the Minister's. The fourth was about Cappel, where the enemies were repulsed. The fifth was about the Cloyster of Gnadenthall, which was burnt down by the Zurickers. In all which, those of Zurich had the best, losing but few men, in comparison of the assaulter's losse. The Zurickers turned the siege of Rappeswill onely into a blocking up, which was to be maintained with some Regiments: in which Town, he that held Pavia against the French the year before, (with many Spa∣niards) was.

But the Conference at Baden, and Cessation of Arms, ended in a peace; so that in March following they began to disband for∣ces, put the Counties of Turgow and Baden again under the Go∣vernment of the Cantons, and to restore prisoners: on some of whom, the Papists had committed some unworthy actions: and on the 21 of March, a day of fasting and prayer was kept in Zu∣ricks Canton, for a blessing on their State: their forces having been all kept in health and union, God having abundantly sup∣plyed them with Victuals, and preserved them from so many thousand shots before Rapperswill, where they lost but few, and few wounded, notwithstanding their many skirmishes. The Zu∣rickers having also but 150 wounded, and 100 slain in all that War.

Yet some Officers and Souldiers were not very well pleased at the news of the peace; and the people would willingly have con∣tinued the War, to have suppressed the Monks and Priests fury; but others thanked God for it, because the Trade began to decay,

and the Merchants to lose. But the Zurick Forces, in all 19000, were in a posture to be up again at any time, and the Berners resol∣ved to have some forreign forces ready, that (with their own) they might act more powerfully on all occasions; for all the Cantons were to meet March 22 at Baden, where the Mediatours were to go about the settling of the Amnestie or act of oblivion, and the deciding the grievances both Ecclesiastical, Political, and Oecono∣mical, upon which great debates were expected, there being above 200 Articles to be determined onely about grievances in Religion: upon which, the Monks and Priests ('twas thought) would hardly agree; so that the Country might be set on fire again. But whereas some (through wrong information) being much displeased, spread a report, That the two Protestant Can∣tons of Zurick and Berne, had made a most disadvantagious peace with the five Popish Cantons, not only prejudicial to themselves, but to all the Protestants and their Cause; there was about the same time, a publique Monition there set forth for better infor∣mation therein: declaring, That both the obstinacy of the papists was much abated, and they willing to submit to the Right, where∣by all that was desired, might be determined without bloudshed: and also, that the Pope was wroth against the Protestants, and ge∣nerally the whole Italian Clergy had their purses open for the Popish Cantons: that the Forces of Italy, Naples, and Spain, were marching to their assistance, and to master Switzerland: Also, that the Emperour had great forces on foot to trouble and undo their Country; which considering the season of that last Winter, he might have easily done. And that the Protestants were far from any assistance; which though it might have been procured, yet would have come too late. By all which, every one might judge how the Protestant Cantons were necessitated to accept of that peace: which notwithstanding was not (said the Monition) quite decided, but wanted something; and men might believe, the Pro∣testant Cantons would not relent, or abate any thing of redress∣ment of their grievances, whether Ecclesiastical or Political. Af∣ter this, Jan. 30th, 1657, the Arbitrators of the two common or mixt Bayliwicks of Basile and Appenzel, where both Religions are professed, gave a deciding Sentence in sundry heads, both as touching themselves, and also that the charges of the War be∣tween the other Cantons, ought to be laid on that party who was the cause of it; which they judged to be Switz. And as for taking of goods, burning of houses, barns, &c. by either party, these (and other such things) should be buried in the Amnestie or Obli∣vion.

In France, about the beginning of 1656, a little after the peace ratified between that Kingdom and England, the Archbishop of Narbonne President of the Clergie's Assembly there, went as De∣puty, with some other Deputies, to the Court; and not finding the King, (for he absented himself) they addressing themselves to the Queen, desired among other things, that the Protestant's pub∣lique

assembling-places, built by them since the last troubles and tumults of Paris, might be demolished: Also, that they might not be put into Offices and Employments, nor admitted to the governing of Cities and Provinces, nor to Commands in Armies: desiring moreover, that the King would mind an establishing of peace with Spain, rather than with England or Sweden. She an∣swered, That the King above all things desired and sought to maintain peace at home in his Kingdom, and therefore expected that his Subjects of both Religions should live in amity and union one with another; he intending the Protestants should enjoy the exercise of their Religion in such places as had been allowed them: and that he had no better or faithfuller Subjects and Ser∣vants than those. And as to England, and other Allies of the Crown of France, the King had done, and would do therein as he should judg most convenient, and would advise with his Council touching such matters, in due season.

As to the King of Sweden's Affairs, there having been a Treaty between him and the Hollandish Ambassadours; it was fully con∣cluded and confirmed by subscription at Elbing, Sept. 12, 1656, the City of Dantzick being so far comprehended therein, that they were to agree with the King by themselves: they not having then resolved touching the Neutrality upon the Articles that had been propounded unto them.

In the same moneth and year, the City of Valentia in Italy was surrendred up to the French, by the Spaniards: the Governour ca∣pitulating to have leave to send to the Count of Fuensaldagne, That unless relief came within two dayes, he must surrender: and no relief coming, he marched out thence on the 16th day, with 800 horse and foot, six having Vizzards, that they might not be known, who with their baggage and two Cannons, were conducted to Alexandria. The taking of that City enabling the French to esta∣blish their Winter-quarters in the State of Milan, to the great prejudice and indignation of the Spaniards.

A little before the same time, the Venetians took that consider∣able and important Isle and Fort of Tenedos, about the mouth of the Dardanelles, from the Turk; who not onely vexing the Inha∣bitants of the Island with 26 Ordnance, and 5 Morter-pieces; but also firing all their Munitions, and spoyling their Wells, they surrendred; 800 men, and 300 women, Turks and Grecians, com∣ming out of it. The Turks being set ashoar upon the Continent, and the Greeks remaining in the Island: and through the fear and confusion which was then great among the Turks, chiefly in Con∣stantinople, they doubted not but soon to take the Isle of Lemnos; besides divers other places like to fall into their hands: the Inha∣bitants of Scio sending Deputies at the same time to the Venetian Forces, inviting them to draw near their Island, assuring them of an easie entrance through the divisions of the Turkish Comman∣ders there, who were by their oppressions and cruelties become

so insupportable to the Inhabitants, that they alwayes lay in hope of an opportunity of cutting the throats of their oppressours.

But upon the retiring of the Swedish and Electoral Armies, the Poles getting together, came on again in great numbers, cutting down what smaller Swedish Troops they met with in the Coun∣try. And Aug. 24, 1656, Czarnecki meeting with 600 Swedish horse, and 300 Dragoons, cut them all down; they all dying man∣fully in the field. This falling out after some overtures for peace had passed between the two Kings. Neither were there those wanting (about that time) at Vienna, who pressed the Emperour by all means to afford the Polish King that assistance which he had so long demanded; but he would not then give ear thereto.

The Muscovites who entred (as was said before) into Liefland with a great Army, having layn some time before Dunenbourg, took it, and put all the Swedes there in garrison (who were about 2000) to the sword. Thence encamping before Riga, by a sally out of the City, he was repelled, and retired at some distance; General Douglas being sent thither with ships and supplyes. The Muscovite, being in despair of taking Riga, caused him to carry away his greatest guns the sooner; which the besieged perceiving, they sallyed out Octob. 2d. about 5 in the morning, being 650 men, horse and foot: and falling on a place called S. George, where the enemy was strongly entrenched, they destroyed above 1000 of them; taking also 17 Colours, and some prisoners, among whom was Col. Sencler, who through a shot received, dyed pre∣sently after. The night following, he forsook S. George, and on the 5th of October, he quitted the siege, leaving 17 Iron Ord∣nance, and 16 Lubish Gunpowder barrels (which he buried under ground) behind him. And on the 17th of the same moneth, a Greek, who was the Keeper of the great Duke's Wardrobe, com∣ming over to those of Riga, related, that his Master was mightily terrified by news brought him, That Field Marshall Lowenhaupt the Swede did great mischief in Muscovie, having defeated two Armies, and taken two Generals of his prisoners. There being also a Mutiny in the City of Mosco, which forced both the Pa∣triarch, and the great Duke's Lady to flee thence, who were arri∣ved at Polosko in White-Russia. And Novemb. 5th following, there were solemn Thanksgivings at Stockholm, with discharging all their great Guns, for joy of the Muscovite's quitting the siege of Riga, and the Fortresses of Kakenhowen and Notembourg; of whose ir∣ruption into Liefland there was then no farther appearance, than the visible remainders in those desolations and spoyls which they had made in the Country. The reason likewise which induced the Muscovite to that hostile attempt against the Swedes, was sup∣posed to be this, because it was concluded in the Treaty made between him and Poland, That the Polanders, after King Casimir's decease, should freely choose, not onely the son of the Muscovite; but himself also to be next Successour to the Crown.

Before the middle of Novemb. the Polish Army being in three Bodies, one body of them consisting of 30000 Poles and Tartars, Scewsky being General, coming to Prussia's borders near the City Leik, surprised the Electour of Brandenburgh his Army under the Command of Count Waldek: the Tartars also crossing the River, came behind them: there was indeed a sharp fight betwixt them; but the Pole's forces being far greater in number, the Earl was forced to retreat as far as Angerbourg, 1500 of his men being cut off, with the losse of six great Guns, and all their baggage. Yet the King of Sweden nothing daunted herewith, speedily collecting his Troops together, went and confirmed the rest of the Branden∣burgers, by uniting them to himself; which the enemy perceiving, durst not come on to prosecute their successe, but retreated into Podlachia. The Electour himself being awakened by this great loss, (in which Prince Radzivil was taken prisoner, M. G. Ritter∣helm, Col. Rose, Col. Brunnel, with other chief Officers, being slain,) called upon the Nobility of Prussia to arm for defence of their Country: who turning their backs, said, They durst not bear arms against the King of Poland.

But M. G. Golts at the same time (arriving at Tilse) fell upon the Samaytes, standing in battalia two miles beyond, with very good success: who thinking at first, that they were all well moun∣ted and armed, encouraged his men to stand to it: but when he perceived their subtilty, that they had no Musquets, but long pie∣ces of wood coloured black, except a few who having Musquets, fired immediately, he set on them so eagerly, that he got the Victory, slaying 1500 of them, and taking as many more priso∣ners, whereof was Crispin the General himself, and 60 other no∣ted ones, the rest being scattered and routed. Crispin being brought to Tilse, was to be sent to Koningsberg.

The King of Denmark complaining of grievances from the Swe∣dish King, (who had concluded with the States of the Nether∣lands) having his Resident at the Hague in the same Octob. 1656, obtained an answer of his businesse; which was, That the States would not be wanting to recommend his Master's interest to the King of Sweden, that he might receive satisfaction touching all the said grievances of which he complained: and that they had writ∣ten about the same to their Ambassadours in Prussia.

The same year, before this time, even an unheard of mischie∣vous invention to destroy the lives of people, was practised in the Lower Silesia; for some buriers of people seeing they had but lit∣tle work, plotted together, That one of them should (by some fel∣lowship with the evil one) learn to make a powder, which he di∣stributing, and they throwing in publique assembling places, and Fountains, caused great infection; so that at Krapis 2500 dyed thereby. Whereupon the chiefest Families withdrawing into the Country; it afterwards chanced, that a hogg of one of the buriers getting out, ran to the Country where the people was re∣tired, where being shot, the said Burier becoming mad, threat∣ned

all his men, that they should die very suddenly: who also told one that lamented his lately dead Wife, that he wondred at him, so to lament, since he was within a day to go the same way. The Magistrate being advised of all those; this burier was apprehend∣ed, who upon the rack confessed his crime and all his Complices, who according to desert, were put to death with great tor∣tures.

About the moneth November following: the Princes in Ger∣many being jealous of each other, every one of them levied Soul∣diers; for they all feared a new War, which the French were like to make against the Empire; because there was no satisfaction given at Franckford for breaking of the peace; for France pretend∣ed, That the Empetour did contrary to the Peace made at Mun∣ster, in sending Armies into Italy and the Netherlands; yet the Germans sent into Italy, committing great insolencies there, above what the French did, plundring many Monasteries, and chiefly two, hard by Milane; burning down a Village, and plundring the guards of the Milanois Governours; not sparing also the Church∣men, but committing great violences on them, which forced many families to leave their houses and goods, and to flee from that unlucky supply: the affairs of that State could not be then in a worse condition. And then were the Trained Bands, and some new levied Souldiers of the two Electours of Mentz and Heydel∣burg in the fi••ld, marching one against another. Neither of the Princes then yielding to other about the matter of the Customes; but it was believed that some of their Neighbours would inter∣pose.

But the King of Poland arrived Nov. 15. at the City of Dantzick, with his Chancellor and Vice Chancellour, (being fetcht in by 48 Companies of Citizens) whose Army being 30000 strong, (12000 of whom were lusty fighting men) were to be en∣trenched about that City; who soon felt the inconvenience of that numerous Army, to their no small discontent, by reason of their plundring and stealing, spoyling and ruinating all the Cham∣pion Country round about it, which was expected to prove very chargeable to the Dantzickers, and breed great and many inconve∣niences: they being likely to continue their Quarters under the Cannons of their City, and King Casimir intending to stay there himself awhile: Parties, in the mean time, of the Poles and Swedes every day meeting and skirmishing. The Dutch Embas∣sadours having also conferred with the Poland King at Dantzick, (for both they and the French Ambassadours were very serious and diligent in mediating with him for an accommodation) pres∣sed him so hard, that they desired him to nominate a day to begin a Treaty of peace. Who answered, He thought it needfull first to know whether the Swedish King would admit of the Emperour and Danish King to be Mediatours; otherwise all would be to little purpose. Next day, those Ambassadours addressing them∣selves to the Chancellonr of Poland, he gave them the like answer,

assuring them, They should find the King and Estates very much inclined to an accommodation; but, he telling them in conclu∣sion, That before any Treaty began, it would be expected, the King of Sweden should restore all places which he held in Prussia, in the same condition as they were before (which was not to be so much as propounded to the Swede) both the Ambassadour's endeavours, and the Pole's fair shews, vanished in an instant.

The King of Poland being very earnest by his Ambassadours, for the Emperour of Germany his assistance, had proposed the accep∣tance of the Polish Crown unto him, (that is, after Casimir's de∣cease) which, both the Emperour and his Councel, absolutely concluded to wave; they finding it then much more convenient and conducible for the Empire, first to make sure of the Crown of the Romans, and those hereditarily due unto the House of Austria, than to covet after more forreign Crowns. And one of the gra∣vest Imperial Counsellours being asked his advice also, what an∣swer was to be returned, he is reported to have answered, Quaerite primo Regnum Romanorum, et caetera adjicientur vobis; that is, Seek ye first the Kingdome of the Romans, and others shall be added unto you. Whose opinion all the rest did approve of, and agree unto.

On the 29 of October the same year, those of the Inquisition in Portugal burnt four persons alive, who were accused and condemn∣ed of Judaism and Sodomie. And Novemb. 6. following, the King of Portugal departing this World, (through obstruction of the Stone and gravel in his Kidneys) left his Queen, Regent of the Kingdom, during the minority of her son Don Alsonso the first, who was crowned the 15th of the same Novemb. 1656.

Novemb. 20th after, in a Treaty between the King of Sweden, and the Electour of Brandenburg at Taplaw, a perpetual League and Confederacy was anew transacted and agreed on: to which effect, the Earl of Slippenback, and President Borenclaw departed from Koningsberg with the Instrument of that League, to have it ratified by the King.

This year 1656, the Plague sorely afflicted Italy, so that not onely at Naples, but at Rome and Genoa it raged much: and at Be∣nevento, in Novemb. of 9000 people, there were not above 500 remaining.

But the Venetians after Tenedos, soon took Stalimene Island also from the Turks: and having furnished the Fortresse there, with all necessaries for defence, their Proveditor General set sail with the Fleet towards Scio and Zia, to refresh his men: about which time, the Turk cast away all thoughts of peace with the Venetians, having wholly broken the Treaty that had been begun at Constan∣tinople by their Secretary Bellarini.

The King of Sweden (finding his Souldiers exceeding desirous to encounter with the Polanders, before a greater Frost came, for∣cing them to take their Winter quarters) toward the latter end of November breaking up from Hone, he crossed the River with his Army, consisting of 16000 choyse Souldiers: a little after which,

the Polonian Camp under Lubermiski was totally defeated before Cracovia, which they had besieged; and the City relieved, which was brought to great extremity.

About or in Decemb. following, the once Polish Vice-Chancel∣lour Radziecouski was brought (by the King of Sweden's command) a disgraced prisoner to Marienburg Castle, upon the discovery of his treacherous carriages to the Swedes: who (so soon as the ru∣mour brake out, that the Swedish King had forced War upon the King of Poland, under his pretence of a better Title, and nearer Succession to the Crown of Swethland, and that the said King had passed with all his Army in the Baltick Sea, landing in Pomerania) addressed himself unto him, with great promise of his fidelity in all actions wherein he should be imployed: and having given at that very instant a great testimony of the reality of his promises, when he had perswaded Posen and Calissen to accept of Swedish protection, the King might in reason put no small trust and con∣fidence in him: he being a Counsellour in all the principal Coun∣cels, and the chief interpreter when the King's occasion required it. But it was then by his own confession known; First, That he had been the onely cause, why the Cossacks (according to their of∣ffers) did never appear with any reality in the Polish War, and chiefly against the Muscovite. Secondly, That the Quartians and the rest of the Polanders left the King of Sweden at his perswasion. Thirdly, That he engaged himself to the Jesuits, that he would then have delivered the King of Sweden into their hands. Fourth∣ly, That he had an intimate correspondency with the City of Dantzick, assuring them, that within a little time, he should shew himself a faithful Son of his Native Country. It was believed also, that he had a design to betray Elbing and Hoft into King Ca∣simir's hands. But then it was hoped, their Affairs would take another face, and chiefly by the approaching of Ragotzi Prince of Transylvania, at that time: as also the constant desire that the Muscovite had for a peace with the Swedish King; for which cause the King intended to send one Coyes with Instructions to make an overture of the said peace. The said Radziecouski in or about June following, 1657, was imbarqued at Elbing to be transported into Sweden, there to be imprisoned during his life.

A little after, the Chancellour of Poland had given the afore∣said answer to the Dutch Ambassadours: the King of Poland and the City of Dantzick resolved, that overtures of peace should be made with Sweden: whereupon, the French Ambassadour went in∣stantly to the Swedish King, the Holland Ambassadour being to follow, the King being then at Marienburg to receive them, with their Propositions from the Polish King: although it appears, that Negotiation was to little or no purpose,

On May 18 following, 1657, the King of Sweden (whose Head∣quarters was at Quavichest intended to go to the Hungarian Lea∣guer under Ragotsky Prince of Transylvania, (who was now come to his assistance) upon the transaction and agreement made touch∣ing

the evacuation of the Garrison of Cracovia, which was to be surrendred to the Hungarians: on the 16 day of which moneth, a Pole escaping from Samoisci, brought Letters, that Marshal Wit∣tenburg and the other Swedish Lords there prisoners, were not transported from thence, as a rumour was spread: he relating also, That there was then a great mutiny and dissention among the Poles, divers having torn their Standards in pieces, and run away, yet the Polonish Generals kept the rest together, and were gone with them into Lithuania. He likewise related, That Chmielniski, the Cossacks General, was gone into Lithuania with great forces, ta∣king divers Towns by Arvisko, Arvilef, and Bobrosko, and putting to the sword all the Muscovites and Lithuanian Gentry therein.

But the Swedish Army being joyned with Prince Ragotzi's Ar∣my, and passing the River Bug into Lithuania, not far from Krze∣mein, and finding no forces of the enemies, marched towards the strong City called Bizescie Litenky; who at his approach sum∣moning it with a sharp commination of total ruine upon not sur∣rendring, Zawicky the Governour answered, He intended to de∣fend it to the uttermost. The Earl of Waldek and Earl Jacob de la Gardie, drew near the Town with some forces, and shot off two pieces of Canon, (the Swedish signal) which passing into the Go∣vernour's Lodgings, he, terrified, and forgetting his former reso∣lution, next day humbly offered to parley, and yielded on compo∣sition: and that, before the King and Ragotzi arrived there. So that, that strong and important place was subdued without the losse of one man, and garrisoned by Prince Ragotzi, to whom the King absolutely resigned the disposing thereof; although the be∣sieged wished to live alwayes under the Swedish protection: most of which Garrison having been in the service of the King of Swe∣den, the Electour of Brandenburg, and Prince Radzvill, betaking themselves again to the King's service: others Ragotzi got to his side, being raised by him: but the Governour and some others, with some Artillery, were conducted to Stuzana. After which, both Armies departed one from another, the King returning whence he came; and the Prince crossing Bug, not far from Bizescie, where he a while continued.

The Polonish and Lithuanian Armies under Lubermiski, Czar∣necki, and Saphia, till they were joyned, were chased by the King of Sweden and the Transylvanians; so that Czarnecki swimming over Weyssel with 10000 horse, passed into great Poland, summon∣ing up every where the Pospolite to make a diversion into Pomera∣nia; whereof 11 Colours appeared (June 10th) thereabouts on the other side of Thorne bridge with usuall bravadoes. The rest marching towards Bizescie with 2000 Germans and Poles: but as soon as the King drew night them, they fled in such haste toward Vohmien, that the pursuing parties for 20 miles could not hear of them. In the mean time, the Poles intreating the Muscovites for assistance out of Lithuania, they were flatly denyed, with this re∣proach, Thut the Poles had basely deceived the great Duke, by

carrying the Polonish Crown, which they offered to him, to Vien∣na; which affront they would be revenged of: so that they must not expect help from them. Ragotzi marched towards Samoise, whither Steinbock with 7000 Brandenburgian forces was drawing, to visite the same strong Fortresse, thereby to establish the Ragot∣zian line to the very borders of Transylvania, and to stand firmly in Poland. But the King keeping with him a body of 8000 men, intended to march into great Poland, to scatter the forces brought thither by Czarneski, and to draw somewhat nearer to Pomerania's borders, to joyn with Wrangle's 6000 men in Pomerania, in case the Danes should do their worst: For in or about the same June, 1657, the King of Denmark proclaiming War against Sweden, in Coppen∣haguen, disparcht also a Herauld to Stockholm, to intimate there the War, or to the Swedish borders to denounce it; setting forth also a large Declaration of the motives thereof; Because the Swedes had by fraud and violence taken from him his Archbishopricks of Bremen and Verden, and his Towns and Territories, plundring him of his moveables, and denying to give him any satisfaction here∣in; detaining likewise from him, Irne and Zerne in Norway by force, and defrauding him several wayes of his Custome and Toll in the Ore Sound, and prejudicing him most highly in his Prero∣gatives also, because the Swedes had taken away from him the whole Trading by Sea, from Dantzick into Denmark: and instead of making reparation of all those, the late appointed Treaty was broken off: the Danish King protesting against the Calamities which that ensuing War might cause.

About the beginning of May, 1657, the Venetian Gene∣ralissimo Moccenigo, burned 10 Turkish Ships, and 14 Saiques, ta∣king the Tribute of Rhodes to 200000 Crowns: yet losing 100 men, and 300 wounded; who afterwards joyning with the Pope's Galleys, and those of Malta, they went again to the Dardanelles, to hinder all Vessels carrying provision to Constantinople, and re∣solving to fight the great Turkish Fleet, who intended to Rendez∣vouz at Scio.

On the other hand, Monsieur Dureel, the Swedish Plenipotentia∣ry, having used all means to bring the Danish King to a fair ac∣commodation with the Swedish, and that proving vain, he left a Manifesto at Coppenhaguen, May 13, 1657, containing a state of the differences betwixt them. The Swedish Plenipotentiary protest∣ing, That no occasion had been given on the Swedish side, to dis∣solve and break off that Treaty.

War being thus begun in good earnest by the Danes, their Camp began to march for the Archbishoprick of Bremen, entring therein in June; in order to which, they went to the Elbe, whose high waters, and tempestuous winds crossed their transportation; yet some of their forces passing the Elbe above Hamborough, through the Dominion of Linnenburg: in their going over, they gave the other signs, burning pitch'd barrels; whereupon 3000 of the Da∣nish Forces were transported to the High-land, where they took a Fort, called the East-Sconce.

On the 9th day of the same June, the Swedish Camp in Liefland under Major General Lowen; and the Muscovian Army under the Waywood of Pleskow, and the General Szaremietow, had a great fight near the Town Walke; the Swedes having the day, put four Companies of Dragoons to the sword which guarded some passa∣ges. On the place of fighting, 1500 common Souldiers were slain, besides many eminent ones: the rest being pursued: many of whom were knockt down by the Peasants among the bushes: they took from them 4 Ensigns, 26 Cornets, 5 pair of Kettle Drums, all their Artillery and baggage; Szaremietow the General was ta∣ken prisoner, being wounded; also their Quarter-master General, with seven eminent Boyars more from Pleskow, and many others. The remnant of the defeated Muscovites rallying their forces about six miles from Adzell, Count Magnus departed from Riga to the Swedish Army, (recruited with 800 brave Souldiers sent from Prince Adolph out of Prussia, after the action) with full intent to encounter them; who were before the 19th of the same again to∣tally routed and destroyed: upon which, those of the besieged Castle of Adzell despairing of succour, blowing the same up, fled away; the which caused great perplexity thereabouts, especially at Dorpt, which was said to expect no other but the same destiny. Then also the Cossacks under Chmielnisky fell into Russia, making great havock there, taking all before them, without resistance.

But the Danes in Bremen having besieged Bremerford, the be∣siegers approaching to the very Walls; and Stade being by them begirt, the King of Sweden made toward them, coming July 10, to Stetin in Pomerania; and next day the Prince Palatine of Sultz∣bach his Regiments of horse and foot being 5000 choyse men, passed over the River of Oder, to Stetin side. Upon the third day there being a solemn Fast, with prayers throughout all that Land. On the 4th day many Standards and Colours, both horse and Dra∣goons marched thorow that City; the King's own Army of 10 or 12000 men, with a brave Train of Artillery, being to follow after within few dayes: Which march and Expedition was one∣ly intended against the King of Denmark.

About the same time, 12000 Polanders invaded that part of Hungary belonging to Ragotzi Prince of Transylvania, burning down 36 Villages, giving quarter to none. Then also (there ha∣ving, at length, been an agreement of the Imperial Court with Poland, upon six Articles) the Army appointed by the King of Hungary and Bohemia marched for Silesia, and was advancing to∣wards Cracovia. Three of the Articles being, That betwixt the two Crowns, there should be an eternal Friendship and Covenant, offensive and defensive. That the King of Hungary and Bohemia should keep on foot for Poland 16000 men, (10000 foot, and 6000 horse) and a sufficient Artillery: for which the Polish King was to provide necessaries; provided, that the King of Hungary take from the Revenues of the Polonian Salt-Mines 50000 Gilders; be∣sides which, the King of Poland was to pay that present moneth

of June, 300000 Duckats in ready money: that, in that Cove∣nant, were comprehended the German and Spanish Houses of Au∣stria, Denmark Muscovia, and the Tartars; as also, all such Electo∣rall Princes of the Empire which were desirous to be received into it, chiefly Brandenburg, in case he left the Swedish party.

A little after, the King of Sweden marched from Stetin in Pome∣rania with 10000 men against the Danish forces. And the Polo∣nian and Austrian forces being mustred, the former were 24000 strong, the latter 20000; a party whereof marching against Prince Ragotski's Army, who having layn at Pintzaw, were now advancing to the Town Opatawa: Prince Ragotski then seeming inclinable to peace, sending an Ambassadour to the King of Po∣land, soliciting for it; and proffering, That upon conditions, he would quit Poland. The King answering, He would send to the King of Hungary with all speed concerning it, to hear his good intention therein.

About the same time, Bremerwerden in Bremen (after the decease of the chief Commander) was surrendred to the Danes upon Ar∣ticles. The Leaguer-Sconce, a considerable place, being subdued by them also: The Dane lying likewise before Borgh; and keep∣ing Staden blockt up.

In the same moneth of July, 1657, Venice had bad news, to wit, That the Turks having taken the Fort Bossina in Dalmatia, put 800 Christians to the sword. And 6000 Turks coming nigh to Spalatro, turned immediately to the passage of S. Franchois, intend∣ing there to raise Forts: but Possidario sallying out, and fighting a while stoutly, at last drave them quite away, with the losse of many great Commanders: who in their retreat went to Salona, lying between Spalatro and Clissa, where they were recruited with 6000 foot, and 4000 horse. But the Turks under Ussaim Bassa's Command, having prepared for War a good while, came on July 2d, in the night with storming Ladders, &c. pressing on the City of Candia furiously to surprize it; but 500 of those in the City crying out, Turks, Turks, the chains were thereupon drawn, and the Souldiers and Citizens coming to a Body, fell on the Turks, and drave them out. Also issuing forth, they disordering the Turks, put many of them to the sword; who left behind them 29 Ensigns, and 5 Cornets, which they had put up on the wall; 1400 Turks were slain, and 2100 (with a great booty) taken.

There was also a fight toward the latter end of July, on the frontiers of Schoneland, between the Danish forces and the Swedes, under the Command of Horn, Douglas, and Gustave Oxienstern, rai∣sed to engage the Dane on the other side next to Swethland: where∣in the Danes had the worst.

But in Bremen, the Danish Army had almost no sooner possessed themselves of divers places there, but they began to be dispossessed again by the Swedes: for the Swedish Armies coming on, made (in the very moneth of July) the Danish forces to withdraw from Staden: time being then to shew whether they would quite forsake

it, or keep it onely blockt up: who sent then also a part of their forces over the Elbe, to go into Holsatia: and the Swedish Field-Marshal Wrangle (who Commanded in Bremen Dukedome) with his forces (onely assisted with one Regiment of Finlanders, whom he borrowed of the garrison of Staden) recovered the two Forts of Butzflit and Swinga, putting most of the Danes therein to the sword: whereby he encouraged, with all speed and care pur∣sued the other Danes in those parts, who were retreating in all haste to ship themselves out of the Dutchy of Bremen; and ov••r∣taking them at the bank of the River Oste, took most of them pri∣soners; but their Officers being gotten aboard, set sayl towards Gluckstad, leaving some of the smaller Vessels (which should have transported the common sort) a prey to their enemy. But the Danes then held Bremerwerden, and also a Fort seated at the mouth of the Weser: but from the King of Sweden's coming thither, unto that time, the Danes had lost 2000 men. But at the King's en∣trance into Holstein, he pitched his Camp at three several places, and finding the Danes did not stand, but still retreated, he falling on the two Forts Krucker and Niestader, which protected those parts, presently took them, killing and taking about 500, among whom was Col. Benefield, a Germane. In the mean while, about 2000 Danish horse lightly armed, and 800 Dragoons, who were quartered hard by, never came on, but retreated in haste and dis∣order (before the Swedes coming) towards Gluckstad. While the King of Sweden advanced towards Itzchow, most of the Danes horse galloped into Jutland.

About the same time, the Emperour being deceased, there were differences in Germany about the Vicariat or Vice-gerency of the Empire: which having been transferred in the late Wars there, and since by the Pacification at Munster settled on the House of Bavaria, that house pretended as if it were a Prerogative insepa∣rably annexed and belonging to their Electorate: when as the Golden Bull, the fundamentall Sanction of the Empire plainly confirmed it to the House Palatine: which was invested and actu∣ally possessed with that dignity, before ever there were Electours constituted in the Empire: and which the Golden Bull of Charls the 5th did not bestow on the Electours Palatine, but onely far∣ther ratified the same unto their House; soiemnly declaring to the whole Empire and posterity, that it did belong unto them, by reason of their Hereditary possession of the Principality or County Palatine of the Rhine.

Gestendorff Fort being likewise soon after taken from the Danes in Bremen, that Dukedome was almost freed from them; so that in August, 1657, there was no place (except Bremerwerden) which stood out against the Swedes. Wherefore Wrangle leaving behind him a convenient force to secure that Country, and carry on the reducement of Bremerwerden, he departed thence, to follow the King into Holstein, where the Swedes had taken three Sconces from the Danes, and so got into the Moorish Land of Holstein; which

the Danes could not free from hostile Invasions. Also, the King of Denmark arriving at Juiland, leavying forces for the reinforcement of his Camp; and his Rix-Marshall Bille marching thither to him with 2000 foot from Gluckstad, with other forces brought in from other parts, his Army was look'd on to be very considerable; and which, the Danish Officers were then putting in a posture fit for battel: And they might expect it, because the King of Sweden with the rest of his Army, advanced after the Prince of Suliz∣bach, whom he had sent before towards Jutland with a strong party.

About or in the same moneth of August, the Venetians obtained another signal Victory against the Turkish Fleet, at the mouth of the Dardanelles, and that in the sight of the great Turk himself, who was said to have come down thither to see the fight. But that which sowred that great Successe unto them, was the losse of their General Moccenigo, who being in prosecution of the Victory, and afterwards endeavouring to return to the attaquing of the Isle of Scio, a tire of great guns being discharged from the Castles of the Dardanelles; one of them lighted into the Magazine of powder in his own Galley, and blew him (with many more Nobles) up into the Ayr.

On the 9th of September following, Rosenwing, Envoy from the King of Denmark, arrived at Amsterdam: whose businesse was to solicite the States for assistance both by men and money: he rela∣ting also, That his King was assuredly with his Army resolving to bid the Swedes battel; but he intended not to engage, till the Poles should make their promised Invasion into Pomerania to divert the Swedish forces.

About the beginning of July before, 1657, one Colonel Doyley Governour in Jamaica Island for the English, wrote into England, concerning the good condition the English were then in.

But there having been a difference risen in Germany between the City of Munster and their Bishop: the Bishop besieged that City, (500 Souldiers of the forces levied by the Ecclesiasticall Electours, going to help their fellow Bishop in that siege; and the Duke of Bavaria had sent thither 4000 men) but (the Citizens continuing couragious, and resolving to abide the utmost extre∣mities, rather than to submit to such conditions as their Bishop would have imposed upon them) it proved a very difficult siege; for the besieged sallying forth notably, more than once, they slew a great number of the Peasants which came thither to do service. They also finding their Governour to be one holding correspon∣dence with the enemy, brought him to Tryall, and put him to death; hanging and quartering four persons more upon the same account, who had undertaken to set divers of the chief streets of the City on fire. At length by help of the States General of the United Provinces, (whose forces were advancing toward the relief and vindication of the besieged Citizens) the Bishop no sooner heard the news of the said forces advance, but he presently began

to give ear to the Citizens just demands, permitting unto them their ancient Priviledges, rights and immunities. Whereupon they immediately suffered him to enter into Munster very honou∣rably: the Garrison being disposed under Gen. Remona's Com∣mand, he took an Oath of fidelity to the City; (for by a sure agreement with the Bishop, the Garrison was wholly at the Citie's devotion). The Bishop lost 1500 men during the siege; the Citi∣zens not above 30, and about 200 wounded. This was in Octob. 1657. After which, the States General's forces retired into their Garrisons from whence they came.

But the King of Sweden passing out of the Dukedome of Holstein, into Jutland, (taking upon the way those that were willing into his protection, and dealing with others as he saw meet) there was great perplexity among the Danes, because of his so soon coming thither, and arriving at Alborgh, which is but 12 or 14 leagues on the other side of the Sea from Gottenburgh in Sweden; this was in August; about which time, a Danish Major General having cast up a Sconce three leagues from the said Gottenburgh on an Island called Tiurholmen, fortifying the same with some Guns, and inferiour Officers and Souldiers: the Earl Douglas just then being coming thither, 400 of his Souldiers so saluted them, that they presently left the same, leaving behind them a great quantity of provision. Douglas advancing to Wennersborg, gathered his Troops together, intending to continue his Expedition in Norway; but he was stayed there-from by a Letter from Vice-Roy Brahe, (out of Schonen) then Generalissimo by Land and Sea, that he should tran∣sport himself into Prussia, to assist Duke Adolph, and command the Army left there.

The Danes (the while) reinforcing themselves in Schonen, Vic∣tuals there growing scant, the Vice-Roy with his 5000 men was constrained to retire to Helmstadt: the Danes passing safely tho∣row the Wood Hallansoos into Laholm, gave out, that they were 8 or 9000 men: wherefore Douglas received another Order from Brahe, to take 1800 horse, and Col. Swynehead's foot, and to march thither; Steinbock also having a few dayes before come out of Prussia to encounter and endeavour to force them back into their own Country. But they having assaulted Laholm Castle in Hal∣land, and being thrice repulsed with the losse of 500 men, re∣treated again into their Country Schoneland, because they heard Earl Douglas was to joyn with the Swedish Army there.

Czarneski with his flying Army going into Pomerania, the King of Sweden was thereby called away out of Jutland in haste; so that the Ambassadours of the States General of the United Pro∣vinces going (after a sumptuous entertainment by the Duke of Holstein in the Castle of Gottorf) Sept. 13. towards Flensbourg, to meet with him,; he was gone ere they were aware: (the King of Denmark arriving about the same time, from Jutland, at Coppenha∣guen, having left Fredericks-Ode and Fuenen in a good posture of defence) but the Swedish King left his affairs in Jutland to be

carried on by Wrangle; who commanding his forces there, kept Fredericks-Ode still blockt up by Land: out of which, the Danes having made severall salleys; on Sept. 20th, they made two no∣table ones with two whole Regiments; but they being repulsed by the Swedes, they pursued them till they came under the Canon of the place, killing many, and taking divers prisoners. But the King of Sweden having sent Wrangle a Recruit of Foot under Co∣lonel Fersens Command (with an Order to try if possible he might carry that Famous and strong Town & Fortresse of Fredericks-Ode, situated on the water towards the Sound) of 5000 men, thereby to overthrow the Danes designe, as also to consider which way he might successfully prosecute their expedition into the Isle Fuenen, or give the Enemy a blow somewhere else; He, on October 23, (having first caused divers experienced Corporalls, by night to crawle upon their hands and feet, observing with all diligence, all particulars needfull to be known about the said place) cal∣ling a Council of War, and propounding the Kings intention, after many discourses of pro and con, they generally Resolved to make onset upon it (the Danes then not dreaming of such a thing) in 3 several places at once in the morning before break of day: which they doing, and all the Officers and Souldiers behaving themselves with singular Courage, it was in a short time, by that one assault (although the Danes disputed one Bullwark after ano∣ther with stout opposition, and making the greatest resistance on those who gave the Onset on the Gate, in their Posts toward it) reduced to the Swedish King's obedience, with the Garrison, 6 Lieut. Colonels, 8 Majors, 26 Captains, 27 Lievtenants, 26 Ensigns, 2 Engineers, 56 inferiour Officers, 13 Constables, &c. being killed and taken; above 2000 common Souldiers were al∣so taken prisoners, besides those that escaped into the Boggs; and 1100 of the inferiour Officers and common Souldiers slain; 33 Colours, with 6 Standards of Dragoons, being likewise taken. The Swedes had killed in the action, 1 Adjutant Gen. 1 Capt. of horse, 1 Corporal, 19 Troopers: and of the foot, 1 Lieut. Col. 4 Capt. 1 Lieutenant, 2 inferiour Officers, 44 common Souldiers, with a great many wounded. Rix Marshall Bille the Dane car∣ried himself so valiantly in that assault, that he had divers wounds in his head; but seeing all to be lost, he retreated with the Lord Hocke, a Danish Privy Counsellour, into the little Sconce, whi∣ther also most of the Officers were gone, hoping to get over the water to Fuenen; but the contrary wind blowing hard, he was forced to yield himself up like the rest, at discretion.

After this, the King of Sweden thinking it expedient and need∣full to undertake a design suitable to the present Necessities, call∣ing his chief Officers to Kiel to confer with them there; himself departing from Wismar in Pomerania, Jan. 5. 1657, arriving at Kiel on the 9th day: the result of whose serious deliberation with Wrangle the Rix Admiral, and others, was, That a tryall should be made to get over into the Island of Fuenen one way or other,

whether the Frost held or not. Wherefore the frost holding, he sent the Admiral to Fredericks-Ode, to order those Regiments in Jutland to draw together thither on the 26 day: After the sending some to view the Ice beyond Fredericks Ode, and nigh Fuenen, and over against the Island of Brosoe, (where the Swedish set foot, for the better performance of their design) whose horses of the third party sent, (the Ice breaking) were drowned, they with much ado saving their lives: and after the King's ordering both Wings, and all things accordingly, after some disputes, (this dysaster al∣so happening unto the Swedes, that the two Regiments of Waldek and Koningsmark sanck into the Ice; so that Col. Boreman came to no action: and two Companies of Waldek's Regiment were drowned, with some Troopers of Koningsmark and Boreman) the Danes were totally routed and put to flight, Col. Jens, a valiant and experienced Souldier, desiring quarter of the Rix-Admiral; those that were not put to the sword, being immediately taken prisoners: only some few retreating upon the Ice, (some of whom were drowned) (and of all the Danes forces not 200 escaping) were pursued at the heels by some commanded forces. Where∣upon M. G. Berendts was commanded towards Langland and Swineburg to encounter 500 horse, who were to come from thence to assist Col. Jens; and Col. Ashenberg had order to go to Middle∣fort to beat up Col. Bilde with his 600 horse, but he was retreated before to Odensea. Jens confessed, That the Dane's forces consist∣ed in all of 3000 horse, besides 700 Germans, and 1500 Land∣forces, whereof all the Superiour Officers (except one Capt. Ru∣mor, who was killed in the beginning) were taken prisoners: and among these chief and publique Officers, were five Senatours; as also L. G. Guldenlew, who all had fled to Odensea: there were like∣wise taken in divers places, about 60 pieces of Ordnance, with a great quantity of ammunition, and a Magazine well furnished: and when the King of Sweden had sent the Rix Admiral to New∣burg, to seize on four Danish Men of War there, (a great number of small Vessels and Boats being likewise seized on) he presently came unto Odensea. This Island was taken Jan. 30. 1657.

But in or about October before, the Venetians lost again the Isle of Tenedos to the Turks, though not without ruine to the Conque∣rour. The Venetian Fleet being gone from the said Island to take in fresh water; the Turk's Fleet took opportunity to land there a great body of men, who presently setting upon the Fort of Tene∣dos by storm, were in the first attempt repulsed; but they prepa∣paring for a new Onset, and being numerous, the Venetian Garri∣son working a Mine under the Fort, disposed their powder there∣in with a match fitted to it, and then quitting the place, the Turks taking possession thereof, were (Fort and all) blown up into the Ayr. The Venetian Fleet returning, and perceiving what had happened, and the Turks Freet being at hand, they prepared for an encounter; which being performed resolutely on both sides, (for the Grand Visier encouraged the Turks, he having come pur∣posely

from Constantinople, to see that Island regained, whose pos∣session is of so great concernment to the Commerce of that City) in the conclusion, the Venetians got a new notable Victory, sinking 16 of the Turk's Men of War, with four that came from Tripoli to serve the Grand Seignior; taking also four of their Gal∣leys.

About the same time, 1500 Danes made an Incursion into Bre∣merwerden, hoping thereby to have relieved Bremerwerden; but the Swedes resolutely playing their parts thereabouts, made good the siege, rendring all the Danes enterprise fruitlesse, both touch∣ing Bremerwerden, and other places in that Country. Eggerick the Governour of Bremerwerden keeping in very close, after the at∣tempt made upon the Behlemer Sconce; from whence they were repelled by the Swedish Garrison, with great losse.

But while the King of Sweden was thus struggling with the Dane, most inhumane cruelties and persecutions were acted by the Papists and their party in Poland, against the Protestants: The first City which they set upon being Lesna, whither many Prote∣stants had come for shelter; there being three Congregations of them, to wit, the Polonian, Bohemian, and German. They intended to have put all to the sword therein; but the Citizens having no∣tice of their coming, left the City and all their wealth behind them, fleeing thorow Woods and boggs into Silesia. The enemy entring the City, found none but aged and bed-rid persons, whom they barbarously slew, and after plundring the City, burned it to ashes. In other places also they cruelly murdered divers Mini∣sters, and people of all ages and sexes.

Before the taking of Fuenen, the Swedish King being in Pomera∣nia, he was intent upon making new leavies to oppose the proceed∣ings of the Poles under Czarneski, who had then removed the War out of Poland, to their doors; for 4000 Poland Troopers fording the River Oder, and plundring Dowen, not far from Stettin, set it on fire. Part of the forces in Holstein being also sent for by the King to oppose the Polanders.

The King of Poland having had a Treaty with the Electour of Brandenburg, it was brought to an issue; which was, That he could be no further prevailed with by the King, than to stand Neutral betwixt the Poles and Swedes.

About the moneth of December, an Ambassadour coming to Constantinople, from the King of Persia, with a gallant Train, he presently went to his audience; and at the making of his Propo∣sition, he drew out his Shabel, saying, That in case the Grand Seignior would not restore the lesser Babylon, and make satisfaction for the Merchants goods which the Turks robb'd, and the capti∣vated Persians, which (during the Treaty of peace) were carried away into slavery by his Subjects; then in his King's Name he de∣clared War. There was no answer followed hereupon, but both the Ambassadour and the chiefest of his Train being cast into pri∣son; his head was presently after severed from his body. So that

the Turks being sure of War with the Persians, there was to be but one Camp set out with the Turk's great Ensign, against the Venetian Republique: The great Prince being to stay at home to supply recruits, and to have a watchfull eye upon the Mascovites, who then spake in Thunder to the Turkish Monarchy by their warlique threatenings. Before which time, the son of the Grand Visier being enraged at the death of his father, sware, He would be revenged on the grand Signior himself, and all that counselled him to put his Father to death. Wherefore he rising up in rebel∣lion, and making no small disturbance, some advised, that he might be endeavoured to be appeased by favourable promotions; but others liked not that, because of giving encouragement to others in the like case.

But the Jesuits who had been expelled from the City and Ter∣ritories of Venice the space of 50 years, were re-admitted again by the Senate's authority, upon the Pope's solicitation; for which he thanked them by his Nuntio.

The Poles having taken the City of Conitz from the Swedes, the King of Sweden about this time retook it again.

In the moneth of January, the English surprized 600 Spaniards in Jamaica Island, who had hid themselves among the Thickets and bushes, some whereof were slain, some taken prisoners; and some other Spaniards fleeing away in a small Vessell towards Cuba.

About February, Wrangle was appointed Protectour of the Dukedome of Bremen.

And about the moneth of April, the King of Spain bent his mind above all other affairs, upon the attaquing of Portugal, which he intended to set upon with an Army in four Bodies. And to this end, the Nobility were preparing to attend him. The grand Stan∣dard which used to be kept in the City of Soria, being brought forth for that Expedition: which was principally undertaken, upon a supposal (their King being deceased) of discontents and divisions in Portugal.

But Count Magnus de la Gardie (who governed the Province of Liefland for the King of Sweden) being desirous to revenge the inva∣sion which the Muscovites had made the year before into that Country, caused 3000 men to be drawn out of the Army there; and entring into the Muscovite's Country, laid near 100 Villages in ashes, put 2000 men to the sword, took Besur, a place betwixt Dorpt and Plotzko, which was the place of the Magazine for Arms and Ammunition, and set fire on the Town. Whereupon the Muscovites being provoked, a body of them pursued the Swe∣dish as they were returning with their booty, which being re-in∣forced by an addition of 2000 Germans, it came to an Encounter; but the Swedes being strengthened by some forces, sent them by the Governour of Revell, got the better, forcing the enemy to re∣tire in disorder, leaving 600 men dead on the place, and 400 taken prisoners. With the losse of one Colonel, and about 60

horse to the Swedes. This fell out in April, 1657. About which time, the mouth of Mount Aetna in Sicilie (now called Mungibal) foamed up an unheard of, and most stupendious quantity of fire, covering the Island with ashes.

But that which in Octob. 1657, made things run to an extre∣mity in Portugal, was the excessive Demands of the States Gene∣ral of the United Provinces, by their Commissioners, from that Kingdom: who in their Treaty at Lisbone, (demanding possession of the Realm of Angola, and the Isle of S. Thomas; also free Commerce in and with Brasile; some millions of money, and 13000 Chests of Sugar, to be delivered in Amsterdam at the King of Portugal's charge) set an end to all hope of any good by treating: For those particulars being denyed them, a War was begun with Portugal, the Dutch Fleet then lying thereabout to watch for their Brasile Fleet: whose Commissioners returned to make report unto their Superiours.

But Czarneski with 8000 Polish horse entring in the same Octo∣ber into Pomerania, wasted that part of it which belonged to the Swede; and advancing as far as betwixt Stetin and Anklam, they dealt most barbarously with the Inhabitants: yea they came to Anklam it self, where they burnt the Horse-Mills, (also a second time before Stettin, consuming and burning down all to the ground thereabouts) and had not the overflowing of the River Pein hindred, they would have made a farther spoyl and pro∣gresse; whereupon they returned back again into the Marck: and the King of Sweden being then thereabouts, collecting his forces to oppose them; (his men being mightily encouraged by the un∣expected news of the taking Fredericks Ode) they hearing the King was drawing an Army together, went back again over the Oder. Czarneski afterwards returning into Poland.

About November, the Portugal Forces having rendezvouzed at Elvas, not onely passed the River of Guadiana; but coming be∣fore Moron, after four dayes siege, constrained the Governour to surrender it upon Capitulation: which news moved the King of Spain, in regard it was provided with all necessaries for a long siege, and might have held out, till relief had been brought by the Duke of San Germano, the Spanish General.

But at Constantinople all means was used to intercede for the Cos∣sacks, that they might be reconciled to the Crown of Poland; where likewise warlique preparations both for Sea and Land were then eagerly followed. Then were the Persians also stirring against the Turks; whose Land-forces were to act against them; (if they could not either make a cessation of arms with them, or find out some other way for accommodation, which they desired) wherefore they then blockt up Lemnos, which being reduced, their Land∣forces might be employed either against the Persians, or some other parts. But the Venetian Commander in Lemnos stoutly behaving himself, repulsed the Turks in 15 assaults: yet the Turks at last taking the said Island of Stalimene or Lemnos, sent thither a Garri∣son of 10000 men.

A little after which, the Austrian Court at Vienna resolved to proclaim the King of Sweden for an open enemy, and to publish open war against him.

Philip the 4th King of Spain being aged, and almost beyond ex∣pectation, having a young Prince, his Son and Heir, born unto him in November, 1657, Bonefires were caused to be made throughout all the Spanish Dominions: all Officers being to per∣form that solemnity in the most magnificent manner.

But the Poles continuing their Leaguer before Riga, the Gover∣nour Helmfield, Jan. 12. 1657, assaulted the besieger's well forti∣fied Leaguer with about 6000 men on the other side of the Duna; and successfully scaling it, he took 20 Colours, with all the Ar∣tillery and baggage, and 200 prisoners; among whom were ma∣ny Polish Lords, and persons of note; Col. Wigand their Com∣mander was slain, with divers other Colonels, and 1800 com∣mon Souldiers also killed on the place. The Conquerours finding such store of provisions and victuals there, that the Inhabitants of the City were two dayes in carrying of it away; so that the Pole's Leaguer was wholly ruined, and those of Riga set free again.

In or about February after, the Austrians and Poles going up further into the Country of Prussia, committed great outrages and insolencies in the Bishoprick of Ermland. They seized on Newark by treachery of a Popish Burgomaster; and afterwards the Castle Brazian. But those of Thoren having a design, sallyed out upon the Poles, killing many, and taking a number of prisoners, with 4 field-pieces, and much Ammunition.

A little before which time, all the people of Naples being dis∣contented, as not liking the Spanish Government, 8000 Bandits were on foot in that Kingdom, their Leaders being of great Fami∣lies: so that, the Tower of Annunciado was said to be taken, and three garrisons put to the sword. But the Vice-Roy took two Bi∣shops which were among the Bandits, as also a man disguised in womans cloaths, who privately carrying a Poniard to stab the said Vice-Roy, intended thereupon to have raised a Tumult. And these Bandits continuing their rebellion, one Capt. Martelli about Jan. meeting with a party of them, pursued and took 20 of them, cutting off their heads; the rest taking Sanctuary in a house at Pazano, long defended themselves: but at length they being con∣strained to yield, were sent prisoners to Baia Castle. After which, the Vice-Roy sent a Body of forces toward Salerne and La Poville, to endeavour the hindering of the said Bandits from encreasing their Troops that way; for they were grown very insolent and audacious, being encouraged by hopes of succour the next Spring out of France.

But the Swedes having taken not onely Fuenen, but Langland, Laland, Phalster, and Zealand, from the Danes; insomuch, that their forces were every where defeated and reduced under the Swedish power; the two Kings came unto a Treaty of Peace; in

which, English Agents (the Danish King having accepted of the Protectour's mediation) and French, with some Plenipotentiaries of the Danish Rix-Senatours, (all others being excluded) were to mediate. But the Danish King being reduced to a desperate con∣dition, the agreement was made by the mediation of an English Envoy, whom the said King prevailed with to interpose: the King of Sweden giving but 24 hours parley; and it was done, upon very advantagious conditions on the Swedish King's side; as also somewhat for his Father in law, the Duke of Holstein. This Peace was concluded betwixt them, on Febr. 27. 1657.

On Febr. 20th, there began a Polish Convocation in Warsovia, where many Senators appeared. A main Proposition there made, being concerning a Treaty of Peace with Sweden; which if it could not be obtained, then means was to be resolved on for pur∣suance of the War, and to make a League with the United Ne∣therland Provinces; and an agreement with the Cossacks, for a cessation of Arms. The Senators then took an Oath, not to re∣veal any of their Consultations. The Gentry likewise complai∣ned much against the quartering of the Austrian forces, and the maintaining of their own Souldiers: for whom moneys were to be raised. There was also another Proposition concerning the toleration of the Protestant Religion; which the Gentry admit∣ted, (though the Clergy accepted not of it) declaring, That the Augustine and Reformed Religion should be tolerated, but not the Socinian. They also resolved against the Clergies Protestation, which would have no peace with Sweden, accepting of the French mediation therein. Then also the Commander of the Austrian forces defiring an Oath of fidelity to be made to him in the King of Hungary's name, in the City of Cracow, the States of Poland were much offended.

There was likewise about this time, a meeting of the Clergy in Flunders, to raise money for the King of Spain: The Bishop ex∣horting them, said, There was great necessity, that a sum should be yearly raised to prosecute the War against the English and French; alledging, that the Enemies aymed chiefly at the Cler∣gie's revenues; they being then upon the hazard of losing all: all which might be prevented. Their Assembly brake up divers times: at whose first meeting, many of them declared, they be∣ing poor, had nothing to give; which being known to the contrary, they afterward contributed, and subscribed large sums.

But something not altogether inconsiderable, comes to be rela∣ted out of the East-Indies, the state of the great Mogol; who there deceasing, in 1657, the Indians lost such a pretious treasure in him that was so wise and fortunate, that they despaired of ever seeing a Successour to his Virtues; yet he lived to the age of 73 years: who leaving behind him four sons, (and being by every one a grandfather) they were all somewhat equally ballanced in power, (by a division of that vaste Empire, into a kind of Tetrar∣chy)

being onely subord inate to their father while he lived: Nei∣ther could the right of primogeniture extend the eldest his Domi∣nions any farther, than by the sword, which was then like to be the Arbitrator: so that whatever was done by the three Elder brothers, the distance of the place, and difficulty of passage had then denyed intelligence to those of Surrat: but Morat Bux, the younger, having crowned himself king of Guzarat, his Seat being at Abmadwad, (a great City 100 miles from Surrat) sent in Octo∣ber, or about the beginning of Novemb. 1657, an Army under an Eunuch's command to reduce Surrat Castle, it being of very considerable strength, and commanding the best Port of his Domi∣nions, besides a treasure of above 200000 l. sterling therein; but the Governour refusing to deliver it to any but Dorroskokore the Eldest, who was King of Delly, the Eunuch close besieging the same, and working three Mines under the brink of the Meat, he sprang one of them, Decemb. 20, blowing up 60 yards of the out∣ward wall; which although it would have little advantaged him, (had the Souldiers continued resolute) yet the frights of danger, and promised indempnity, made them constrain the said Gover∣nour to surrender it, Decemb. the 4th after, (though on honou∣rable terms, and after much losse to the besiegers) That division having almost put an end to the Trade of Surrat.

About the latter end of 1657, the Muscovites remaining about Jemma, which they had besieged from the middle of Febr. before, with between 5 and 6000 men; M. G. Horn, Governour of In∣germanland, approaching with but 800 men, and four pieces of Cannon, took from them the Fort of Kakelwerck, putting 100 Mus∣covites to the sword therein: whereupon, the main body drawing off from before Jemma, he had opportunity to put Ammunition, Victuals, and fresh men into that Town, without any opposition of the enemy.

The Cossacks and Tartars about the same time made an agree∣ment. Peace also between the Houses of Ottoman and Austria was confirmed: and it was hoped the Cossacks and Poland would agree also. And likewise that a Peace would be made between Poland and Sweden: For the Treaty in order to a composure went on in April, 1658, betwixt their Commissioners; the successe of a fair conclusion being very probable: which thing not a little alarmed the great Duke of Muscovy, who was very active to prosecute his design, fearing those two Kings reconciliation might prove pre∣judiciall to him; who sent an Expresse to the Polish King, to de∣mand an execution of the Treaty heretofore made at Vilna be∣twixt them, particularly that point respecting the Muscovite's el∣dest son's succession to the Crown of Poland: whereby the Polish king apprehending, that the Muscovite did but seek a pretext for War, he therefore ordered one part of his forces to observe the motion of the Muscovites.

But Czarneski, (who was then made Cracovian Palatine in the room of Miskowsky deceased) was to have his Rendezvouz Apr. 20,

at Meyeritz it great Poland with 10000 men, with whom the Austrian forces joyning, they were to march joyntly into Pomera∣nia, if Sweden and Poland did not agree.

On the 19th day of which moneth, the Dutchesse of Newburgh was delivered of a young Prince, which made the Court re∣joyce.

Two or three moneths before this, ••he Turks were more enra∣ged against Christians in the City of Jerusalem, than formerly, demanding of them and their Merchants double Custome; threat∣ning to turn them out, and lead them Captive, if they would not pay, and not suffering any Christians to come thither; which perplexed the poor Christians there very much; the Guardian having desired 20 moneths time to send the religious people into Christendom to gather Alms.

But in the same moneth of April, 1658, 800 foot Souldiers out of Polonish Regiments passing over the River Weyssel about Dir∣shaw, with intent to take post in a Sconce not far from the Village Lissaw, and so to invade the great Werder: Prince Adolph sum∣moning all the horse and foot to be had in Elbing and Hooft, would forthwith have encountred them: But the Bridg being somewhat damnified by the high water, he was hindered; so that the enemy had time to fortifie themselves with some Palisadoes: but as soon as the Swedish got over, they advanced before the said Sconce of Lissaw, which the Polish (though they made strong opposition, after L. Col. Plaw the Governour was killed, his forces that entred therein 126 files, being diminished to 65, and all provision cut off from the other side) within few dayes were forced to surrender it, Apr. 21, upon discretion, with all the Men, Canons, and Ammu∣nition that was left. Saphia was coming to relieve the same, but hearing it was yielded, he retreated back again.

May 4th after, 1658, the French, with some English assisting them, had a defeat in attempting to surprize Ostend in Flanders, by a Plot laid with two Burgomasters, and some others within the Town, one Spindeler, a Colonel, banished formerly out of Flanders, being to be a chief actor in the businesse, who was indeed their betrayer. The time being come, and all signs of a surrender gi∣ven, the Governour being pretended to be slain, &c. between 9 and 10 in the morning, the new Tide serving, Marshal D'Aumont going in, in Vessels, with between 6 and 700 men, the small shot and great guns also now firing apace, they were constrained to yield themselves prisoners: some, endeavouring to run ashoar on the Contribution side, being killed by the horse there on purpose placed. Of the English that went to ayd the Marshal in his land∣ing, were taken prisoners 110 men; of the Sea-men that went ashoar there being but four wanting.

A little before the same time, the King of Sweden summoning an Assembly of all the Provinciall Governours of Sweden, with most of the Bishops, and a Deputy from each City to Gottenburgh; Rosenham (they being met) Commander of Stockholm, opened the

Assembly with an elegant Oration, being followed therein by the other Deputies, congratulating the King touching the prosperous successe of his Arms: and before May 17, we find him gone from Gottenburgh, having obtained of the Estates of his Realm all that he demanded of them: particularly, a Levie of 14000 men for securing of Pomerania. In the mean time, M. G. Jephson the En∣glish Envoy, arrived at Berlin, where was the Electour of Bran∣denburg his Court, as also an Ambassadour from the Lantgrave of Hessen: The first intimating thus much, That he who should be ••n enemy to the King of Sweden, should also be so to the Lord Pro∣tector. The other's Commission seeming to tend to the same effect; which was, To endeavour a hinderance of Jealousie and difference (erept in between the said King and Electour) from breaking out; and that a good understanding and constant friendship might be on both sides preserved. For then in the said Electour's Domi∣nions, divers Magazines were to be erected, a great quantity of provision being to be brought together to that effect: he also lea∣vied great forces, his design being not at first known; but in July after, it was apparent, That between the King of Sweden and the Electour, was nothing intended but open hostility: this last, pub∣lishing a Manifesto of the grounds of his proceedings, in keeping his Army together, and levying more forces, &c. who having desired the Swedish King both by Writing and Ambassages, That the pretended Quarrell betwixt the King of Poland and Sweden might be by fair means laid a side; proffering on his part all pos∣sible means conducing thereunto: Also he earnestly endeavouring to procure just satisfaction from the Polish King, who thereupon shewed himself inclinable and desirous of peace, (the Ambassa∣dours of the Electoral Colledg at Frankford being, at the time of his Manifesto••'s publishing, with the Swedish King, about laying aside of Controversies, and observing the Instrument of Peace, and other wayes by him used: Yet his Ambassadours were coorsly used, contrary to the Laws and Customs of Nations, not being admitted to audience, though they had his Letters of Credence; but rather were bid to be gone, to his great disgrace; adding thereto great threatenings; for execution whereof, an Army then stood on his Frontiers; and that, unlesse God turn'd it away, he must look either for a sudden surprize, or a most destructive ho∣stile march through the Empire and his Territories. The said Duke of Brandenburg therein also charging strictly all his Sub∣jects to quit their warlique service out of the Empire, and to re∣turn either to their own homes, or come to him or his Army with∣out delay, upon forfeiture of all that ever they had, whether moveables or unmoveables.

But before this time it was perceived by prudent men, that the Austrians used all manner of promises and shifts to the King of Po∣land, to continue the division between Sweden and Poland, doing what they could to obstruct the mediation of France for an accom∣modation: whereupon most of the Polish Estates, chiefly the Prus∣sian,

appeared so ill satisfied, that most of them were on the point to endeavour the summoning a Diett to Dantzick, to consider of wayes and means most advantageous for their affairs: and the rather, because Brandenburg had then sent new assurances to the Swedes, that he would do nothing to their prejudice. But we see afterwards there was a manifest breach.

As concerning evacuation and restitution of places between the Dane and Swede, the King of Denmark was to repossesse Fredericks-Ode, when the Castle of Bremerwerden should be restored to the King of Sweden; and about the beginning of May this present year, 1658, all Regiments of Sweden were transported out of Zea∣land; but those in Fuenen were not to be removed till the Treaty of the Danish King with the Duke of Holstein, (wherein there were some tergiversations used on the Danish side) was brought to a final upshot.

But on July 18, 1658, Leopoldus King of Hungary and Bohemia (the former Emperour deceasing April 2, 1657,) was chosen Em∣perour of Germany by the seven Electours at the Imperial City of Eranckford.

And Septemb. 3d following, (the very day on which the two memorable Victories of Dunbar in Scotland, and Worcester in England against the Scottish King were by him obtained) Oliver ••romwell, Lord Protector of the three Nations, after about 14 dayes sicknesse, like an Ague in the beginning, about the hour of three in the afternoon, departed from the living, having born that Su∣pream Office almost five years. And the next day, Sept. 4. Richard, the eldest Son of the said Oliver, was by the Privy Council's Com∣mand proclaimed Lord Protector of England, Scotland, and Ire∣land, in his Father's stead. Which on the same day was perform∣ed, first near the Council. Window in White-Hall; then in the Palace-Yard at Westminster; and after that in the City of Lon∣don.

But about the middle of July, the Swedish forces invading Electoral Prussia, and plundring some Villages, they killed the Duke of Brandendurg his safe-guards which they there found, but one Col. Shoneck lying in wait for them, met at last with a Swe∣dish party of 200, near Rosenberg, bringing some of them prisoners to Kingsberg.

Then also the Treaty betwixt Sweden and the Muscovite success∣fully going on, the Governour of Riga wrote to the Swedish king, That he hoped there would be no occasion to send force against him. But the Cham of Tartary sent to the king of Poland, and congratulating him, proffered him assistance against all his ene∣mies.

This present year also, 1658, came intelligence into England, of the great successe which the English forces had in Jamaica Island against the Spaniards landing there; as also, that the Spaniards Plate-Galleons which were bound from Carthagena for Spain, were cast away by a Hirrecane; the Bermudans bringing into Jamaica

20000 pieces of eight which they had taken in the Rack.

But Prince Ragotsky being returned out of Poland into Transylva∣nia, the Great Turk (having before commanded him in 1657, up∣on great penalty, not to proceed in his march against Poland) sent to him, to resign his Principality of Transylvania to his Cousen Reada; he at that present yielded thereto; (although to resign up any of his Forts into the Turks hands, he utterly denyed) and re∣assuming his Principality again, without the said Turk's consent, he being enraged against him, would try his utmost to devest him; and dispossess also the Princes of Moldavia and Wallachia: where∣fore, he ordering great forces against him, about the latter end of April, 1658, the Turks totally defeated the Prince of Wallachia, who was marching to Prince Ragotzi's ayd, (who had also sent to Vienna, to demand the promised ayd by the King of Hungary against those Turks) 8000 being slain upon the place, and a great number of prisoners taken; among whom, were dives Boyars, the principal Officers of that Prince: who thereupon fleeing into Transylvania, the Turks forced another to accept his Principali∣ty. And the Grand Signior being still bent to dethrone the said Ragotzi, sent about July rigorous Orders to the Moldavian and Wallachian Princes, That they should endeavour to invade him. But to the Bashaw of Buda, he sent more severe order for the same effect, with a threatning, That if he did not his duty, he should be flead alive, and his skin placed on one of Buda's Towers. Wherefore the Bashaw advancing about the beginning of July, Prince Ragotski challenged him to a fight: who thereupon break∣ing up from Lippa, and marching towards Arad Castle, the Tran∣sylvanians fired the Suburbs near that Castle. The Turk's Officers who led the Avant, seeing the smoke and fire, hastened directly to the Castle, whom the Hungarians following, put them to flight, taking and putting many to the sword; Mustapha Beg being taken prisoner. Wherefore the Transylvanians encouraged, drew near the Turks main Army; the Turks thereupon discharged 3 great Guns as a warning, that their men should retire within the Wag∣gons placed so as to serve for a safeguard: but the Transylvanians so roundly plyed them with their great Guns, that they being brought into confusion, fled into a Valley: whom the Transylva∣nians pursuing, drave them into the River Mor, where they were drowned: and the whole Turkish Army became a prey: this was on July 4th, 1658. The chief prisoners being besides Musta∣pha, wounded, the Bassa of Agria, the Col. Aga of the Janizaries, Col. Gyenely Aga at Buda, and the Beg of Lippa: Alai Beg of Waitzen being trodden to death by the horse; the Bashaw was likewise so put to it in the flight, that he was forced to run into the water: whom notwithstanding, a Hussar pursued, catching him by the garment to take him; but he was rescued, and the Hussar slain. The Prince's men pursuing them above 30 leagues to one of their chief Cities, they returned with rich booties. The news of this rout caused such an alteration at Constantinople, that

(violating the Law of Nations, and growing in a rage against the Christians) they imprisoned the Imperiall and French Ambassa∣dours, charging the French of being complice with his Son in his Letter in Cyphers, which they intercepted: and the other, That his Master had suffered some German Companies to serve under Ragotski, (although the Emperour's Deputies had demonstrated, it was without his consent; and that the Turk for his money might have as many of them as he would).

In August following, the Austrians forces being apprehended to be on their march towards the Frontiers of the Turks, to oppose their power, it was wished, they might deal better with the Pro∣testants in those parts, than the forces under the Count of Dhona had done, who used them no otherwise, than the Turks were used when over-powred.

But the Portugal having this Summer taken the field against the Spaniard, about Elvas, they besieged and took the Fort of St. Christopher, before Badaiox, and passing the River Guadiana, their General June 22, assaulted another very strong Fort which the Spaniards had builded: and ordering the General of horse to get between the Fort and City to demolish the Spaniards lines, he put to the sword two Troops of horse, and two Companies of foot, whom they had left behind, except two taken. There was 400 well armed in the Fort with an Irish Commander, who coura∣giously behaving themselves, and the enemy coming (the mean time) out of the Town to hinder their design, 300 appointed against the Portugals right Wing, were every man killed on the place; and the like happening to them that were commanded for the left: thus after three hours they were totally defeated and driven back, leaving 1200 on the place. Whereupon the Fort was surrendred at the Portugals mercy; the Irish being permitted onely to come forth with swords; but all the Spaniards without arms. The Portugals losse being of no consequence; onely some Commanders wounded, among whom was the Duke of Cadaval. After this, the Spaniard forsook another great Fort made on the River, leaving all in it behind them; which these taking, strong∣ly garrisoned them both; and advancing to Badaiox, they wholly besieged it.

The King of Sweden in or about the same August, embarquing 4000 horse, and 6000 foot, was found in that design to return again upon Denmark: The reason whereof was variously censured; some being induced to believe, That some under-hand provoca∣tion had been given to that magnanimous King by some in Den∣mark; for he landing at Corsoer a Port of Zealand, marched direct∣ly towards Coppenhagen; and meeting (by the way) some Danish horse, they were content to serve under him: who was generally believed to take that opportunity to do himself right, and ensure all behind him; that he might safely return into Prussia and Po∣merania against the Poles and other his enemies. But since this his invasion of Denmark, many stately Houses and Farms were seen

on fire as well towards Coppenhagen, as the Sound. The King of Sweden being at Ringstead, the Danish King sent two Privy Coun∣sellours from Coppenhagen, about or on Aug. 10th, to demand the reason of that sudden alteration, who being admitted to his pre∣sence, he with such grounded reasons demonstrated unto them the cause of that his action, that they could not answer a word against it, but returned back with tears in their eyes. On the 11th day, the King advancing about half a league from Coppenhagen, from the hill on the left hand, they perceived the Danish resolved to stand upon their defence, having set all the Suburbs on fire. The King approaching the City, Aug. 13, saluted the same with two pieces of Cannon; which being answered out of the Town with three, they fired without intermission, to hinder their begun ap∣proaches; who had taken the Hospital on one side; salleys being made without any great damage to either. Cronenburgh Castle being likewise beleagured with three Regiments under Admiral Count Wrangle. The Danes also designing to fire Helsenor, some Swedish horse being sent to defend it, hindered the same. And Sept. 7. 1658, Cronenburgh Castle was surrendred to the Swedish King, with a gallant. Artillery, and good store of Ammunition: the King presently going to prosecute the si••ge against Coppenha∣gen with greater vigour, resolving not to st••r till it were brought to an issue: And as a help therein, a Dutch Fleet being designed to succour the Dane, was no sooner out at Sea, but it being sur∣prized by a storm, which spoyled most of their Sailes and Tackle; it gave some impediment to their Voyage, till they could re∣pair.

But the great Prince of Turkey proffering to the Cham of Tar∣tary, Transylvania, if he could win it, he resolved to that end to joyn his forces with the Turks; but Wyhofsky General of the Cos∣sacks, requesting him to ayd him against the Cossacks siding with the Muscovites; he ordered Kaarath Beg his Kinsman to march to Ukrain with 20000 Tartars: with whom Wyhofsky joyning with 20000 Cossacks, they should go against those in the Muscovite's service. But being come over Boristhenes, the Cossacks under the Muscovites sent them Commissioners, perswading them that through great scantnesse of provision and forrage, they were for∣ced to separate from the Tartars, and to encamp themselves apart: they dissemblingly treating with the Tartars; these two parties of Cossacks uniting, fell on the Tartars Camp, slaying 15000 of them, among whom Kaarath Beg was one. And then invading Nahaiish Tartary, they made all havock they could, and were like so to proceed. Thus the Cossacks (against the Polanders and Wi∣hofsky's will) became open enemies to the Tartars; which is not easie to be reconciled with Poland and its confederates. Neither could the Tartars be taken for trusty friends to Poland, because they strove, or are still striving, to make peace with the Musco∣vites, whose Duke is an Arch-enemy to the Tartars.

In Flanders the Spanish Army received a rout Sept. 3. 1658;

for a body of Spaniards (betwixt 4 and 5000 men) under the Prince of Ligne marching to joyn with their other forces, thought to have visited Ypre by the way, and to put succour therein; but they being engaged by the French, were wholly routed, the Prince of Ligne having his arm shot off, 1200 being taken prisoners, the rest slain and put to flight. Oudenard and Meenen was likewise about this time taken from the Spaniard, and Armentiers likewise closely begirt. But on the 26 day of the said Septemb the Town of Ypre was delivered into the possession of Marshal Turein: the Spaniards marching forth in the morning, about 7 or 800 men, with their Arms, Baggage, and two pieces of Cannon, with three Princes, besides the Governour. That City being one of the grea∣test and fairest of Flanders, was quickly carried, by the valiant and resolute Onsets which the English forces made upon their Con∣terscarps, and other Out-works; shewing the like Courage there, as they had done before at several other Towns.

The Brandenburgish, Austrian, and Polonian forces toward the latter end of this last September, were drawing near the Swedish forces in Holstein; having then already encountred with some Swedish parties: the Duke of Holstein going to Tonningen, where the Swedes were drawing into a body. Of the Enemies, Spork led the Avant, consisting of 3000 Austrian horse; the Brandenburgish forces being 10000 horse, and 200 Dragoons; Czarneski being with the Polish foot, and 6000 horse commanded by the two Fieldmarshalls, who marched with the Artillery, marching very slowly by reason of the bad wayes: this Army was thus marching in the beginning of this present moneth Octob. 1658: the Elector of Brandenburg having published a Manifesto, assuring the Nobi∣lity of Holstein, That his Souldiers should not be troubled in their houses, nor be damnified by them, desiring onely their Contri∣bution, whereby the Souldiers might have some accommoda∣tion.

Moreover, on the 4th of this present October, came an Account from Col. Doyley Governour of Jamaica, of the prosperous successe of the English against the Spaniards there, who being 30 Foot-Companies landed at Rio Nova, a place in the North of that Island: and being 12 dayes there before they were discovered, the said Governour setting sayl with 750 Officers and Souldiers, after a valorous landing, June 22, he summoned the Fort; but the Governour Don Arnoldo & Sasi sending a confident denyall, the English, next morning, marching toward the Fort, and climb∣ing up an high Hill, advanced in sight of the said Rio Nova Fort: where finding the Work on the Land side not finished to that heighth, as to the Sea-ward, they receiving their shot, ran up the Flankers with their forlorn, having hand-Granadoes, and gained it in a quarter of an hour; many of the Spaniards running out of the Works, the English followed the chase about 3 or 4 miles, doing execution: the Sea-men also seeing them run along the rocks, coming out with their boats, killed many: so that above

300 persons were slain, divers Captains, two Priests, and their Serjeant Major: about 100 ordinary prisoners being taken, and 6 Captains, whom they sent home, the King of Spain's Standard, and 10 Colours: the rest, especially the strangers in the Woods, being liable to perish. In that Fort was taken 10 barrels of pow∣der, great store of shot, 6 pieces of Ordnance, and great store of provisions.

In the same moneth October, the King of Sweden still lying be∣fore Coppenhagen, and going in a Galliot to find out the passages to the Island of Amak, (joyned to that City by a bridge) it being somewhat groundy near the shoar, he embarqued himself with the Rix-Admiral in a small Shallop of the Gallior, which through the highnesse of the wind, and force of the stream, over-ran and overwhelmed the Shallop; the Master being drowned, the King and the rest narrowly escaping. And the King resolving to at∣taque the said Island, a Danish Captain pretending a zeal to him, he entrusted him for his guide to the best passages leading to the Town; but (as soon as he arrived there) the Captain ran away, giving notice to the Danish King, that the King of Sweden being in Amak with a small number, might be easily taken: Wherefore they sallying out, had not the Rix-Admiral observed the Danish Troopers coming on the bridg, he had narrowly escaped: where∣as now, retiring a little, he kill'd, took, and dispersed 1500 Danes: And the Island not being of strength for advantage, he carried away on ship-board, and destroyed, all the Cattle and Victuals which he found, that Copenhagen might have no supplies from thence.

Also Fieldmarshall Douglas retreating to the borders of Curland, expecting a supply from that Duke, (who before had supplyed the Muscovites and Lithuanians) according to an agreement, A party of Lithuanians routed almost 600 of his Rear-guard: wherefore the Duke, now (seeming a neuter) brake down all bridges to his Town of Mittaw, summoning his Subjects against the Swedes: whereupon, Douglas (lest the Lithuanians and Curlanders should joyn) sent 600 Souldiers by night, down the river in 24 small Ves∣sels, which he took, instructing the chief Captain (speaking the Lithuanian tongue) how to proceed; who telling the first Sentinel, that they were Lithuanians much wounded, (coming in the night, (fearing the Swedes) for cure, passing by him, slew him; the se∣cond Sentinel running away, without giving notice: but the third crying out, the Captain had leisure to enter, and discharge two great Guns as a signal to Douglas: who getting also in with little refistance, rook the Duke and Dutchesse, (the Elector of Branden∣burgh his sister) with the other Courtiers, prisoners. The cause hereof was, for that there were Letters of the Duke of Curland's, sent (contrary to his Neutrality) both to the Polish King, the Li∣thuanian General, the Muscovian Governour of Kaken-housen, and also to the Duke of Brandenburg, inviting them against the King of Sweden in Liefland, and elsewhere.

The Dutch Fleet having a design to bring relief into Coppenhagen; Octob. 29 coming almost within Cannon shot of Helsinge-Castle, fearing its reach, held the Coast of Schonen, and being come up together with a favourable wind, went by the Castle, being salu∣ted from thence with two Cannons, and the Swedish Fleet gaining up to them, after eight in the morning the Fight began, and con∣tinued three hours. Admiral wrangell for some time defending himself against six Dutch ships, at length (with a little damage) bearing towards the shoar: the other Swedish ships (the while) endeavouring to the utmost. The Dutch, to avoid the brunt (from the beginning) giving the Swedes way, and gave place when they strove to board them. The Dutch lost nine ships in all, the Swedes but two. De Witt, the Dutch Admiral, his Ship being taken and spoyled, with himself, who afterwards dyed of a wound in his thigh; 210 prisoners taken, 100 slain, and 60 maimed in the same ship. No Swedish persons of quality were then known to be mortally wounded. Yet whilest the fight lasted, the Dutch Merchant-men passing thorow the Zound, put the designed Relief into Coppenhagen: but the King of Sweden, who with his Queen were Spectators (from Cronenburgh Castle) of the Fight, it being ended, presently hasted to see to his Leaguer before Coppenhagen.

About the same time the Poles who had befieged Thoren in Prus∣sia, after a near approach, and some thousands lost before it, (their King and Queen residing also in the Leaguer) deserted the siege.

But in Flanders the French General, Marshal Turein, transport∣ing his Army over the Scheld, took (in his march) and plundred the two Towns of Geerdberge and Grammont; and afterwards he took the small Town of Alest, between Brussels and Gaunt, it be∣ing but meanly fortified; yet very remarkable for the abundance of Hops growing about it.

I shall now insert 2. or 3. remarkable things, and so draw to a conclusion of this our Appendice. The one, being a strange Ap∣parition in Cornwall in the West of England, about the moneth of August, 1657; it was of Hurlers, as they are there called; and were seen by many in a field of standing Corn, about Bosse-Castle; they being innumerable, and in white apparrel; and at last they hurled themselves into the Sea. Some of the Spectators going af∣terwards into the field, found the Corn no whit damnified; con∣trary to their expectation. Another was, of a very strange Mon∣ster-Child or Children, (for it seemed to be two) born (though li∣ving but few dayes) of a Souldier's Wife at Weerted on the Elder-Sconce near Ardemburg: it was so strange, both for outward and inward parts, as scarce hath been heard of the like; for besides the two heads and two necks, and four arms, the eyes of the fe∣male stood where the mouth should be; and above the eyes, stood in the middle, a masculine member or Genital of an ordinary big∣nesse,

hanging down to the right eye, &c. And for the male, there were (when dissected) found therein, two Hearts, two Lungs, one great Liver, and one Gall; two Stomachs, the biggest whereof had joyned unto it a Milt and two Kidneys, the right being big∣ger than the left; the female having onely the genitall parts: which had two firm teeth in its mouth under the chin, like a fun∣dament; but the male-body had a very little hole instead of a mouth, but without a chin: the skin of which Monstrous body, both behind as well as before, being found to be interlarded with fat.

But in the Gulph of Venice, in a Ship sayling to Venice, where∣in were Turkish and Armenian passengers; the envy of the Cap∣tain and the rest increasing against two Englishment, Febr. 28 and 29, because they complyed not with them in their words and ex∣ample, so that they were denyed the Cook-Room to dresse their provision, and threatned to be set ashoar on some Island; and one of them by the Captain threatned, when they came to Venice, to be burnt; the next day early in the morning, March 1. 1657, fire was rained down into the ship; which not onely split part of the top-Mast, burning holes in the sayls; but slew three on the Deck (besides divers wounded): then it went down twice under Deck like the noise of a Cannon, the Scuttles being shut, and (as if the ship was fired) slew one Turk, and an Armenian; wounding others: Great was the peoples cry; it being observable, That of five Nations, one of a sort was cut off.

In France divers Protestants of eminency returning from Cha∣renton to Paris, the Boat breaking in two, were drowned; most of 60 being lost, of whom was the Chancellour's son of Poland, and both the sons of the Marquess de Clerambant, in 1653. There dyed also in France, the Archbishop of Paris, about the end of 1653, being 70 years of age. The King of the Romans, son to the Ger∣man Emperour, in 1654, June 29, about midnight. Also the Grand Cham of Tartary the same year. The Duke of Joyeuse, dyed at Paris of his wounds received before Arras, in or about Sept. 1654, to the King of France his great sorrow. Also the Duke of Monthazon, who lived in four King's Reigns, being an old Soul∣dier, and aged 87 years of age, dyed in or about October follow∣ing. Katherine Dutchess of Joyeuse, Febr. 25. 1655, at Paris. Likewise Pope Innocent the 10th, in whose room was chose Alexan∣der the 10th. Cardinal Sachetti, who had stood twice for the Popedome, being then made Secretary of the Congregation of the Council; and Sieur Bonelli Governour of the City of Rome. The Queen-Mother of Sweden about March 20, 1654: on which day, the Funerals of the Rix-Chancellor of Sweden were solemni∣zed. In 1655, about May, at Rome dyed Cardinal Francisco Pe∣retti, called Montalto, aged 60 years. And in England, at the be∣ginning of the same year, James Duke of Lenox: and at the lat∣ter end of the same year, March 21, that most Learned Man,

James Usher, Archbishop of Armagh, and Lord Primate of Ireland, deceased. Also Cardinal Cutva, in Aug. 1655; and the Duke of Venice, Apr. 30 before. Chevalier Bertucci Valier being chosen new Duke, and crowned July 10th, 1656: but he dying of a Pleurisie about the beginning of 1658, Pesaro the Procuratour was chosen in his stead. Also the Duke of Genoa in 1655; the old Empress of Germany; and the King of Portugal, in 1656. The Duke of Saxony, the same year; willing his eldest Son to succeed him. The Emperour of Germany the year following, 1657. The Great Mogul the same year. Likewise the Duke Coluzza, a Neopolitan, about Decemb. 1657, slain by his own people as he was hunting. The English Admiral, Blake, who was buried at Westminster Sept. 4. 1657. There dyed also this present year, 1658, the Earl of Warwick, about the beginning of it. Likewise Kaarath Beg, a General of the Tartars. Also Oliver Cromwell, Lord Protector of England, Scotland, and Ireland. Finally, Witte wit∣tenson, the Dutch-Admiral, slain in the aforesaid Sea-sight with the Swedes.

FINIS.